Template:New Testament Concordance: Difference between revisions

From PreparingYou
Jump to navigation Jump to search
mNo edit summary
mNo edit summary
Line 2: Line 2:


{{Template:Alpha}}
{{Template:Alpha}}
<small>[[New Testament Concordance#Alpha (Strong's 1-895)==|Top of Alpha]]</small>
<small>[[New Testament Concordance#New Testament Concordance==|Top of Page]]</small>


{{Template:Beta}}
{{Template:Beta}}

Revision as of 14:51, 15 January 2024

New Testament Concordance

Alpha (Strong's 1-895)

‭15. αγαθοποιεω agathopoieo ag-ath-op-oy-eh’-o; from agathos meaning benefit like 17 agathopoios with 4160 poieo to make or do which appears in 1 Peter 2:“‭14 Or unto governors, as unto them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers, and for the praise of them that do well.” AV; to be a well-doer (as a favor or a duty): —  (when) do good (well). ‭

18 ἀγαθός agathos [ag-ath-os’] a primary word; adj; TDNT-1:10,3; [{See TDNT 8 }] AV-good 77, good thing 14, that which is good + 3588 8, the thing which is good + 3588 1, well 1, benefit 1; 102

1) of good constitution or nature [{#Lu 8:8,15 Mt 7:18 Jas 3:17 }]
2) useful, salutary, a gift which is truly a gift [{#Jas 1:17 Mt 7:11 Ro 7:12,13 Lu 10:42 Php 1:6 Ro 8:28 }]
3) good, pleasant, agreeable, joyful, happy [{#1Pe 3:10,13 Ps 34:13 2Th 2:16 Tit 2:13 }]
3a) a good conscience [{#Ac 23:1 1Ti 1:5,19 1Pe 3:16,21 }]
4) excellent, distinguished [{#Joh 1:46 }]
5) upright, honourable [{#Mt 12:34 19:16 Lu 6:45 Ac 11:24 1Pe 3:11 Mt 5:45 22:10 Lu 23:50 8:15 }]
5a) fulfulling the duty or service demanded [{#Mt 25:21,23 }]
5b) upright, free from guile, particularily the desire to corrupt the people [{#Joh 7:12 }]
5c) pre-eminently of God, as consumately and essentially good [{#Mt 19:17 Mr 10:18 Lu 18:19 }]
5d) denotes the soul considered as the repository of pure thoughts which are brought forth in speech [{#Mt 12:35 Lu 6:45 }]
5e) the fidelity of servant due to his master [{#Tit 2:10 }]
5f) in a narrow sense, benevolent, kind, generous [{#Mt 20:15 1Pe 2:18 1Th 3:6 Ro 5:7 }]
The neuter used substantively denotes:
1) a good thing, convenience, advantage
1a) in the plural, external goods, riches [{#Lu 1:53 12:18 16:25 }]
1b) the benefits of the Messianic kingdom [{#Ro 10:15 Heb 9:11 10:1 }]
2) what is upright, honourable, and acceptable to God [{#Ro 12:2 2:10 Eph 4:28 Ro 9:11 2Co 5:10 1Th 5:15 3Jo 11 Ro 12:9 Mt 19:17 }]
2a) salutary, suited to the course of human affairs [{#Ro 13:4 }]
2a1) in rendering service [{#Ga 6:10 Ro 12:21 }]
2a2) the favour you confer [{#Phm 14 }]
Syn.: καλός 2570, δίκαιος 1342. 2570 properly refers to goodness as manifested in form: 18 to inner excellence. [{Lu 8:15 }] In #Ro 5:7, where it is contrasted with 1342, 18 implies a kindness and attractiveness not necessarily possessed by the δίκαιος, who merely measures up to a high standard of rectitude.

19 ~ἀγαθωσύνη~ agathosune \@ag-ath-o-soo’-nay\@ from 18; TDNT-1:18,3; {See TDNT 8} n f AV-goodness 4; 4

1) uprightness of heart and life, goodness, kindness {#2Th 1:11 Ga 5:22 Ro 15:14 Eph 5:9}

22 ~ἄγαμος~ agamos \@ag’-am-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1062; ; adj AV-unmarried 4; 4

1) unmarried, unwedded, single {#1Co 7:8,32} and even used of women {#1Co 7:11,34}
  • 1 Corinthians 7:8 I say therefore to the unmarried <22> and widows, It is good for them if they abide even as I.
  • 1 Corinthians 7:11 But and if she depart, let her remain unmarried <22>, or be reconciled to her husband: and let not the husband put away his wife.
  • 1 Corinthians 7:32 But I would have you without carefulness. He that is unmarried <22> careth for the things that belong to the Lord, how he may please the Lord:
  • 1 Corinthians 7:34 There is difference also between a wife and a virgin. The unmarried woman <22> careth for the things of the Lord, that she may be holy both in body and in spirit: but she that is married careth for the things of the world, how she may please her husband.

25 ~ἀγαπάω~ agapao \@ag-ap-ah’-o\@ perhaps from agan (much) [or cf 05689 ^בגע^]; v AV-love 135, beloved 7; 142

1) \@to love,\@ to feel and exhibit esteem and goodwill to a person, to prize and delight in a thing.
1a) Of human affection
1a1) to men {#Mt 5:43,44}
1a2) to Christ {#Joh 8:42}
1a3) to God {#Mt 22:37}
1a4) to things {#Lu 11:43 Joh 12:43 Eph 5:25 2Ti 4:8,10 Heb 1:9 1Pe 2:17 3:10 2Pe 2:15 1Jo 2:15 Re 12:11}
1b) Of divine love
1b1) God’s love:
1b1a) to men {#Ro 8:37}
1b1b) to Christ {#Joh 3:35}
1b2) Christ’s love:
1b2a) to men {#Mr 10:21}
1b2b) to God {#Joh 14:31 17:26 Eph 2:4}
  • Syn: ~φιλέω~ 5368, From its supposed etymology ~ἀγαπάω~ is commonly understood properly to denote love based on esteem ( diligo), as distinct from that expressed by ~φιλέω~ ( amo), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If this distinction holds, ~ἀγαπάω~ is fitly used in NT of Christians love to God and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the will, and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instictively and unreasoning, can be commended as a duty. For Synonyms see entry 5914

26 ~ἀγάπη~ agape \@ag-ah’-pay\@ from 25; n f AV-love 86, charity 27, dear 1, charitably+ 2596 1, feast of charity 1; 116

1) {Singular} brotherly love, affection, good will, love, benevolence {#Joh 15:13 Ro 13:10 1Jo 4:18}
1a) Of the love of men to men; esp. Christians towards Christians which is enjoined and prompted by their religion, whether the love be viewed as in the soul or expressed {#Mt 14:12 1Co 13:1-4,8 14:1 2Co 2:4 Ga 5:6 Phm 5,7 1Ti 1:5 Heb 6:10 10:24 1Jo 4:7 Re 2:4,19} &c
1b) Of the love of men towards God {#Lu 11:42 Joh 5:42 1Jo 2:15 3:17 4:12 5:3}
1c) Of the love of God towards man {#Ro 5:8 8:39 2Co 13:14}
1d) Of the love of God towards Christ {#Joh 15:10 17:26}
1e) Of the love of Christ towards men {#Joh 15:8-13 2Co 5:14 Ro 8:35 Eph 3:19}
2) {plural} love feasts expressing and fostering mutual love which used to be held by Christians before the celebration of the Lord’s supper, and at which the poorer Christians mingled with the wealthier and partook in common with the rest of the food provided at the expense of the wealthy. {#Jude 12 2Pe 2:13 Ac 2:42,46 1Co 11:17-34}
  • Syn.: ~φιλία~ 5373 ~ἀγάπη~, signifying properly (v. s. ~αγαραω~ 25) love which chooses its object, is taken from the LXX, where its connotation is more general, into the NT, and there used exclusively to express that spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and man, in Christ which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thus distinct from ~φιλία~, \@friendship\@ (#Jas 4:4 only), ~στοργη~, \@natural affection\@ (in the NT only in its compounds, v. s. ~ἄστοργος~ 794) and ~ερως~ \@sexual love,\@ which is not used in the NT, in its place being taken by ~επιηυμια~ 1939.

32 ~ἄγγελος~ aggelos \@ang’-el-os\@ from aggello [probably derived from 71 ago to lead, cf 34] (to bring tidings); n m AV-angel 179, messenger 7; 186

1) a messenger, envoy, one who is sent {#Mt 11:10 Lu 7:27 9:52 Mr 1:2 Jas 2:25}
2) an angel
2a) sent from God (see Colossians 2:18)
2a1) to execute his purposes {#Mt 4:6,11 28:2 Mr 1:13 Lu 16:22 22:43 Ac 7:35 12:23 Ga 3:19 Heb 1:14}
2a1) to make his purposes known to men {#Lu 1:11,26 2:9-14 Ac 10:3 27:23 Mt 1:20 2:13 28:5 Joh 20:12-13}
2b) they are subject not only to God the Father but also to Christ {#Heb 1:4-7 1Pe 3:22 Eph 1:21 Ga 4:14} who is described to have returned to judgment surrounded by a multitude of them as servants and attendants {#Mt 13:41,49 16:27 24:31 25:31 2Th 1:7 Jude 14}
2c) single angels have charge of separate elements: as fire {#Re 14:18} waters {#Re 16:5 7:1-3}
2d) some angels are mentioned as guardian angels of individuals {#Mt 18:10 Ac 12:15}
2e) some angels are over churches {#Re 1:20 2:1,8,12,18 3:1,7,14}
2f) some angels have proven faithless to the trust committed to them by God, and have given themselves over to sin {#Jude 6 2Pe 2:4} and now obey the devil {#Mt 25:41 Re 12:7 1Co 6:3 2Co 12:7}

35 ἀγενεαλόγητος agenealogetos [ag-en-eh-al-og’-ay-tos] from 1 (as negative particle) and 1075; adj; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 152 }] AV-without descent 1; 1

1) one whose descent there is no record of, without genealogy [{#Heb 7:3 }]

36 ~ἀγενής~ agenes \@ag-en-ace’\@ from 1 (as negative particle) and 1085 kindred or offspring; ; adj AV-base things 1;

1) ignoble, coward, mean, base, of no family, that is: low born {#1Co 1:28}

38 ~ἁγιασμός~ hagiasmos \@hag-ee-as-mos’\@ from 37 and 40 "separated" like the "Levites" or "sacrifice"; n m AV-holiness 5, sanctification 5; 10

1) consecration
2) sanctification: so strictly in {#Ro 6:19,22 1Co 1:30 1Th 4:3,7 2Th 2:13 Heb 12:14 1Pe 1:2} Elsewhere it perhaps inclines to the resultant state. {#1Th 4:4 1Ti 2:15}

Sanctification is about separation for a separate purpose.

40 ~ἅγιος~ hagios \@hag’-ee-os\@ from hagos (an awful thing) [cf 53, 2282]; adj AV-holy 161, saints 61, Holy One 4, misc 3; 229 \@Holy,\@ characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration

1) Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty and glory. {#Lu 1:49 Joh 17:11 Re 4:8}
1a) Of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: {#Mt 24:15 Heb 9:1}
1b) Of persons employed by him, as angels: {#1Th 3:13 marg.} prophets, {#Lu 1:70} apostles, {#Eph 3:5}
2) Applied to persons as separated to God’s service:
2a) Of Christ: {#Mr 1:24 Ac 4:30}
2b) Of Christians: {#Ac 9:13 Ro 1:7 Heb 6:10 Re 5:8}
3) In the moral sense of sharing God’s purity: {#Mr 6:20 Joh 17:11 Ac 3:14 Re 3:7}
4) Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: {#1Co 7:14 Eph 1:4}
For Synonyms see entry 5878
  • Saint in the Old Testament is from the word 06918 ^שׁודק^ qadowsh which means "set apart" or "sacred" which is identifying things "separated". It was from 06942 meaning "consecrate", "be separate".

50 ~ἀγνοέω~ agnoeo \@ag-no-eh’-o\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and understand 3539; TDNT-1:115,18; {See TDNT 15} v AV-be ignorant 7, ignorant 4, know not 4, understand not 3, ignorantly 2, unknown 2; 22

1) act. to be ignorant, not to know {#Ac 13:27 17:23 Ro 10:3 2Pe 2:12} pass. not know or disregarded {#1Co 14:38}
2) not to understand, unknown {#Mr 9:32 Lu 9:45}
3) to err or sin through mistake, to be wrong, spoken mildly of those who are not high handed or wilful transgressors {#Heb 5:2}

58 ~ἀγορά~ agora \@ag-or-ah’\@ from ageiro (to gather, probably akin to 1453); ; n f AV-market 6, marketplace 4, street 1; 11

1) any collection of men, congregation, or assembly, especially of the people
2) the place of assembly
2a) for public debating,
2b) for elections
2c) for trials {#Ac 16:19}
2d) for buying and selling {#Mr 7:4}
2e) for all kinds of business
3) market place, street {#Mt 11:16 20:3}

59 ἀγοράζω agorazo [ag-or-ad’-zo] from 58 agora "any collection of men, congregation, or assembly"; v; TDNT-1:124,19; [{See TDNT 17 }] AV-buy 28, redeem 3; 31

1) to be in the market place, to attend it [{(agorazei) Matthew 13:44, Revelation 18:11 (ēgorasen)Matthew 13:46; (agorazontas)Matthew 21:12, Mark 11:15 }]
2) to do business there, buy or sell [{(agorasōsin)#Mt 14:15; John 4:8; Mark 6:36  }]
3) of idle people: to haunt the market place, lounge there
  • agorázō stresses transfer – i.e. where something becomes another's belonging (possession) as in John 6, Mark 6:3, Luke 9:13 which appears as agorasōmen.
  • In Luke 19:45 we see 4453 pōlountas

62 ~ἀγράμματος~ agrammatos \@ag-ram-mat-os\@ from 1 (as negative particle) and 1121; ; adj AV-unlearned 1; 1

1) illiterate, unlearned, without learning, unlettered {#Ac 4:13}

69 ἀγρυπνέω agrupneo [ag-roop-neh’-o] ultimately from 1 (as negative particle) and 5258; v; TDNT- 2:338,195; [{See TDNT 206 }] AV-watch 4; 4

1) to be watchful, vigilant [{#Mark 13:33, Luke 21:36 Ephesians 6:18, Hebrews 13:17 }]
Syn.: γρηγοπεω 1127 q.v. νήφω, associated with γ in #1 Peter 5:8 expressing a wariness which results from self-control, a condition of moral, not mental alertness.

71 ~ἄγω~ ago \@ag’-o\@ a primary word; ; v AV-bring 45, lead 12, go 7, bring forth 2, misc 5, vr bring 1; 72

1) to lead, take with one
1a) to lead by laying hold of, and this way to bring to the point of destination: of an animal
1b) to lead by accompanying to (into) a place
1c) to lead with one’s self, attach to one’s self as an attendant
1d) to conduct, bring
1e) to lead away, to a court of justice, magistrate, etc.
2) to lead,
2a) to lead, guide, direct
2b) to lead through, conduct to: to something
2c) to move, impel: of forces and influences on the mind
3) to pass a day, keep or celebrate a feast, etc.
4) to go, depart

75 ~ἀγωνίζομαι~ agonizomai \@ag-o-nid’-zom-ahee\@ from agon an assembly; v AV-strive 3, fight 3, labour fervently 1; 7

1) to enter a contest: contend in the gymnastic games
2) to contend with adversaries, fight
3) metaph. to contend, struggle, with difficulties and dangers
4) to endeavour with strenuous zeal, strive: to obtain something

86 ᾍδης hades [hah’-dace] from 1 (as negative particle) and 1492; n pr loc; TDNT- 1:146,22; [{See TDNT 22 }] AV-hell 10, grave 1; 11

1) name Hades or Pluto, the god of the lower regions
2) Orcus, the nether world, the realm of the dead
3) later use of this word: the grave, death, hell
  • In Biblical Greek it is associated with Orcus, the infernal regions, a dark and dismal place in the very depths of the earth, the common receptacle of disembodied spirits. Usually Hades is just the abode of the wicked, #Lu 16:23; Re 20:13,14; a very uncomfortable place. TDNT.

93 ~ἀδικία~ adikia \@ad-ee-kee’-ah\@ from 94; TDNT-1:153,22; {See TDNT 23} n f AV-unrighteousness 16, iniquity 6, unjust 2, wrong 1; 25

1) injustice, of a judge
2) unrighteousness of heart and life
3) a deed violating law and justice, act of unrighteousness

94 ~ἄδικος~ adikos \@ad’-ee-kos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1349; TDNT-1:149,22; {See TDNT 23} adj AV-unjust 8, unrighteous 4; 12

1) descriptive of one who violates or has violated justice
1a) unjust
1b) unrighteous, sinful
1c) of one who deals fraudulently with others, deceitful

96 ~ἀδόκιμος~ adokimos \@ad-ok’-ee-mos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1384; adj AV-reprobate 6, castaway 1, rejected 1; 8

1) not standing the test, not approved (See warnings)
1a) properly used of metals and coins
2) that which does not prove itself such as it ought
2a) unfit for, unproved, spurious, reprobate

104 ἀεί aei [ah-eye’] from an obsolete primary noun (apparently meaning continued duration); adv; AV-alway 4, always 3, ever 1; 8

1) perpetually, incessantly
2) invariably, at any and every time: when according to the circumstances something is or ought to be done again

106 ἄζυμος azumos [ad’-zoo-mos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2219 zume, metaphor "of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others." from 2204 zeo fervent in anger or spirit; adj; TDNT-2:902,302; [{See TDNT 288 }] AV-unleavened bread 8, unleavened 1; 9

1) unfermented, free from leaven or yeast
1a) of the unleavened loaves used in the paschal feast of the Jews
1b) metaph. free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity"

109 ~ἀήρ~ aer \@ah-ayr’\@ from aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by analogy, to blow); TDNT-1:165,25; {See TDNT 25} n m AV-air 7; 7

1) the air, particularly the lower and denser air as distinguished from the higher and rarer air
2) the atmospheric region

111 ~ἀθέμιτος~ athemitos \@ath-em’-ee-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of themis (personification of divine order, fairness, law, natural law, and custom.)(statute, from the base of 5087 to set, appoint ordain); TDNT-1:166,25; {See TDNT 26} adj AV-unlawful thing 1, abominable 1, 2

1) contrary to law and justice, prohibited by law, illicit, criminal

113 ~ἄθεσμος~ athesmos \@ath’-es-mos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5087 (in the sense of enacting); TDNT-1:167,25; {See TDNT 27} adj AV-wicked 2; 2

1) one who breaks through the restraint of law and gratifies his lusts. Equated with the error of Balaam and the Nicolaitan.
  • 2 Peter 2:7 And delivered just Lot, vexed with the filthy conversation of the wicked <113>:
  • 2 Peter 3:17 Ye therefore, beloved, seeing ye know these things before, beware lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wicked <113>, fall from your own stedfastness.

114 ~ἀθετέω~ atheteo \@ath-et-eh’-o\@ from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5087; TDNT-8:158,1176; v AV-despise 8, reject 4, bring to nothing 1, frustrate 1, disannul 1, cast off 1; 16

1) to do away with, to set aside, disregard
2) to thwart the efficacy of anything, nullify, make void, frustrate
3) to reject, to refuse, to slight

129 αἷμα haima [hah’-ee-mah] of uncertain derivation; n n; TDNT-1:172,26; [{See TDNT 31 }] AV-blood 99; 99

1) blood
1a) of man or animals
1b) refers to the seat of life
1c) of those things that resemble blood, grape juice
2) blood shed, to be shed by violence, slay, murder

134 αἰνέω aineo [ahee-neh’-o] from 136 ainos; v; TDNT-1:177,27; [{See TDNT 32 }] AV-praise 9; 9

1) to praise, extol, to sing praises in honour to God
2) to allow, recommend
) to promise or vow

136 αἶνος ainos [ah’-ee-nos] apparently a primary word, properly, a story, but used in the sense of 1868; n m; TDNT-1:177,27; [{See TDNT 32 }] AV-praise 2; 2

1) a saying, proverb
2) praise, laudatory discourse

138 ~αἱρέομαι~ haireomai \@hahee-reh’-om-ahee\@ probably akin to 142; TDNT-1:180,27; {See TDNT 34} v AV-choose 3; 3

1) to take for oneself, to prefer, choose
2) to choose by vote, elect to office

139 ~αἵρεσις~ hairesis \@hah’-ee-res-is\@ from 138; n f AV-sect 5, heresy 4; 9

1) act of taking, capture: e.g. storming a city
2) choosing, choice
3) that which is chosen
4) a body of men following their own tenets (sect or party)
4a) of the Sadducees
4b) of the Pharisees
4c) of the Christians
5) dissensions arising from diversity of opinions and aims For Synonyms see entry 5916

141 ~αἱρετικός~ hairetikos \@hahee-ret-ee-kos’\@ from the same as 140; adj AV-that is a heretic 1; 1

1) fitted or able to take or choose a thing
2) schismatic, factious, a follower of a false doctrine
3) heretic

142 ~αἴρω~ airo \@ah’-ee-ro\@ a primary root; TDNT-1:185,28; {See TDNT 35} v AV-take up 32, take away 25, take 25, away with 5, lift up 4, bear 3, misc 8; 102

1) to raise up, elevate, lift up
1a) to raise from the ground, take up: stones
1b) to raise upwards, elevate, lift up: the hand
1c) to draw up: a fish
2) to take upon one’s self and carry what has been raised up, to bear
3) to bear away what has been raised, carry off
3a) to move from its place
3b) to take off or away what is attached to anything
3c) to remove
3d) to carry off, carry away with one
3e) to appropriate what is taken
3f) to take away from another what is his or what is committed to him, to take by force
3g) to take and apply to any use
3h) to take from among the living, either by a natural death, or by violence
3i) cause to cease

146 αἰσχροκερδής aischrokerdes [ahee-skhrok-er-dace’] from 150 aischros from the same as 153 v. aischunomai from aischos (disfigurement, i.e. disgrace); v; TDNT-1:189,29; [{ See TDNT 37 }] AV-be ashamed 5; 5

1) to disfigure; adj; TDNT-1:189,29; [{See TDNT 37 }]
AV-filthy and kerdos (gain); adj; AV-greedy of filthy lucre 2, given to filthy lucre 1; 3
1) eager for base gain, greedy for money

148 αἰσχρολογία aischrologia [ahee-skhrol-og-ee’-ah] from 150 dishonorable and 3056speech; n f; AV-filthy communication 1; 1

1) foul speaking, low and obscene speech
For Synonyms see entry 5881

151 ~αἰσχρότης~ aischrotes \@ahee-skhrot’-ace\@ from 150 dishonour; TDNT-1:189,29; {See TDNT 37} n f AV-filthiness 1; 1 Ephesians 5:4

1) obscenity, filthiness

154 αιτεω aiteo ahee-teh’-o; of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case): — 

1. ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require.
  • Compare 156 aitia to cause by reason and 4441 punthanomai which is to ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely); and thus differing from 154.

‭

‭156 αιτια aitia ahee-tee’-a; from the same as 154 aiteo ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require

1 a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved): —  accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, [where[-fore].

166 αἰώνιος aionios [ahee-o’-nee-os] from 165 aion ever, world; adj; TDNT-1:208,31; [{See TDNT 40 }] AV-eternal 42, everlasting 25, the world began + 5550 2, since the world began + 5550 1, for ever 1; 71

1) without beginning and end, that which always has been and always will be
2) without beginning
3) without end, never to cease, everlasting
  • For Synonyms see entry 5801

167 ἀκαθαρσία akatharsia [ak-ath-ar-see’-ah] from 169; n f; TDNT-3:427,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-uncleanness 10; 10

1) uncleanness
1a) physical
1b) in a moral sense: the impurity of lustful, luxurious, profligate living
1b1) of impure motives

169 ἀκάθαρτος akathartos [ak-ath’-ar-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 2508 katharos pure or ethical (meaning cleansed); adj; TDNT-3:427,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-unclean 28, foul 2; 30

1) not cleansed, unclean
1a) in a ceremonial sense: that which must be abstained from according to the levitical law
1b) in a moral sense: unclean in thought and life

173 ακανθα akantha ak’-an-thah; probably from the same as 188; a thorn: —  thorn.

1 thorn, bramble
2 bush, brier, a thorny plant

175 ἄκαρπος akarpos [ak’-ar-pos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2590; adj; TDNT-3:616,416; [{See TDNT 360 }] AV-unfruitful 6, without fruit 1; 7

1) metaph. without fruit, barren, not yielding what it ought to yield

190 ~ἀκολουθέω~ akoloutheo \@ak-ol-oo-theh’-o\@ from 1 Alpha (as a particle of union) and keleuthos (a road) from a primary kello (to urge on); v AV-follow 91, reach 1; 92

1) to follow one who precedes, join him as his attendant, accompany him. See follow me
2) to join one as a disciple, become or be his disciple
2a) side with his party

191 ἀκούω akouo [ak-oo’-o] a root; v; TDNT-1:216,34; [{See TDNT 43 }] AV-hear 418, hearken 6, give audience 3, hearer 2, misc 8; 437

1) to be endowed with the faculty of hearing, not deaf
2) to hear
2b) to attend to, consider what is or has been said
2c) to understand, perceive the sense of what is said
3) to hear something
3a) to perceive by the ear what is announced in one’s presence
3b) to get by hearing learn
3c) a thing comes to one’s ears, to find out, learn
3d) to give ear to a teaching or a teacher
3e) to comprehend, to understand

‭192. ακρασια akrasia ak-ras-ee’-a; from 193 akrates without self-control; want of self-restraint: —  excess, incontinency.

‭193. ακρατης akrates ak-rat’-ace; from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2904 ; powerless, i.e. without self-control: —  incontinent. ‭

208 ἀκυρόω akuroo [ak-oo-ro’-o] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2964 kuroo confirm from 2962 κύριος kurios Lord; v; TDNT-3:1099,494; [{See TDNT 419 }] AV-make of none effect 2, disannul 1; 3

1) to render void, deprive of force and authority

211 ἀλάβαστρον alabastron [al-ab’-as-tron] from alabastros (of uncertain derivation), the name of a stone; n n; AV-alabaster box 3, box 1; 4

1) a box made of alabaster in which unguents are preserved
  • The ancients considered alabaster to be the best material in which to preserve their ointments. Breaking the box, probably means breaking the seal of the box.

213 ~ἀλαζών~ alazon \@al-ad-zone’\@ from ale (vagrancy); TDNT-1:226,36; {See TDNT 45} n m AV-boaster 2; 2

1) an empty pretender, a boaster
For Synonyms see entry 5885

216 ἄλαλος alalos [al’-al-os] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2980 laleo to speak or emit a sound; adj; AV-dumb 3; 3

1) speechless, dumb, wanting the faculty of speech

225 ἀλήθεια aletheia [al-ay’-thi-a] from 227 alethes true, loving the truth,; n f; TDNT-1:232,37; [{See TDNT 49 }] AV-truth 107, truly + 1909 1, true 1, verity 1; 110

1) objectively
1a) what is true in any matter under consideration
1a1) truly, in truth, according to truth
1a2) of a truth, in reality, in fact, certainly
1b) what is true in things appertaining to God and the duties of man, moral and religious truth
1b1) in the greatest latitude
1b2) the true notions of God which are open to human reason without his supernatural intervention
1c) the truth as taught in the Christian religion, respecting God and the execution of his purposes through Christ, and respecting the duties of man, opposing alike to the superstitions of the Gentiles and the inventions of the Jews, and the corrupt opinions and precepts of false teachers even among Christians
2) subjectively
2a) truth as a personal excellence
2a1) that candour of mind which is free from affection, pretence, simulation, falsehood, deceit

227 ἀληθής alethes [al-ay-thace’] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2990; adj; TDNT-1:247,37; [{See TDNT 49 }] AV-true 23, truly 1, truth 1; 25

1) true
2) loving the truth, speaking the truth, truthful

228 ἀληθινός alethinos [al-ay-thee-nos’] from 227 adj. alethes from a negative particle and 2990 lanthano v. to be hidden; AV-true 27; 27

1) that which has not only the name and resemblance, but the real nature corresponding to the name, in every respect corresponding to the idea signified by the name, real, true genuine
1a) opposite to what is fictitious, counterfeit, imaginary, simulated or pretended
1b) it contrasts realities with their semblances
1c) opposite to what is imperfect defective, frail, uncertain
2) true, veracious, sincere
  • The truth not hidden

235 ἀλλά alla [al-lah’] neuter plural of 243 ἄλλος allos other adj.; conj; AV-but 573, yea 15, yet 11, nevertheless 10, howbeit 9, nay 4, therefore 3, save 2, not tr 2, misc 8; 637

1) but
1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding
1b) an objection
1c) an exception
1d) a restriction
1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover
1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter

236 ἀλλάσσω allasso [al-las’-so] from 243 others; v; TDNT-1:251,40; [{See TDNT 50 }] AV-change 6; 6

1) to change, to exchange one thing for another, to transform

243 ~ἄλλος~ allos \@al’-los\@ a primary word; adj AV-other(s) 81, another 62, some 11, one 4, misc 2; 160

1) another, other. For Synonyms see entry 5806

245 ~ἀλλότριος~ allotrios \@al-lot’-ree-os\@ from 243; TDNT-1:265,43; {See TDNT 53} adj AV-stranger 4, another man’s 4, strange 2, other men’s 2, other 1, alien 1; 14

1) belonging to another
2) foreign, strange, not of one’s own family, alien, an enemy

249 ~ἄλογος~ alogos \@al’-og-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3056; TDNT-4:141,505; {See TDNT 431} adj AV-brute 2, unreasonable 1; 3

1) destitute of reason
2) contrary to reason, absurd

255 ἀλυσιτελής alusiteles [al-oo-sit-el-ace’] from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 3081 lusitelei; adj; [{ See TDNT 454 }] AV-unprofitable 1; 1

1) unprofitable, hurtful, pernicious

261 ~ἀμαθής~ amathes \@am-ath-ace’\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3129; ; adj AV-unlearned 1 (2 Peter 3:16 ) ; 1 1) unlearned, ignorant

264 ~ἁμαρτάνω~ hamartano \@ham-ar-tan’-o\@ perhaps from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 3313 maraino a flame fade away; v AV-sin 38, trespass 3, offend 1, for your faults 1; 43

1) to be without a share in
2) to miss the mark
3) to err, be mistaken
4) to miss or wander from the path of uprightness and
   honour, to do or go wrong
5) to wander from the law of God, violate God’s law, sin

266 ἁμαρτία hamartia [ham-ar-tee’-ah] from 264 without a share; n f; TDNT-1:267,44; [{See TDNT 54 }] AV-sin 172, sinful 1, offense 1; 174

1) equivalent to 264
1a) to be without a share in
1b) to miss the mark
1c) to err, be mistaken
1d) to miss or wander from the path of uprightness and honour, to do or go wrong
1e) to wander from the law of God, violate God’s law, sin
2) that which is done wrong, sin, an offence, a violation of the divine law in thought or in act
3) collectively, the complex or aggregate of sins committed either by a single person or by many
  • For Synonyms see entry 5879

268 ~ἁμαρτωλός~ hamartolos \@ham-ar-to-los’\@ from 264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartano, without a share; adj AV-sinner 43, sinful 4; 47

1) devoted to sin, a sinner
1a) not free from sin
1b) pre-eminently sinful, especially wicked
1b1) all wicked men
1b2) specifically of men stained with certain definite vices or crimes
1b2a) tax collectors, heathen

272 ἀμελέω ameleo am-el-eh'-o TDNT entry: Part(s) of speech: Verb,Thayer Definition: None, to bye careless of, to neglect Origin: from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3199.

  • Strong's Definition: From 1 (as a negative particle) and 3199 melo to care about; to be careless of: - make light of, neglect, be negligent, not regard.

283 ἀμίαντος amiantos [am-ee’-an-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3392 to stain, to defile; adj; TDNT-4:647,593; [{See TDNT 493 }] AV-undefiled 4; 4

1) not defiled, unsoiled
1a) free from that by which the nature of a thing is deformed and debased, or its force and vigour impaired
  • For Synonyms see entry 5896

298 ἀμώμητος amometos [am-o’-may-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3469 momaomai blame; adj; TDNT-4:831,619; [{See TDNT 510 }] AV-without rebuke 1, blameless 1; 2

1) that cannot be censured, blameless

299 ἄμωμος amomos [am’-o-mos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3470; adj; TDNT-4:830,619; [{See TDNT 510 }] AV-without rebuke 2, without blame 1, unblameable 1, without spot 1, faultless 1, without fault 1; 7

1) without blemish
1a) as a sacrifice without spot or blemish
2) morally: without blemish, faultless, unblameable
  • For Synonyms see entry 5887

303 ~ἀνά~ ana \@an-ah’\@ a primary prep and adv; ; prep AV-by 3, apiece 2, every man 2, each 1, several 1, two and two + 1417 1, among 1, through 1, between 1, by 1, in 1; 15

1) into the midst, in the midst, amidst, among, between

313 ἀναγεννάω anagennao [an-ag-en-nah’-o] from 303 and 1080; v; TDNT-1:673,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-begat again 1, be born again 1; 2

1) to produce again, be born again, born anew
2) metaph. to have one’s mind changed so that he lives a new life and one conformed to the will of God

321 ἀνάγω anago [an-ag’-o] from 303 ana, prep. and 71 ago, to lead; v; AV-bring 3, loose 3, sail 3, launch 3, depart 3, misc 9; 24

1) to lead up, to lead or bring into a higher place
2) of navigators: launch out, set sail, put to sea

322 ἀναδείκνυμι anadeiknumi [an-ad-ike’-noo-mee] from 303 and 1166 to show as in evidence; v; TDNT-2:30,141; [{See TDNT 172 }] AV-appoint 1, show 1; 2

1) to proclaim any one as elected to office
2) to announce as appointed a king, general, etc.
3) to lift up anything on high and exhibit it for all to behold

331 ~ἀνάθεμα~ anathema \@an-ath’-em-ah\@ from 394; n n AV-accursed 4, anathema 1, bind under a great curse + 332 1; 6

1) a thing set up or laid by in order to be kept
1a) specifically, an offering resulting from a vow, which after being consecrated to a god was hung upon the walls or columns of the temple, or put in some other conspicuous place
2) a thing devoted to God without hope of being redeemed, and if an animal, to be slain; therefore a person or thing doomed to destruction
2a) a curse
2b) a man accursed, devoted to the direst of woes

345 ~ἀνακεῖμαι~ anakeimai \@an-ak-i’-mahee\@ from 303 and 2749; TDNT-3:654,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-sit at meat 5, guests 2, sit 2, sit down 1, be set down 1, lie 1, lean 1, at the table 1; 14

1) to lie at a table, eat together, dine

347 ~ἀνακλίνω~ anaklino \@an-ak-lee’-no\@ from 303 and 2827; ; v AV-sit down 3, make sit down 2, sit down to meat 1, make sit down to meat 1, lay 1; 8

1) to lean against, lean upon
1a) to lay down
1b) to make or bid to recline

349 ἀνακράζω anakrazo [an-ak-rad’-zo] from 303 and 2896; v; TDNT-3:898,465; [{See TDNT 408 }] AV-cry out 5; 5

1) to raise a cry from the depth of the throat, to cry out

372 ἀνάπαυσις anapausis [an-ap’-ow-sis] from 373 anapauo "to cause or permit one to cease from any movement or labour in order to recover and collect his strength"; n f; TDNT-1:350,56; [{See TDNT 63 }] AV-rest 4, rest + 2192 1; 5

1) intermission, cessation of any motion, business or labour
2) rest, recreation
  • For Synonyms see entry 5810 & 5922

373 ἀναπαύω anapauo [an-ap-ow’-o] from 303 and 3973 pauo "to make to cease or desist"; v; TDNT-1:350,56; [{See TDNT 63 }] AV-rest 4, refresh 4, take rest 2, give rest 1, take ease 1; 12

1) to cause or permit one to cease from any movement or labour in order to recover and collect his strength
2) to give rest, refresh, to give one’s self rest, take rest
3) to keep quiet, of calm and patient expectation

377 ~ἀναπίπτω~ anapipto \@an-ap-ip’-to\@ from 303 and 4098 pipto metaphorically to go under judgment,; ; v AV-sit down 7, sit down to meat 2, be set down 1, lean 1; 11

1) to lie back, lie down
2) to recline at a table, to sit back

389 ἀναστενάζω anastenazo [an-as-ten-ad’-zo] from 303 ana amidst and 4727 stenazo sigh with grief; v; AV-sigh deeply 1; 1

1) to draw up deep sighs from the bottom of the breast, to sigh deeply

390 ~ἀναστρέφω~ anastrepho \@an-as-tref’-o\@ as a noun is 391 from 303 and 4762; TDNT-7:715,1093; {See TDNT 752} v AV-return 2, have conversation 2, live 2, abide 1, overthrow 1, behave (one’s) self 1, be used 1, pass 1; 11

1) to turn upside down, overturn
2) to turn back
3) to turn hither and thither, to turn one’s self about, sojourn dwell in a place
4) metaph. to conduct one’s self, behave one’s self, live

391 ~ἀναστροφή~ anastrophe \@an-as-trof-ay’\@ from 390; TDNT-7:715,1093; {See TDNT 752} n f AV-conversation 13; 13

1) manner of life, conduct, behaviour, deportment

415 ~ἀνελεήμων~ aneleemon \@an-eleh-ay’-mone\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1655; TDNT-2:487,222; {See TDNT 232} adj AV-unmerciful 1; 1

1) without mercy, merciless

425 ~ἄνεσις~ anesis \@an’-es-is\@ from 447; TDNT-1:367,60; {See TDNT 73} n f AV-rest 3, liberty 1, be eased 1; 5

1) a loosening, relaxing
1a) spoken of a more tolerable condition in captivity, to be held in less vigorous confinement
1b) relief, rest, from persecutions
For Synonyms see entry 5810 & 5922

430 ~ἀνέχομαι~ anechomai \@an-ekh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 303 and 2192; v AV-suffer 7, bear with 4, forbear 2, endure 2; 15

1) to hold up
2) to hold one’s self erect and firm
3) to sustain, to bear, to endure

433 ἀνήκω aneko [an-ay’-ko] from 303 among and 2240 to seek an intimacy or to become a follower; v; TDNT-1:360,59; [{See TDNT 70 }] AV-be convenient 2, be fit 1; 3

1) to have come up to, arrived at, to reach to
2) to pertain to what is due, duty, as was fitting

435 ἀνήρ aner [an’-ayr] a primary word cf. 444 anthropos = man; n m; TDNT-1:360,59; [{See TDNT 71 }] AV-man 156, husband 50, sir 6, fellow 1, not tr 2; 215

1) with reference to sex
1a) of a male
1b) of a husband
1c) of a betrothed or future husband
2) with reference to age, and to distinguish an adult from a boy
3) any male
4) used generically of a group of both men and women

436 ~ἀνθίστημι~ anthistemi \@anth-is’-tay-mee\@ from 473 (against) and 2476 (stand); ; v AV-resist 9, withstand 5; 14

1) to set one’s self against, to withstand, resist, oppose
2) to set against

444 ἄνθρωπος anthropos [anth’-ro-pos] from 435 and ops (the countenance, from 3700); man-faced, i.e. a human being; n m; TDNT-1:364,59; [{See TDNT 72 }] [{See TDNT "the Son of Man" 807 }] AV-man 552, not tr 4, misc 3; 559

1) a human being, whether male or female
1a) generically, to include all human individuals
1b) to distinguish man from beings of a different order
1b1) of animals and plants
1b2) of from God and Christ
1b3) of the angels
1c) with the added notion of weakness, by which man is led into a mistake or prompted to sin
1d) with the adjunct notion of contempt or disdainful pity
1e) with reference to two fold nature of man, body and soul
1f) with reference to the two fold nature of man, the corrupt and the truly Christian man, conformed to the nature of God
1g) with reference to sex, a male
2) indefinitely, someone, a man, one
3) in the plural, people
4) joined with other words, merchantman

447 ~ἀνίημι~ aniemi \@an-ee’-ay-mee\@ from 303 and hiemi (to send); TDNT-1:367,60; {See TDNT 73} v AV-loose 2, forbear 1, leave 1; 4

1) to send back, relax, loosen
2) to give up, omit, calm
3) to leave, not to uphold, to let sink

449 ἄνιπτος aniptos [an’-ip-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 3538 nipto wash; adj; TDNT-4:947,635; [{See TDNT 524 }] AV-unwashen 3; 3

1) unwashed

453 ~ἀνόητος~ anoetos \@an-o’-ay-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3539 understand; adj AV-foolish 4, fool 1, unwise 1; 6 1) not understood, unintelligible 2) not understanding, unwise, foolish

458 ~ἀνομία~ anomia \@an-om-ee’-ah\@ from 459; n f AV-iniquity 12, unrighteousness 1, transgress the law + 4160 1, transgression of the law 1; 15

1) the condition of without law
1a) because ignorant of it
1b) because of violating it
2) contempt and violation of law, iniquity, wickedness

459 ~ἄνομος~ anomos \@an’-om-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3551; adj AV-without law 4, transgressor 2, wicked 2, lawless 1, unlawful 1; 10

1) destitute of (the Mosaic) law
1a) of the Gentiles
2) departing from the law, a violator of the law, lawless, wicked

460 ἀνόμως anomos [an-om’-oce] from 459; adv; AV-without law 2; 2

1) without the law, without the knowledge of the law
2) to sin in ignorance of the Mosaic law
3) live ignorant of law and discipline

462 ~ἀνόσιος~ anosios \@an-os’-ee-os\@ from a (as a negative particle) and hosios undefiled by sin,religiously observing every moral obligation, pure holy, pious adj AV-unholy 2; 2

1) unholy, impious, wicked

473 ἀντί anti [an-tee’] a primary particle; prep; TDNT-1:372,61; [{See TDNT 75  AV-for 15, because + 3639 4, for … cause 1, therefore + 3639 1, in the room of 1; 22

1) over against, opposite to, before
2) for, instead of, in place of (something)
2a) instead of
2b) for
2c) for that, because
2d) wherefore, for this cause

505 ἀνυπόκριτος anupokritos [an-oo-pok’-ree-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 5271 to simulate, feign, pretend; adj; TDNT-8:570,1235; [{See TDNT 819 }] AV-unfeigned 4, without dissimulation 1, without hypocrisy 1; 6

1) unfeigned, undisguised, sincere

509 ἄνωθεν anothen [an’-o-then] from 507; adv; TDNT-1:378,63; [{See TDNT 78 }] AV-from above 5, top 3, again 2, from the first 1, from the beginning 1, not tr 1; 13 See born again

1) from above, from a higher place
1a) of things which come from heaven or God
2) from the first, from the beginning, from the very first
3) anew, over again

511 ~ἀνώτερος~ anoteros \@an-o’-ter-os\@ comparative degree of 507; TDNT-1:376,63; {See TDNT 78} adj n AV-higher 1, above 1; 2

1) higher
1a) of motion: to a higher place, up higher
1b) of rest: in a higher place, above
Luke 14:10 But when thou art bidden, go and sit down in the lowest room; that when he that bade thee cometh, he may say unto thee, Friend, go up higher <511>: then shalt thou have worship in the presence of them that sit at meat with thee.
Hebrews 10:8 Above <511> when he said, Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings and offering

521 ~ἀπαίδευτος~ apaideutos \@ap-ah’-ee-dyoo-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3811; TDNT-5:596,753; {See TDNT 579} adj AV-unlearned 1; 1

1) without instruction, and disciple, uneducated, ignorant, rude

536 ~ἀπαρχή~ aparche \@ap-ar-khay’\@ from a compound of 575 and 756; TDNT-1:484,81; {See TDNT 102} n f AV-firstfruits 8; 8

1) to offer firstlings or firstfruits
2) to take away the firstfruits of the productions of the earth which was offered to God. The first portion of the dough, from which sacred loaves were to be prepared. Hence term used of persons consecrated to God for all time.
3) persons superior in excellence to others of the same class

538 ~ἀπατάω~ apatao \@ap-at-ah’-o\@ of uncertain derivation; v AV-deceive 4; 4

1) to cheat, beguile, deceive

539 ~ἀπάτη~ apate \@ap-at’-ay\@ from 538; TDNT-1:385,65; {See TDNT 82} n f AV-deceitfulness 3, deceitful 1, deceit 1, deceivableness 1, deceivings 1; 7

1) deceit, deceitfulness

543 ἀπείθεια apeitheia [ap-i’-thi-ah] from 545 disobedient ; n f; TDNT-6:11,818; [{See TDNT 611 }] AV-unbelief 4, disobedient 3; 7

1) obstinacy, obstinate opposition to the divine will

545 ~ἀπειθής~ apeithes \@ap-i-thace’\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3982; TDNT-6:10,818; {See TDNT 611} adj AV-disobedient 6; 6

1) impersuasible, not compliant, disobedient, contumacious

565 ἀπέρχομαι aperchomai [ap-erkh’-om-ahee] from 575 and 2064; v; TDNT-2:675,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-go 53, depart 27, go (one’s) way 16, go away 14, come 4, misc 6; 120

1) to go away, depart
1a) to go away in order to follow any one, go after him, to follow his party, follow him as a leader
2) to go away
2a) of departing evils and sufferings
2b) of good things taken away from one
2c) of an evanescent(likely to vanish like vapor) state of things

571 ἄπιστος apistos [ap’-is-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4103 pistos; adj; TDNT-6:174,849; [{See TDNT 634 }] AV-that believe not 6, unbelieving 5, faithless 4, unbeliever 4, infidel 2, thing incredible 1, which believe not 1; 23

1) unfaithful, faithless, (not to be trusted, perfidious)
2) incredible
2a) of things
3) unbelieving, incredulous
3a) without trust (in God)

572 ἁπλότης haplotes [hap-lot’-ace] from 573; n f; TDNT-1:386,65; [{See TDNT 83 }] AV-simplicity 3, singleness 2, liberality 1, bountifulness 1, liberty 1; 8

1) singleness, simplicity, sincerity, mental honesty
1a) the virtue of one who is free from pretence and hypocrisy
2) not self seeking, openness of heart revealing itself by generosity

575 ~ἀπό~ apo \@apo’\@ a primary particle; ; preposition AV-from 393, of 129, out of 48, for 10, off 10, by 9, at 9, in 6, since + 3739 5, on 5, not tr. 16, misc. 31; 671

1) of separation
1a) of local separation, after verbs of motion from a place i.e. of departing, of fleeing,  … 
1b) of separation of a part from the whole
1b1) where of a whole some part is taken
1c) of any kind of separation of one thing from another by which the union or fellowship of the two is destroyed
1d) of a state of separation, that is of distance
1d1) physical, of distance of place
1d2) temporal, of distance of time
2) of origin
2a) of the place whence anything is, comes, befalls, is taken
2b) of origin of a cause

583 ~ἀπογράφω~ apographo \@ap-og-raf’-o\@ from 575 and 1125; v AV-tax 3, write 1; 4

1) to write off, copy (from some pattern)
2) to enter in a register or records
2a) spec. to enter in public records the names of men, their property and income
2b) to enroll

588 ἀποδέχομαι apodechomai [ap-od-ekh’-om-ahee] from 575 and 1209; v; TDNT-2:55,146; [{See TDNT 179 }] AV-receive 3, receive gladly 2, accept 1; 6

1) to accept from, receive
2) to accept what is offered from without

591 ἀποδίδωμι apodidomi [ap-od-eed’-o-mee] from 575 and 1325; v; TDNT-2:167,166; [{See TDNT 191 }] AV-pay 9, give 9, render 9, reward 7, sell 3, yield 2, misc 9; 48

1) to deliver, to give away for one’s own profit what is one’s own, to sell
2) to pay off, discharge what is due
2a) a debt, wages, tribute, taxes, produce due
) things promised under oath
2c) conjugal duty
2d) to render account
3) to give back, restore
4) to requite, recompense in a good or a bad sense

593 ~ἀποδοκιμάζω~ apodokimazo \@ap-od-ok-ee-mad’-zo\@ from 575 and 1381; TDNT-2:255,181; {See TDNT 198} v AV-reject 7, disallow 2; 9

1) to disapprove, reject, repudiate

601 ~ἀποκαλύπτω~ apokalupto \@ap-ok-al-oop’-to\@ from "out of"575 and "veil"2572; v AV-reveal 26; 26

1) to uncover, lay open what has been veiled or covered up
1a) disclose, make bare
2) to make known, make manifest, disclose what before was unknown

602 ~ἀποκάλυψις~ apokalupsis \@ap-ok-al’-oop-sis\@ from 601; n f AV-revelation 12, be revealed 2, to lighten + 1519 1, manifestation 1, coming 1, appearing 1; 18

1) laying bear, making naked
2) a disclosure of truth, instruction
2a) concerning things before unknown
2b) used of events by which things or states or persons hitherto withdrawn from view are made visible to all
3) manifestation, appearance

611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrinomai [ap-ok-ree’-nom-ahee] from 575 and krino; v; TDNT-3:944,469; [{See TDNT 412 }] AV-answer 250; 250

1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer
2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded (either said or done) to which the remarks refer

615 ἀποκτείνω apokteino [ap-ok-ti’-no] from 575 apo meaning "separation, departure, cessation, completion, reversal, etc." and kteino (to slay); v; AV-kill 55, slay 14, put to death 6; 75

1) to kill in any way whatever
1a) to destroy, to allow to perish
2) metaph. to extinguish, abolish
2a) to inflict mortal death
2b) to deprive of spiritual life and procure eternal misery in hell

622 ~ἀπόλλυμι~ apollumi \@ap-ol’-loo-mee\@ from 575 apo from in the sense of separation and the base of 3639 ("ólethros" ("ruination") however does not imply "extinction" (annihilation). Rather it emphasizes the consequent loss that goes with the complete "undoing."); v AV-perish 33, destroy 26, lose 22, be lost 5, lost 4, misc 2; 92

1) to destroy
1a) to put out of the way entirely, abolish, put an end to ruin
1b) render useless
1c) to kill
1d) to declare that one must be put to death
1e) metaph. to devote or give over to eternal misery in hell
1f) to perish, to be lost, ruined, destroyed
2) to destroy
2a) to lose

629 ἀπολύτρωσις apolutrosis [ap-ol-oo’-tro-sis] from a compound of 575 and 3083; n f; TDNT-4:351,543; [{ See TDNT 456 }] AV-redemption 9, deliverance 1; 10

1) a releasing effected by payment of ransom
1a) redemption, deliverance
1b) liberation procured by the payment of a ransom

630 ~ἀπολύω~ apoluo \@ap-ol-oo’-o\@ from 575 From and 3089 loose; ; v AV-release 17, put away 14, send away 13, let go 13, set at liberty 2, let depart 2, dismiss 2, misc 6; 69

1) to set free
2) to let go, dismiss, (to detain no longer)
2a) a petitioner to whom liberty to depart is given by a decisive answer
2b) to bid depart, send away
3) to let go free, release
3a) a captive i.e. to loose his bonds and bid him depart, to give him liberty to depart
3b) to acquit one accused of a crime and set him at liberty
3c) indulgently to grant a prisoner leave to depart
3d) to release a debtor, i.e. not to press one’s claim against him, to remit his debt
4) used of divorce, to dismiss from the house, to repudiate. The wife of a Greek or Roman may divorce her husband.
5) to send one’s self away, to depart

647 ἀποστάσιον apostasion [ap-os-tas’-ee-on] neuter of a (presumed) adj. from a derivative of 868 aphistemi to make stand off, to remove, to excite to revolt; n n; [{ See TDNT 116 }] AV-divorcement 2, writing of divorcement 1; 3

1) divorce, repudiation
2) a bill of divorce

649 ~ἀποστέλλω~ apostello \@ap-os-tel’-lo\@ from 575 and 4724; TDNT-1:398,67; {See TDNT 87} v AV-send 110, send forth 15, send away 4, send out 2, misc 2; 133

1) to order (one) to go to a place appointed
2) to send away, dismiss
2a) to allow one to depart, that he may be in a state of liberty
2b) to order one to depart, send off
2c) to drive away For Synonyms see entry 5813

652 ~ἀπόστολος~ apostolos ap-os’-tol-os from 649 ἀποστέλλω apostello meaning to send, to order (one) to go to a place appointed

Apostolos n m AV-apostle 78, messenger 2, he that is sent 1; 81
1) a delegate, messenger, one sent forth with orders
1a) specifically applied to the twelve apostles of Christ
1b) in a broader sense applied to other eminent Christian teachers
1b1) of Barnabas
1b2) of Timothy and Silvanus

656 ~ἀποσυνάγωγος~ aposunagogos \@ap-os-oon-ag’-o-gos\@ from 575 and 4864; adj AV-be put out of the synagogue + 1096 2, put out of the synagogue + 4160 1; 3

1) excluded from sacred assemblies of Israelites, excommunicated

664 ~ἀποτόμως~ apotomos \@ap-ot-om’-oce\@ from a derivative of a comparative of 575 and temno (to cut) meaning from "of separation" of some part; TDNT-8:106,1169; {See TDNT 787} adv AV-sharpness 1, sharply 1; 2

1) abruptly, precipitously
2) sharply, severely, curtly

678 ἀπροσωπολήπτως aprosopoleptos [ap-ros-o-pol-ape’-tos] from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of a presumed compound of 4383 and 2983, [cf 4381]; adv; TDNT- 6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-without respect of persons 1; 1

1) without respect of persons, impartial
  • See 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 4383 prosopon "the face",
Hebrew 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.

680 ~ἅπτομαι~ haptomai \@hap’-tom-ahee\@ reflexive of 681; ; v AV-touch 36; 36

1) to fasten one’s self to, adhere to, cling to
1a) to touch
1b) of carnal intercourse with a women or cohabitation
1c) of levitical practice of having no fellowship with heathen practices. Things not to be touched appear to be both women and certain kinds of food, so celibacy and abstinence of certain kinds of food and drink are recommended.
1d) to touch, assail anyone

684 ~ἀπώλεια~ apoleia \@ap-o’-li-a\@ from a presumed derivative of 622; n f AV-perdition 8, destruction 5, waste 2, damnable 1, to die + 1519 1, perish + 1498 + 1519 1, pernicious 1; 20

1) destroying, utter destruction
1a) of vessels
2) a perishing, ruin, destruction
2a) of money
2b) the destruction which consists of eternal misery in hell

685 ἀρά ara [ar-ah’] probably from 142; n f; TDNT-1:448,75; [{See TDNT 90 }] AV-cursing 1; 1

1) a prayer, a supplication
2) an imprecation, curse, malediction

703 ~ἀρέτη~ arete \@ar-et’-ay\@ from the same as 730; TDNT-1:457,77; {See TDNT 93} n f AV-virtue 4, praise 1; 5

1) a virtuous course of thought, feeling and action
1a) virtue, moral goodness
2) any particular moral excellence, as modesty, purity

707 Ἀριμαθαία Arimathaia [ar-ee-math-ah’-ee-ah] of Hebrew origin 07414 הרמתים‎; n pr loc; AV-Arimathaea 4; 4

  • Arimathaea  = "heights"
1) the name of several cities in Palestine The one mentioned in Matthew 27:57; Mark 15:43; Luke 23:51; John 19:38 appears to have been the same as the birthplace of Samuel in Mount Ephraim.

721 ~ἀρνίον~ arnion \@ar-nee’-on\@ diminutive from 704 a lamb; TDNT-1:340,54; {See TDNT 57} n n AV-Lamb i.e. Christ 28, lamb 2; 30

1) a little lamb, a lamb

725 ἁρπαγμός harpagmos [har-pag-mos’] from 726 harpazo v. to seize,; n m; TDNT-1:473,80; [{See TDNT 98 }] AV-robbery 1; 1

1) the act of seizing, robbery
2) a thing seized or to be seized
2a) booty to deem anything a prize
2b) a thing to be seized upon or to be held fast, retained

726 ~ἁρπάζω~ harpazo \@har-pad’-zo\@ from a derivative of 138 haireomai to choose by vote, elect to office; TDNT-1:472,80; {See TDNT 98} v AV-catch up 4, take by force 3, catch away 2, pluck 2, catch 1, pull 1; 13

1) to seize, carry off by force
2) to seize on, claim for one’s self eagerly
3) to snatch out or away

727 ~ἅρπαξ~ harpax \@har’-pax\@ from 726 "to seize, carry off by force"; ; adj AV-extortioner 4, ravening 1; 5

1) rapacious, ravenous
2) an extortioner, a robber

730 ~ἄῤῥην~ arrhen \@ar’-hrane\@ or ~αρσην~ arsen \@ar’-sane\@ probably from 142; ; adj AV-male 4, man 3, man child 1, man child + 5207 1; 9

1) a male

740 ἄρτος artos [ar’-tos] from 142 airo "take up, take away"; n m; TDNT-1:477,80; [{See TDNT 101 }] AV-bread 72, loaf 23, shewbread + 4286 + 3588 4; 99

1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked
1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or platter hence it was not to be cut but broken
1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord
1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table
2) food of any kind
  • 5160 trophe, food; 1035 brosis, food; 106 azumos, unleavened bread, metaphor "free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity""; azimos is from 2219 zume, also a metaphor "of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others." Zume is from 2204 zeo fervent in anger or spirit.

743 ἀρχάγγελος archaggelos [ar-khang’-el-os] from 757 archo to be chief, to lead, to rule and 32 messenger, envoy,; n m; TDNT-1:87,12; [{See TDNT 13 }] AV-archangel 2; 2

1) archangel, or chief of the angels
  • The Jews, after the exile, distinguished several orders of angels; some reckoned four angels (according to the four sides of God’s throne) of the highest rank; but the majority reckoned seven (after the pattern of the seven Amshaspands, the highest spirits of the religion of Zoroaster)

1 Thessalonians 4:16 Jude 1:9

745 Ἀρχέλαος Archelaos [ar-khel’-ah-os] from 757 archo (rule over) and 2994 laodicia; n pr m; AV-Archelaus 1; 1 Archelaus  = "prince of the people"

1) A son of Herod the Great by Malthace, the Samaritan woman. He and his brother Antipas were brought up with a certain private man in Rome. After the death of his father, he ruled as ethnarch over Judaea, Samaria and Idumaea, (with the exception of the cities of Gaza, Gadara and Hipo). The Jews and the Samaritans having accused him at Rome of tyranny, he was banished by the emperor Augustus to Vienna of the Allobroges and died there.

746 ~ἀρχή~ arche \@ar-khay’\@ from 756; TDNT-1:479,81; {See TDNT 102} n f AV-beginning 40, principality 8, corner 2, first 2, misc 6; 58

1) beginning, origin
2) the person or thing that commences, the first person or thing in a series, the leader
3) that by which anything begins to be, the origin, the active cause
4) the extremity of a thing
4a) of the corners of a sail
5) the first place, principality, rule, magistracy
5a) of angels and demons

749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereus [ar-khee-er-yuce’] from 746 and 2409; n m; TDNT-3:265,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-chief priest 64, high priest 58, chief of the priest 1; 123

1) chief priest, high priest
  • He above all others was honoured with the title of priest, the chief of priests. It was lawful for him to perform the common duties of the priesthood; but his chief duty was, once a year on the day of atonement, to enter into the Holy of Holies (from which the other priests were excluded) and offer sacrifices for his own sins and the sins of the people, and to preside over the Sanhedrin, or Supreme Council, when convened for judicial deliberations. According to Mosaic law, no one could aspire to the high priesthood unless he were of the tribe of Aaron and descended from a high priestly family; and he on whom the office was conferred held it till death. But from the time of Antiochus Epiphanes, when the kings of Seleucideae and afterwards the Herodian princes and the Romans arrogated to themselves the power of appointing the high priests, the office neither remained vested in the pontifical family nor was conferred on any for life; but it became venal, and could be transferred from one to another according to the will of civic or military rulers. Hence it came to pass, that during the one hundred and seven years intervening between Herod the Great and the destruction of the holy city, twenty-eight persons held the pontifical dignity.
2) the high priests, these comprise in addition to one holding the high priestly office, both those who had previously discharged it and although disposed, continued to have great power in the State, as well as the members of the families from which high priest were created, provided that they had much influence in public affairs.
3) Used of Christ because by undergoing a bloody death he offered himself as an expiatory sacrifice to God, and has entered into the heavenly sanctuary where he continually intercedes on our behalf.

752 ~ἀρχισυνάγωγος~ archisunagogos \@ar-khee-soon-ag’-o-gos\@ from 746 principality, and 4864; n m AV-ruler of the synagogue 7, chief ruler of the synagogue 2; 9

1) ruler of the synagogue. It was his duty to select the readers or teachers in the synagogue, to examine the discourses of the public speakers, and to see that all things were done with decency and in accordance with ancestral usage.

755 ~ἀρχιτρίκλινος~ architriklinos \@ar-khee-tree’-klee-nos\@ from 746 and a compound of 5140 and 2827 (a dinner-bed, because composed of three couches); ; n m AV-governor of the feast 2, ruler of the feast 1; 3

1) the superintendent of the dining room, a table master. It differs from toast-master, who was one of the guests selected by lot to prescribe to the rest the mode of drinking. The table master was to place in order the tables and the couches, arrange the courses, taste the food and wine beforehand, and so forth.

756 ~ἄρχομαι~ archomai \@ar’-khom-ahee\@ middle voice of 757 (through the implication of precedence); see also 746; v AV-begin 83, rehearse from the beginning 1; 84

1) to be the first to do (anything), to begin
2) to be chief, leader, ruler
3) to begin, make a beginning

757 ~ἄρχω~ archo \@ar’-kho\@ a primary word; TDNT-1:478,81; {See TDNT 102} v AV-rule over 1, reign over 1; 2

1) to be chief, to lead, to rule

758 ~ἄρχων~ archon \@ar’-khone\@ present participle of 757; TDNT-1:488,81; {See TDNT 102} n m AV-ruler 22, prince 11, chief 2, magistrate 1, chief ruler 1; 37

1) a ruler, commander, chief, leader

‭759. αρωμα "aroma" ar’-o-mah; from 142 (in the sense of sending off scent); an aromatic: —  (sweet) spice. ‭

766 ~ἀσέλγεια~ aselgeia \@as-elg’-i-a\@ from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed selges (of uncertain derivation, but apparently meaning continent); TDNT-1:490,83; {See TDNT 103} n f AV-lasciviousness 6, wantonness 2, filthy 1; 9

1) unbridled lust, excess, licentiousness, lasciviousness, wantonness, outrageousness, shamelessness, insolence. For Synonyms see entry 5891

770 ~ἀσθενέω~ astheneo \@as-then-eh’-o\@ from 772; v AV-be weak 12, be sick 10, sick 7, weak 3, impotent man 1, be diseased 1, be made weak 1; 36

1) to be weak, feeble, to be without strength, powerless
2) to be weak in means, needy, poor
3) to be feeble, sick

772 ἀσθενής asthenes [as-then-ace’] from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 4599 strong; adj; TDNT- 1:490,83; [{See TDNT 104 }] AV-weak 12, sick 6, weakness 2, weaker 1, weak things 1, impotent 1, more feeble 1, without strength 1; 25

1) weak, infirm, feeble

784 ~ἄσπιλος~ aspilos \@as’-pee-los\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4695; TDNT-1:502,85; {See TDNT 107} adj AV-without spot 3, unspotted 1; 4

1) spotless
2) metaph.
2a) free from censure, irreproachable
2b) free from vice, unsullied

786 ~ἄσπονδος~ aspondos \@as’-pon-dos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4689; ; adj AV-implacable 1, trucebreakers 1; 2

1) without a treaty or covenant
1a) of things not mutually agreed upon e.g. abstinences from hostilities
2) that cannot be persuaded to enter into a covenant, implacable

787 ~ἀσσάριον~ assarion \@as-sar’-ee-on\@ of Latin origin; ; n n AV-farthing 2; 2

1) an assarium or assarius, the name of a coin equal to the tenth part of a drachma
  • Matthew 10:29 Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing <787>? and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father.
  • Luke 12:6 Are not five sparrows sold for two farthings <787>, and not one of them is forgotten before God?

791 ἀστεῖος asteios [as-ti’-os] from astu (a city); adj; AV-fair 1, proper 1; 2

1) of the city
2) of polished manners
3) elegant (of body), comely, fair
  • For Synonyms see entry 5893

794 ~ἄστοργος~ astorgos \@as’-tor-gos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of stergo (to cherish affectionately); ; adj AV-without natural affection 2; 2

1) without natural affection, unsociable (#Ro 1:31 marg.), inhuman (#2Ti 3:3 RSV), unloving (#2Ti 3:3 NKJV)

795 ἀστοχέω astocheo [as-tokh-eh’-o] from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and stoichos (an aim); v; AV-err 2, swerve 1; 3

1) to deviate from, miss (the mark)

796 ἀστραπή astrape [as-trap-ay’] from 797 astrapto v. to lighten 1a) of dazzling objects; n f; TDNT-1:505,86; [{See TDNT 110 }] AV-lightning 8, light shining 1; 9

1) lightning
1a) of the gleam of a lamp

801 ~ἀσύνετος~ asunetos \@as-oon’-ay-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4908; adj AV-without understanding 3, foolish 2; 5 1) unintelligent, without understanding, stupid

802 ~ἀσύνθετος~ asunthetos \@as-oon’-thet-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4934; ; adj AV-covenant breaker 1; 1

1) uncompounded, simple
2) covenant breaking, faithless
For Synonyms see entry 5892

803. ασφαλεια asphaleia as-fal’-i-ah; from 804; security (literally or figuratively): —  certainty, safety. exact truth (1), safety (1), securely (1).

‭804. ασφαλης asphales as-fal-ace’; from 1 (as a negative particle) and σφαλλω sphallo (to "fail"); secure (literally or figuratively): —  certain(-ty), safe, sure. ‭

831 ~αὐθεντέω~ authenteo \@ow-then-teh’-o\@ from a compound of 846 and an obsolete hentes (a worker); ; v AV-usurp authority over 1; 1

1) one who with his own hands kills another or himself
2) one who acts on his own authority, autocratic
3) an absolute master
4) to govern, exercise dominion over one

834 αὐλητής auletes [ow-lay-tace’] from 832; n m; AV-minstrel 1, piper 1; 2 1) a flute player

837. αυξανω auxano owx-an’-o; a prolonged form of a primary verb;

1. to grow ("wax"), i.e. enlarge
a. to cause to grow, augmentto increase, become greater to,

grow, increase

b. of plantsof infantsof a multitude of people
  • Not the same as Increase <4369> prostithemi seen in Luke 17:5

846 ~αὐτός~ autos \@ow-tos’\@ from the particle au [perhaps akin to the base of 109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); ; pronV-him 1952, his 1084, their 318, he 253, her 242, they 121, same 80, himself 58, misc 1679; 5787

1) himself, herself, themselves, itself
2) he, she, it
3) the same

859 ~ἄφεσις~ aphesis \@af’-es-is\@ from 863; TDNT-1:509,88; {See TDNT 115} n f AV-remission 9, forgiveness 6, deliverance 1, liberty 1; 17

1) release from bondage or imprisonment
2) forgiveness or pardon, of sins (letting them go as if they had never been committed), remission of the penalty

863 ἀφίημι aphiemi [af-ee’-ay-mee] from 575 and hiemi (to send, an intens. form of eimi, to go); v; TDNT- 1:509,88; [{See TDNT 115 }] AV-leave 52, forgive 47, suffer 14, let 8, forsake 6, let alone 6, misc 13; 146

1) to send away
1a) to bid going away or depart
1a1) of a husband divorcing his wife
1b) to send forth, yield up, to expire
1c) to let go, let alone, let be
1c1) to disregard
1c2) to leave, not to discuss now, (a topic) 1c21) of teachers, writers and speakers
1c3) to omit, neglect
1d) to let go, give up a debt, forgive, to remit
1e) to give up, keep no longer
2) to permit, allow, not to hinder, to give up a thing to a person
3) to leave, go way from one
3a) in order to go to another place
3b) to depart from any one
3c) to depart from one and leave him to himself so that all mutual claims are abandoned
3d) to desert wrongfully
3e) to go away leaving something behind
3f) to leave one by not taking him as a companion
3g) to leave on dying, leave behind one
3h) to leave so that what is left may remain, leave remaining
3i) abandon, leave destitute

868 ἀφίστημι aphistemi [af-is’-tay-mee] from 575 apo of separation and 2476 luo loose; v; TDNT-1:512,88; [{See TDNT 116 }] AV-depart 10, draw away 1, fall away 1, refrain 1, withdraw self 1, depart from 1; 15

1) to make stand off, cause to withdraw, to remove
1a) to excite to revolt
2) to stand off, to stand aloof
2a) to go away, to depart from anyone
2b) to desert, withdraw from one
2c) to fall away, become faithless
2d) to shun, flee from
2e) to cease to vex one
2f) to withdraw one’s self from, to fall away
2g) to keep one’s self from, absent one’s self from

878 ~ἄφρων~ aphron \@af’-rone\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 5424 understanding; adj AV-fool 8, foolish 2, unwise 1; 11

1) without reason
2) senseless, foolish, stupid
3) without reflection or intelligence, acting rashly

889 ἀχρειόω achreioo [akh-ri-o’-o] from 888; v; AV-become unprofitable 1; 1

1) make useless, render unserviceable
1a) of character

Top of Alpha Top of Page

Beta (Strong's 896-1041)

896 Βάαλ Baal [bah’-al] of Hebrew origin 01168 בַּעַל‎; n pr m; AV-Baal 1; 1

Baal  = "lord"
1) the supreme male divinity of the Phoenician and Canaanitish nations, as Ashtoreth was their supreme female divinity

905 βαλάντιον balantion [bal-an’-tee-on] probably remotely from 906 βάλλω ballo [bal’-lo(as a depository); n n; TDNT-1:525,91; [{See TDNT 121 }] AV-purse 3, bag 1; 4

1) a money bag, purse

906 βάλλω ballo [bal’-lo] a primary word; v; TDNT-1:526,91; [{See TDNT 122 }] AV-cast 86, put 13, thrust 5, cast out 4, lay 3, lie 2, misc 12; 125

1) to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls
1a) to scatter, to throw, cast into
1b) to give over to one’s care uncertain about the result
1c) of fluids
1c1) to pour, pour into of rivers
1c2) to pour out
2) to put into, insert

920 Βαριωνᾶς Barionas [bar-ee-oo-nas’] of Aramaic origin 01247 and 03124 בַּר־יוֹנָה‎; n pr m; [{ See TDNT 125 }] AV-Barjona 1; 1

  • Barjona  = "son of Jonah"
1) the surname of the apostle Peter

928 ~βασανίζω~ basanizo \@bas-an-id’-zo\@ from 931 basanos a touchstone; v AV-torment 8, pain 1, toss 1, vex 1, toil 1; 12

1) to test (metals) by the touchstone, which is a black siliceous stone used to test the purity of gold or silver by the colour of the streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal
2) to question by applying torture
3) to torture
4) to vex with grievous pains (of body or mind), to torment
5) to be harassed, distressed
5a) of those who at sea are struggling with a head wind

929 βασανισμός basanismos [bas-an-is-mos’] from 928 basanizo to test; n m; TDNT-1:561,96; [{See TDNT 126 }] AV-torment 6; 6

1) to torture, a testing by the touchstone, which is a black siliceous stone used to test the purity of gold or silver by the colour of the streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal
2) torment, torture
2a) the act of tormenting
2b) the state or condition of those tormented

931 βάσανος basanos [bas’-an-os] perhaps remotely from the same as 939 basis a stepping, walking(through the notion of going to the bottom); n m; TDNT-1:561,96; [{See TDNT 126 }] AV-torment 3; 3

1) a touchstone, which is a black siliceous stone used to test the purity of gold or silver by the colour of the streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal
2) the rack or instrument of torture by which one is forced to divulge the truth
3) torture, torment, acute pains
3a) of the pains of a disease
3b) of those in hell after death

935 ~βασιλεύς~ basileus \@bas-il-yooce’\@ probably from 939 foot (through the notion of a foundation of power); n m AV-king 82, King (of Jews) 21, King (God or Christ) 11, King (of Israel) 4; 118 1) leader of the people, prince, commander, lord of the land, king

937 ~βασιλικός~ basilikos \@bas-il-ee-kos’\@ from 935; adj AV-nobleman 2, royal 2, king’s country + 3588 1; 5

1) of or belong to a king, kingly, royal, regal
1a) of a man, the officer or minister of a prince, a courtier
2) subject to a king
2a) of a country
3) befitting or worthy of a king, royal
4) metaph. principal, chief

939 ~βάσις~ basis \@bas’-ece\@ from baino (to walk); ; n f AV-foot (sole of) 1; 1

1) a stepping, walking
2) that with which one steps, the foot

941 βαστάζω bastazo [bas-tad’-zo] perhaps remotely derived from the base of 939 (through the idea of removal); v; TDNT-1:596,102; [{See TDNT 129 }] AV-bear 23, carry 3, take up 1; 27

1) to take up with the hands
2) to take up in order to carry or bear, to put upon one’s self (something) to be carried
2a) to bear what is burdensome
3) to bear, to carry
3a) to carry on one’s person
3b) to sustain, i.e. uphold, support
4) to bear away, carry off

945 βαττολογέω battologeo [bat-tol-og-eh’-o] from Battos (a proverbial stammerer) and 3056; v; TDNT-1:597,103; [{See TDNT 130 }] AV-use vain repetitions 1; 1

1) to stammer
2) to repeat the same things over and over, to use many idle words, to babble, prate. Some suppose the word derived from Battus, a king of Cyrene, who is said to have stuttered; others from Battus, an author of tedious and wordy poems. logos

946 ~βδέλυγμα~ bdelugma \@bdel’-oog-mah\@ from 948; n n AV-abomination 6; 6

1) a foul thing, a detestable thing
1a) of idols and things pertaining to idolatry

948 ~βδελύσσω~ bdelusso \@bdel-oos’-so\@ from a (presumed) derivative of bdeo (to stink); v AV-abhor 1, abominable 1; 2

1) to render foul, to cause to be abhorred
2) abominable
3) to turn one’s self away from on account of the stench
4) metaph. to abhor, detest

949 ~βέβαιος~ bebaios \@beb’-ah-yos\@ from the base of 939 to walk (through the idea of basality); adj AV-stedfast 4, sure 2, firm 1, of force 1, more sure 1; 9 1) stable, fast, firm 2) metaph. sure, trusty

950 ~βεβαιόω~ bebaioo \@beb-ah-yo’-o\@ from 949; v AV-confirm 5, establish 2, stablish 1, 8 1) to make firm, establish, confirm, make sure

954 Βεελζεβούλ Beelzeboul [beh-el-zeb-ool’] or βεελζεβουβ of Aramaic origin, by parody on 01176 בַּעַל־זְבוּב‎; n pr m; TDNT- 1:605,104; [{See TDNT 134 }] AV-Beelzebub 7; 7 Beelzebub  = "lord of the house"

1) a name of Satan, the prince of evil spirits
  • Beelzebul or Belzebuth, suggesting as the Lord of the Flies or flyers or even of dung. Derived from a Philistine god, formerly worshipped in Ekron 2 Kings 1.
  • Matthew 12:24,27 Mark 3:22 and Luke 11:15, 18–19, as well as in Matthew 10:25.

955 Βελίαλ Belial [bel-ee’-al] or βελιαρ Beliar [bel-ee’-ar] of Hebrew origin 01100 בְּלִיַּעַל‎; n pr m; TDNT-1:607,104; [{See TDNT 135 }] AV-Belial 1; 1

  • Belial  = "worthless or wicked"
1) a name of Satan

968 ~βῆμα~ bema \@bay’-ma\@ from the base of 939; ; n n AV-judgment seat 10, throne 1, to set (one’s) foot on + 4128 1; 12

1) a step, pace, the space which a foot covers, a foot-breath
2) a raised place mounted by steps
2a) a platform, tribune
2a1) of the official seat of a judge
2a2) of the judgment seat of Christ
2a3) Herod built a structure resembling a throne at Caesarea, from which he viewed the games and made speeches to the people

970 ~βία~ bia \@bee’-ah\@ probably akin to 979 (through the idea of vital activity); ; n f AV-violence 4; 4

1) strength, whether of body or mind
2) strength in violent action, force
For Synonyms see entry 5820

971 ~βιάζω~ biazo \@bee-ad’-zo\@ from 970; TDNT-1:609,105; {See TDNT 137} v AV-suffer violence 1, press 1; 2

1) to use force, to apply force
2) to force, inflict violence on

973 ~βιαστής~ biastes \@bee-as-tace’\@ from 971 biazo to use force; TDNT-1:613,105; {See TDNT 137} n m AV-violent 1; 1

1) strong, forceful
2) using force, violent

976 βίβλος biblos [bib’-los] primitive root; n n; TDNT-1:615,106; [{See TDNT 138 }] AV-book 13; 13

1) a written book, a roll, a scroll

984 ~βλάπτω~ blapto \@blap’-to\@ a primary word; ; v AV-hurt 2; 2 1) to hurt, harm, injure

987 ~βλασφημέω~ blasphemeo \@blas-fay-meh’-o\@ from 989; v AV-blaspheme 17, speak evil of 10, rail on 2, blasphemer 1, speak blasphemy 1, blasphemously 1, misc 3; 35

1) to speak reproachfully, rail at, revile, calumniate, blaspheme
2) to be evil spoken of, reviled, railed at

988 ~βλασφημία~ blasphemia \@blas-fay-me’-ah\@ from 989; n f AV-blasphemy 16, railing 2, evil speaking 1; 19

1) slander, detraction, speech injurious, to another’s good name
2) impious and reproachful speech injurious to divine majesty

989 ~βλάσφημος~ blasphemos \@blas’-fay-mos\@ from a derivative of 984 and 5345; adj AV-blasphemous 2, blasphemer 2, railing 1; 5

1) speaking evil, slanderous, reproachful, railing, abusive

991 βλέπω blepo [blep’-o] a primary word; v; TDNT-5:315,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-see 90, take heed 12, behold 10, beware 4, look on 4, look 3, beware of 3, misc 9; 135

1) to see, discern, of the bodily eye
1a) with the bodily eye: to be possessed of sight, have the power of seeing
1b) perceive by the use of the eyes: to see, look descry
1c) to turn the eyes to anything: to look at, look upon, gaze at
1d) to perceive by the senses, to feel
1e) to discover by use, to know by experience
2) metaph. to see with the mind’s eye
2a) to have (the power of) understanding
2b) to discern mentally, observe, perceive, discover, understand
2c) to turn the thoughts or direct the mind to a thing, to consider, contemplate, to look at, to weigh carefully, examine
3) in a geographical sense of places, mountains, buildings, etc. turning towards any quarter, as it were, facing it
  • For Synonyms see entry 5822

994 βοάω boao [bo-ah’-o] apparently a prol. form of a primary word; v; TDNT-1:625,108; [{ See TDNT 140 }] AV-cry 11; 11

1) to raise a cry, of joy pain etc.
2) to cry, speak with a high, strong voice
3) to cry to one for help, to implore his aid
  • For Synonyms see entry 5823

995 βοή boe [bo-ay’] from 994 to raise a cry; n f; AV-cry 1; 1

1) a cry

James 5:4 Behold, the hire of the labourers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth: and the cries <995> of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of sabaoth.

1006 ~βόσκω~ bosko \@bos’-ko\@ a prol. form of a primary verb, cf 977 & 1016; ; v AV-feed 8, keep 1; 9

1) to feed
1a) portraying the duty of a Christian teacher to promote in every way the spiritual welfare of the members of the church according to modern Church teachers but in the early Church it included actual welfare since Christians would not eat the free bread of Rome shared through the temples of the Imperial Cult of Rome.
For Synonyms see entry 5824

1010 βουλευτής bouleutes [bool-yoo-tace’] from 1011 to deliberate; n m; AV-counsellor 2; 2

1) a councillor, senator
2) a member of the Sanhedrin

‭1011. βουλευω bouleuo bool-yoo’-o; from 1012; to advise, i.e. (reflexively) deliberate, or (by implication) resolve: —  consult, take counsel, determine, be minded, purpose. ‭

Template:1012

‭1014. βουλομαὶ boulomai boo’-lom-ahee; middle voice of a primary verb.; to "will," i.e. (reflexively) be willing: —  be disposed, minded, intend, list, (be, of own) will(-ing). Compare 2309 ‭θελω thelo apparently strengthened from the alternate form of 138 haireomai to prefer. ‭

1017 ~βραβεῖον~ brabeion \@brab-i’-on\@ from brabeus (an umpire of uncertain derivation); n n AV-prize 2; 2

1) the award to the victor in the games, a prize
2) metaph. of the heavenly reward for Christian character

1023 ~βραχίων~ brachion \@brakh-ee’-own\@ properly, comparative of 1024, but apparently in the sense of brasso (to wield); TDNT-1:639,110; {See TDNT 144} n m AV-arm 3; 3

1) the arm
1a) the arm of God is a Hebrew idiom for the might and the power of God
See also Hebrew 01023

1024 ~βραχύς~ brachus \@brakh-ooce’\@ of uncertain affinity; ; adj AV-a little 4, a little space 1, a little while 1, few words 1; 7

1) short, small, little
1a) of place, a short distance, a little
1b) of time, a short time, for a little while

1025 βρέφος brephos [bref’-os] of uncertain affin.; n n; TDNT-5:636,759; [{See TDNT 581 }] AV-babe 5, child 1, infant 1, young child 1; 8

1) an unborn child, embryo, a foetus
2) a new-born child, an infant, a babe

1030 βρυγμός brugmos [broog-mos’] from 1031 to grind to bite; n m; TDNT-1:641,110; [{See TDNT 146 }] AV-gnashing 7; 7

1) a gnashing of teeth
1a) used to denote extreme anguish and utter despair of men consigned to eternal punishment in hell
2) snarling, growling: in the sense of biting

1033 ~βρῶμα~ broma \@bro’-mah\@ from the base of 977; TDNT-1:642,111; {See TDNT 147} n n AV-meat 16, victual 1; 17

1) that which is eaten, food
  • It is also a shipworm (Teredo navalis) that bores into wooden piers, ships, etc. and in (dentistry) it can mean a cavity.

1034 ~βρώσιμος~ brosimos \@bro’-sim-os\@ from 1035; ; adj AV-meat 1; 1

1) eatable

1035 ~βρῶσις~ brosis \@bro’-sis\@ from the base of 977 to eat bibrosko; TDNT-1:642,111; {See TDNT 147} n f AV-meat 6, rust 2, morsel of meat 1, eating 1, food 1; 11

1) act of eating
1a) in a wider sense, corrosion
2) that which is eaten, food, ailment
2a) of the soul’s food, either which refreshes the soul, or nourishes and supports it

Gamma (Strong's 1042-1137)

‭1046 Γαδαρηνος Gadarenos gad-ar-ay-nos’; from (a town east of the Jordan); a Gadarene or inhabitant of Gadara: —  Gadarene. ‭: 1 Gadarenes = "reward at the end"

1a also called Gergesenes, was the capital of Peraea, situated opposite the south extremity of the Lake of Gennesaret to the south-east, but at some distance from the lake on the banks of the river Hieromax.
2 The term Peraea is used by Josephus to denote the district to which the rabbis refer as "the land beyond Jordan." This corresponds to the New Testament phrase peran tou Iordanou (Matthew 4:15; Matthew 19:1)
2a Under rulership of Hyrcanus the Jews influenced the area but with the death of Herod the Great it became part of the tetrarchy of Antipas (Ant., XVII, vii, 1).

1047 ~γάζα~ gaza \@gad’-zah\@ of foreign origin; ; n f AV-treasure 1; 1

1) the royal treasury, treasure, riches

1049 ~γαζοφυλάκιον~ gazophulakion \@gad-zof-oo-lak’-ee-on\@ from 1047 and 5438; ; n n AV-treasury 5; 5

1) a repository of treasure, especially of public treasure, a treasury
It is used to describe the apartments constructed in the courts of the temple, in which the not only the sacred offerings and things needful for the service were kept, but in which the priests, etc, dwelt: #Ne 13:7; of the sacred treasury in which not only treasure but also public records were stored, and the property of widows and orphans was deposited. Josephus speaks of treasuries in the women’s court of Herod’s temple. In the N.T. near the treasury seems to used of that receptacle mentioned by the rabbis to which were fitted thirteen chests or boxes, i.e. trumpets, so called from their shape, and into which were put the contributions made voluntarily or paid yearly by the Jews for the service of the temple and the support of the poor.

1062 ~γάμος~ gamos \@gam’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-1:648,111; {See TDNT 149} n m AV-marriage 9, wedding 7; 16

1) a wedding or marriage festival, a wedding banquet, a wedding feast
2) marriage, matrimony

1067 ~γέεννα~ geenna \@gheh’-en-nah\@ of Hebrew origin 01516 valley םנה־איק and 02011 Hinnom= "lamentation" a valley north of the ‘hill of evil counsel’; n f AV-hell 9, hell fire + 3588 + 4442 3; 12

1) Hell is the place of the future punishment call "Gehenna" or "Gehenna of fire". This was originally the valley of Hinnom, south of Jerusalem, where the filth and dead animals of the city were cast out and burned; a fit symbol of the wicked and their future destruction.

1074 γενεά genea [ghen-eh-ah’] from (a presumed derivative of) 1085; n f; TDNT-1:662,114; [{ See TDNT 152 }] AV-generation 37, time 2, age 2, nation 1; 42

1) fathered, birth, nativity
2) that which has been begotten, men of the same stock, a family
2a) the several ranks of natural descent, the successive members of a genealogy
2b) metaph. a group of men very like each other in endowments, pursuits, character
2b1) esp. in a bad sense, a perverse nation
3) the whole multitude of men living at the same time
4) an age (i.e. the time ordinarily occupied by each successive generation), a space of 30-33 years

1075 γενεαλογέω genealogeo [ghen-eh-al-og-eh’-o] from 1074 generation and 3056 logos; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 152 }] AV-count (one’s) descent 1; 1

1) to recount a family’s origin and lineage, trace ancestry
2) to draw one’s origin, derive one’s pedigree

1078 γένεσις genesis [ghen’-es-is] from the same as 1074; n f; TDNT-1:682,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-generation 1, natural 1, nature 1; 3

1) source, origin
1a) a book of one’s lineage, i.e. in which his ancestry or progeny are enumerated
2) used of birth, nativity
3) of that which follows origin, viz. existence, life
3a) the wheel of life (#Jas 3:6), other explain it, the wheel of human origin which as soon as men are born begins to run, i.e. its course of life

1080 γεννάω gennao [ghen-nah’-o] from a variation of 1085; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-begat 49, be born 39, bear 2, gender 2, bring forth 1, be delivered 1, misc 3; 97 see born again

1) of men who fathered children
1a) to be born
1b) to be begotten
1b1) of women giving birth to children
2) metaph.
2a) to engender, cause to arise, excite
2b) in a Jewish sense, of one who brings others over to his way of life, to convert someone
2c) of God making Christ his son
2d) of God making men his sons through faith in Christ’s work

1084 γεννητός gennetos [ghen-nay-tos’] from 1080; adj; TDNT-1:672,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-that is born 2; 2

1) begotten, born

1085 γένος genos [ghen’-os] from 1096; n n; TDNT-1:684,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-kind 5, kindred 3, offspring 3, nation 2, stock 2, born 2, diversity 1, misc. 3; 21

1) kindred
1a) offspring
1b) family
1c) stock, tribe, nation
1c1) i.e. nationality or descent from a particular people
1d) the aggregate of many individuals of the same nature, kind, sort

1086 Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos [gher-ghes-ay-nos’] of Hebrew origin 01622 גרגשׁים‎; adj; AV-Gergesenes 1; 1 Gergesenes  = "a stranger drawing near"?

1) also called Gadarenes, is assumed to have been located on the eastern shore of Lake Gennesaret

1089 γεύομαι geuomai [ghyoo’-om-ahee] a root word; v; TDNT-1:675,116; [{See TDNT 154 }] AV-taste 12, eat 3; 15

1) to taste, to try the flavour of
2) to taste
2a) i.e. perceive the flavour of, partake of, enjoy
2b) to feel, make trial of, experience
3) to take food, eat, to take nourishment, eat

‭1092. γεωργος georgos gheh-ore-gos’; from 1093 ge soil and the base of 2041 erogon toil; a land-worker, i.e. farmer: —  husbandman. ‭

1093 ~γῆ~ ge \@ghay\@ contracted from a root word; TDNT-1:677,116; {See TDNT 155} n f AV-earth 188, land 42, ground 18, country 2, world 1, earthly + 1537 + 3588 1; 252

1) arable land
2) the ground, the earth as a standing place
3) the main land as opposed to the sea or water
4) the earth as a whole
4a) the earth as opposed to the heavens
4b) the inhabited earth, the abode of men and animals
5) a country, land enclosed within fixed boundaries, a tract of land, territory, region

1096 γίνομαι ginomai [ghin’-om-ahee] a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; v; TDNT- 1:681,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-be 255, come to pass 82, be made 69, be done 63, come 52, become 47, God forbid + 3361 15, arise 13, have 5, be fulfilled 3, be married to 3, be preferred 3, not tr 14, misc 4, vr done 2; 678

1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being
2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen
2a) of events
3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage
3a) of men appearing in public
4) to be made, finished
4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought
5) to become, be made

1097 ~γινώσκω~ ginosko \@ghin-oce’-ko\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} see 1108 v AV-know 196, perceive 9, understand 8, misc 10; 223

1) to learn to know, come to know, get a knowledge of perceive, feel
1a) to become known
2) to know, understand, perceive, have knowledge of
2a) to understand
2b) to know
3) Jewish idiom for sexual intercourse between a man and a woman
4) to become acquainted with, to know
For Synonyms see entry 5825

1100 906 βάλλω ballo [bal’-lo] a primary word; v; TDNT-1:526,91; [{See TDNT 122 }] AV-cast 86, put 13, thrust 5, cast out 4, lay 3, lie 2, misc 12; 125

1) to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls
1a) to scatter, to throw, cast into
1b) to give over to one’s care uncertain about the result
1c) of fluids
1c1) to pour, pour into of rivers
1c2) to pour out
2) to put into, insert

1101 γλωσσόκομον glossokomon [gloce-sok’-om-on] from 1100 glossa meaning tongue and the base of 2889 world; n n; AV-bag 2; 2

1) a case in which to keep mouth-pieces of wind instruments
2) a small box for other uses
2a) esp. a casket, a purse to keep money in
  • 905 βαλάντιον balantion a purse

1108 ~γνῶσις~ gnosis \@gno’-sis\@ from 1097; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} n f AV-knowledge 28, science 1; 29

1) knowledge signifies in general intelligence, understanding
1a) the general knowledge of Christian religion
1b) the deeper more perfect and enlarged knowledge of this religion, such as belongs to the more advanced
1c) esp. of things lawful and unlawful for Christians
1d) moral wisdom, such as is seen in right living
For Synonyms see entry 5826 & 5894

1112 ~γογγυσμός~ goggusmos \@gong-goos-mos’\@ from 1111; n m AV-murmuring 3, grudging 1; 4

1) a murmur, murmuring, muttering
1a) a secret debate
1b) a secret displeasure not openly avowed

1117 γόμος gomos [gom’-os] from 1073; n m; AV-merchandise 2, burden 1; 3

1) a lading or freight of a ship, cargo, merchandise conveyed in a ship
2) any merchandise

1121 γράμμα gramma [gram’-mah] from 1125 grapho to write; n n; TDNT-1:761,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-letter 9, bill 2, writing 1, learning 1, scripture 1, written + 1722 1; 15

1) a letter
2) any writing, a document or record
2a) a note of hand, bill, bond, account, written acknowledgement of a debt
2b) a letter, an epistle
2c) the sacred writings (of the OT)
3) letters, i.e. learning
3a) of sacred learning

1122 γραμματεύς grammateus [gram-mat-yooce’] from 1121 gramma which is any writing; n m; TDNT-1:740,127; [{See TDNT 163 }] AV-scribe 66, townclerk 1; 67

1) a clerk, scribe, esp.a public servant, secretary, recorder, whose office and influence differed in different states
2) in the Bible, a man learned in the Mosaic law and in the sacred writings, an interpreter, teacher. Scribes examined the more difficult and subtle questions of the law; added to the Mosaic law decisions of various kinds thought to elucidate its meaning and scope, and did this to the detriment of religion. Since the advice of men skilled in the law was needed in the examination in the causes and the solution of the difficult questions, they were enrolled in the Sanhedrin; and are mentioned in connection with the priests and elders of the people. See a Bible Dictionary for more information on the scribes.
3) a religious teacher: so instructed that from his learning and ability to teach advantage may redound to the kingdom of heaven

1124 γραφή graphe [graf-ay’] of uncertain affinity; n f; TDNT-1:749,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-scripture 51; 51

1) a writing, thing written
2) the Scripture, used to denote either the book itself, or its contents
3) a certain portion or section of the Holy Scripture

1125 γράφω grapho [graf’-o] a root word; v; TDNT-1:742,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-write 206, writing 1, describe 1, vr write 1; 209

1) to write, with reference to the form of the letters
1a) to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment, paper, or other material
2) to write, with reference to the contents of the writing
2a) to express in written characters
2b) to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write down, record
2c) used of those things which stand written in the sacred books (of the OT)
2d) to write to one, i.e. by writing (in a written epistle) to give information, directions
3) to fill with writing
4) to draw up in writing, compose

1127 γρηγορεύω gregoreuo [gray-gor-yoo’-o] from 1453 egeiro raise up; v; TDNT-2:338,195; [{See TDNT 206 }] AV-watch 21, wake 1, be vigilant 1; 23

1) to watch
2) metaph. give strict attention to, be cautious, active
2a) to take heed lest through remission and indolence some destructive calamity suddenly overtake one
  • From egeiro; to keep awake, i.e. Watch (literally or figuratively) -- be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).

1135 γυνή gune [goo-nay’] probably from the base of 1096 ginomai = be or become; n f; TDNT-1:776,134; [{See TDNT 166 }] AV-women 129, wife 92; 221

1) a woman of any age, whether a virgin, or married, or a widow
2) a wife
2a) of a betrothed woman

1047 ~γάζα~ gaza \@gad’-zah\@ of foreign origin; ; n f AV-treasure 1; 1

1) the royal treasury, treasure, riches

1049 ~γαζοφυλάκιον~ gazophulakion \@gad-zof-oo-lak’-ee-on\@ from 1047 and 5438; ; n n AV-treasury 5; 5

1) a repository of treasure, especially of public treasure, a treasury
It is used to describe the apartments constructed in the courts of the temple, in which the not only the sacred offerings and things needful for the service were kept, but in which the priests, etc, dwelt: #Ne 13:7; of the sacred treasury in which not only treasure but also public records were stored, and the property of widows and orphans was deposited. Josephus speaks of treasuries in the women’s court of Herod’s temple. In the N.T. near the treasury seems to used of that receptacle mentioned by the rabbis to which were fitted thirteen chests or boxes, i.e. trumpets, so called from their shape, and into which were put the contributions made voluntarily or paid yearly by the Jews for the service of the temple and the support of the poor.

1062 ~γάμος~ gamos \@gam’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-1:648,111; {See TDNT 149} n m AV-marriage 9, wedding 7; 16

1) a wedding or marriage festival, a wedding banquet, a wedding feast
2) marriage, matrimony

1067 ~γέεννα~ geenna \@gheh’-en-nah\@ of Hebrew origin 01516 valley םנה־איק and 02011 Hinnom= "lamentation" a valley north of the ‘hill of evil counsel’; n f AV-hell 9, hell fire + 3588 + 4442 3; 12

1) Hell is the place of the future punishment call "Gehenna" or "Gehenna of fire". This was originally the valley of Hinnom, south of Jerusalem, where the filth and dead animals of the city were cast out and burned; a fit symbol of the wicked and their future destruction.

1074 γενεά genea [ghen-eh-ah’] from (a presumed derivative of) 1085; n f; TDNT-1:662,114; [{ See TDNT 152 }] AV-generation 37, time 2, age 2, nation 1; 42

1) fathered, birth, nativity
2) that which has been begotten, men of the same stock, a family
2a) the several ranks of natural descent, the successive members of a genealogy
2b) metaph. a group of men very like each other in endowments, pursuits, character
2b1) esp. in a bad sense, a perverse nation
3) the whole multitude of men living at the same time
4) an age (i.e. the time ordinarily occupied by each successive generation), a space of 30-33 years

1075 γενεαλογέω genealogeo [ghen-eh-al-og-eh’-o] from 1074 generation and 3056 logos; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 152 }] AV-count (one’s) descent 1; 1

1) to recount a family’s origin and lineage, trace ancestry
2) to draw one’s origin, derive one’s pedigree

1078 γένεσις genesis [ghen’-es-is] from the same as 1074; n f; TDNT-1:682,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-generation 1, natural 1, nature 1; 3

1) source, origin
1a) a book of one’s lineage, i.e. in which his ancestry or progeny are enumerated
2) used of birth, nativity
3) of that which follows origin, viz. existence, life
3a) the wheel of life (#Jas 3:6), other explain it, the wheel of human origin which as soon as men are born begins to run, i.e. its course of life

1080 γεννάω gennao [ghen-nah’-o] from a variation of 1085; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-begat 49, be born 39, bear 2, gender 2, bring forth 1, be delivered 1, misc 3; 97 see born again

1) of men who fathered children
1a) to be born
1b) to be begotten
1b1) of women giving birth to children
2) metaph.
2a) to engender, cause to arise, excite
2b) in a Jewish sense, of one who brings others over to his way of life, to convert someone
2c) of God making Christ his son
2d) of God making men his sons through faith in Christ’s work

1085 γένος genos [ghen’-os] from 1096; n n; TDNT-1:684,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-kind 5, kindred 3, offspring 3, nation 2, stock 2, born 2, diversity 1, misc. 3; 21

1) kindred
1a) offspring
1b) family
1c) stock, tribe, nation
1c1) i.e. nationality or descent from a particular people
1d) the aggregate of many individuals of the same nature, kind, sort

1093 ~γῆ~ ge \@ghay\@ contracted from a root word; TDNT-1:677,116; {See TDNT 155} n f AV-earth 188, land 42, ground 18, country 2, world 1, earthly + 1537 + 3588 1; 252

1) arable land
2) the ground, the earth as a standing place
3) the main land as opposed to the sea or water
4) the earth as a whole
4a) the earth as opposed to the heavens
4b) the inhabited earth, the abode of men and animals
5) a country, land enclosed within fixed boundaries, a tract of land, territory, region

1096 γίνομαι ginomai [ghin’-om-ahee] a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; v; TDNT- 1:681,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-be 255, come to pass 82, be made 69, be done 63, come 52, become 47, God forbid + 3361 15, arise 13, have 5, be fulfilled 3, be married to 3, be preferred 3, not tr 14, misc 4, vr done 2; 678

1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being
2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen
2a) of events
3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage
3a) of men appearing in public
4) to be made, finished
4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought
5) to become, be made

1097 ~γινώσκω~ ginosko \@ghin-oce’-ko\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} see 1108 v AV-know 196, perceive 9, understand 8, misc 10; 223

1) to learn to know, come to know, get a knowledge of perceive, feel
1a) to become known
2) to know, understand, perceive, have knowledge of
2a) to understand
2b) to know
3) Jewish idiom for sexual intercourse between a man and a woman
4) to become acquainted with, to know
For Synonyms see entry 5825

1108 ~γνῶσις~ gnosis \@gno’-sis\@ from 1097; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} n f AV-knowledge 28, science 1; 29

1) knowledge signifies in general intelligence, understanding
1a) the general knowledge of Christian religion
1b) the deeper more perfect and enlarged knowledge of this religion, such as belongs to the more advanced
1c) esp. of things lawful and unlawful for Christians
1d) moral wisdom, such as is seen in right living
For Synonyms see entry 5826 & 5894

1112 ~γογγυσμός~ goggusmos \@gong-goos-mos’\@ from 1111; n m AV-murmuring 3, grudging 1; 4

1) a murmur, murmuring, muttering
1a) a secret debate
1b) a secret displeasure not openly avowed

1117 γόμος gomos [gom’-os] from 1073; n m; AV-merchandise 2, burden 1; 3

1) a lading or freight of a ship, cargo, merchandise conveyed in a ship
2) any merchandise

1121 γράμμα gramma [gram’-mah] from 1125 grapho to write; n n; TDNT-1:761,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-letter 9, bill 2, writing 1, learning 1, scripture 1, written + 1722 1; 15

1) a letter
2) any writing, a document or record
2a) a note of hand, bill, bond, account, written acknowledgement of a debt
2b) a letter, an epistle
2c) the sacred writings (of the OT)
3) letters, i.e. learning
3a) of sacred learning

1122 γραμματεύς grammateus [gram-mat-yooce’] from 1121 gramma which is any writing; n m; TDNT-1:740,127; [{See TDNT 163 }] AV-scribe 66, townclerk 1; 67

1) a clerk, scribe, esp.a public servant, secretary, recorder, whose office and influence differed in different states
2) in the Bible, a man learned in the Mosaic law and in the sacred writings, an interpreter, teacher. Scribes examined the more difficult and subtle questions of the law; added to the Mosaic law decisions of various kinds thought to elucidate its meaning and scope, and did this to the detriment of religion. Since the advice of men skilled in the law was needed in the examination in the causes and the solution of the difficult questions, they were enrolled in the Sanhedrin; and are mentioned in connection with the priests and elders of the people. See a Bible Dictionary for more information on the scribes.
3) a religious teacher: so instructed that from his learning and ability to teach advantage may redound to the kingdom of heaven

1124 γραφή graphe [graf-ay’] of uncertain affinity; n f; TDNT-1:749,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-scripture 51; 51

1) a writing, thing written
2) the Scripture, used to denote either the book itself, or its contents
3) a certain portion or section of the Holy Scripture

1125 γράφω grapho [graf’-o] a root word; v; TDNT-1:742,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-write 206, writing 1, describe 1, vr write 1; 209

1) to write, with reference to the form of the letters
1a) to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment, paper, or other material
2) to write, with reference to the contents of the writing
2a) to express in written characters
2b) to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write down, record
2c) used of those things which stand written in the sacred books (of the OT)
2d) to write to one, i.e. by writing (in a written epistle) to give information, directions
3) to fill with writing
4) to draw up in writing, compose

1127 γρηγορεύω gregoreuo [gray-gor-yoo’-o] from 1453 egeiro raise up; v; TDNT-2:338,195; [{See TDNT 206 }] AV-watch 21, wake 1, be vigilant 1; 23

1) to watch
2) metaph. give strict attention to, be cautious, active
2a) to take heed lest through remission and indolence some destructive calamity suddenly overtake one
  • From egeiro; to keep awake, i.e. Watch (literally or figuratively) -- be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).

1135 γυνή gune [goo-nay’] probably from the base of 1096 ginomai = be or become; n f; TDNT-1:776,134; [{See TDNT 166 }] AV-women 129, wife 92; 221

1) a woman of any age, whether a virgin, or married, or a widow
2) a wife
2a) of a betrothed woman

Delta (Strong's 1138-1435)

1142 δαίμων daimon [dah’-ee-mown] from daio (to distribute fortunes); n m/f; TDNT-2:1,137; [{See TDNT 169 }] AV-devils 4, devil 1; 5

1) a god, a goddess
1a) an inferior deity, whether good or bad
2) in the NT, an evil spirit

1144 δακρυ dakru [dak’-roo] or δάκρυον dakruon [dak’-roo-on] of uncertain affinity; see 1145 dakruo weep; n n; AV-tear 11; 11

1) a tear

1150 δαμάζω damazo [dam-ad’-zo] a variation of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; v; AV-tame 4; 4

1) to tame
2) curb, restrain

1161 δέ de [deh] a primary particle (adversative or continuative); conj; AV-but 1237, and 934, now 166, then 132, also 18, yet 16, yea 13, so 13, moreover 13, nevertheless 11, for 4, even 3, misc 10, not tr 300; 2870

1) but, moreover, and, etc.

1162 ~δέησις~ deesis \@deh’-ay-sis\@ from 1189; n f AV-prayer 12, supplication 6, request 1; 19

1) need, indigence, want, privation, penury
2) a seeking, asking, entreating, entreaty to God or to man

1163 ~δεῖ~ dei \@die\@ third person singular active present of 1210; v AV-must 58, ought 31, must needs 5, should 4, misc 7, vr ought 1; 106

1) it is necessary, there is need of, it behooves, is right and proper
1a) necessity lying in the nature of the case
1b) necessity brought on by circumstances or by the conduct of others toward us.
1c) necessity in reference to what is required to attain some end
1d) a necessity of law and command, of duty, equity
1e) necessity established by the counsel and decree of God, especially by that purpose of his which relates to the salvation of men by the intervention of Christ and which is disclosed in the Old Testament prophecies
1e1) concerning what Christ was destined finally to undergo, his sufferings, death, resurrection, ascension

1166 δεικνύω deiknuo [dike-noo’-o] a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; v; TDNT- 2:25,141; [{See TDNT 172 }] AV-show 31; 31

1) to show, expose to the eyes
2) metaph.
2a) to give evidence or proof of a thing
2b) to show by words or teach

1168 δειλιάω deiliao [di-lee-ah’-o] from 1167 deilia fear, from 1169 deilos fearful; v; AV-be afraid 1; 1

1) to be timid, fearful

1189 ~δέομαι~ deomai \@deh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of 1210; TDNT-2:40,144; {See TDNT 176} v AV-pray 12, beseech 9, make request 1; 22

1) to want, lack
2) to desire, long for
3) to ask, beg
3a) the thing asked for
3b) to pray, make supplications
For Synonyms see entry 5802

1195 δεσμεύω desmeuo [des-myoo’-o] from a (presumed) derivative of 1196 desmeo to bind from 1199 desmon a band; v; AV-bind 2; 2

1) to put in chains
2) to bind up, bind together

1196 δεσμέω desmeo [des-meh’-o] from 1199 desmon a band; v; AV-bind 1; 1

1) to bind, tie

1198 δέσμιος desmios [des’-mee-os] from 1199; adj; TDNT-2:43,145; [{See TDNT 177 }] AV-prisoner 14, be in bonds 1, in bonds 1; 16

1) bound , in bonds, a captive, a prisoner

1199 δεσμόν desmon [des-mon’] or δεσμός desmos [des-mos’] neuter and masculine respectively from 1210; n m; TDNT-2:43,145; [{See TDNT 177 }] AV-bond 15, band 3, string 1, chain 1; 20

1) a band or bond

1203 ~δεσπότης~ despotes \@des-pot’-ace\@ perhaps from 1210 and posis (a husband); TDNT-2:44,145; {See TDNT 178} n m AV-Lord 5, master 5; 10

1) a master, Lord
For Synonyms see entry 5830

1210 ~δέω~ deo \@deh’-o\@ a root; v AV-bind 37, tie 4, knit 1, be in bonds 1, wind 1; 44

1) to bind tie, fasten
1a) to bind, fasten with chains, to throw into chains
1b) metaph.
1b1) Satan is said to bind a woman bent together by means of a demon, as his messenger, taking possession of the woman and preventing her from standing upright
1b2) to bind, put under obligation, of the law, duty etc.
1b2a) to be bound to one, a wife, a husband
1b3) to forbid, prohibit, declare to be illicit

1218 δῆμος demos [day’-mos] from 1210 bind; n m; TDNT-2:63,149; [{See TDNT 183 }] AV-people 4; 4

1) the people, the mass of people assembled in a public place
For Synonyms see entry 5832 & 5927

1220 ~δηνάριον~ denarion \@day-nar’-ee-on\@ of Latin origin; ; n n AV-penny 9, pence 5, pennyworth 2; 16

denarius means "containing ten" because it was worth ten asses
1) A Roman silver coin in NT time. It took its name from it being equal to ten "asses," a number after 217 B.C. increased to sixteen (about 3.898 grams or .1375 oz.). It was the principal silver coin of the Roman empire. From the parable of the labourers in the vineyard, it would seem that a denarius was then the ordinary pay for a day’s wages. (#Mt 20:2-13)

1223 ~διά~ dia \@dee-ah’\@ a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; prep AV-by 241, through 88, with 16, for 58, for  …  sake 47, therefore + 5124 44, for this cause + 5124 14, because 52, misc 86; 646

1) through
1a) of place
1a1) with
1a2) in
1b) of time
1b1) throughout
1b2) during
1c) of means
1c1) by
1c2) by the means of
2) through
2a) the ground or reason by which something is or is not done
2a1) by reason of
2a2) on account of
2a3) because of for this reason
2a4) therefore
2a5) on this account

1225 διαβάλλω diaballo [dee-ab-al’-lo] from 1223 and 906; v; TDNT-2:71,150; [{See TDNT 185 }] AV-accuse 1; 1

1) to throw over or across, to send over

" 2) to traduce, calumniate, slander, accuse, defame

1228 διάβολος diabolos [dee-ab’-ol-os] from 1225; adj; TDNT-2:72,150; [{See TDNT 185 }] AV-devil 35, false accuser 2, slanderer 1; 38

1) prone to slander, slanderous, accusing falsely
1a) a calumniator, false accuser, slanderer,
2) metaph. applied to a man who, by opposing the cause of God, may be said to act the part of the devil or to side with him
  • Satan the prince of the demons, the author of evil, persecuting good men, estranging mankind from God and enticing them to sin, afflicting them with diseases by means of demons who take possession of their bodies at his bidding.

1239 διαδίδωμι diadidomi [dee-ad-id’-o-mee] from 1223 dia reason by which something is or is not done and 1325 didomi to give something to someone; v; AV-distribute 2, make distribution 1, divide 1, give 1; 5

1) to distribute, divide among several
2) to give over, deliver

1247 διακονέω diakoneo [dee-ak-on-eh’-o] from 1249 servant; v; TDNT-2:81,152; [{See TDNT 186 }] AV-minister unto 15, serve 10, minister 7, misc 5; 37

1) to be a servant, attendant, domestic, to serve, wait upon
1a) to minister to one, render ministering offices to
1a1) to be served, ministered unto
1b) to wait at a table and offer food and drink to the guests,
1b1) of women preparing food
c) to minister i.e. supply food and necessities of life
1c1) to relieve one’s necessities (e.g. by collecting alms), to provide take care of, distribute, the things necessary to sustain life
1c2) to take care of the poor and the sick, who administer the office of a deacon
1c3) in Christian churches to serve as deacons
1d) to minister
1d1) to attend to anything, that may serve another’s interests
1d2) to minister a thing to one, to serve one or by supplying any thing

1248 ~διακονία~ diakonia \@dee-ak-on-ee’-ah\@ from 1249; n f AV-ministry 16, ministration 6, ministering 3, misc 9; 34

1) service, ministering, esp. of those who execute the commands of others

L 2) of those who by the command of God proclaim and promote religion among men

2a) of the office of Moses
2b) of the office of the apostles and its administration
2c) of the office of prophets, evangelists, elders etc.
3) the ministration of those who render to others the offices of Christian affection esp. those who help meet need by either collecting or distributing of charities
4) the office of the deacon in the church
5) the service of those who prepare and present food

1249 ~διάκονος~ diakonos \@dee-ak’-on-os\@ probably from an obsolete diako (to run on errands, cf 1377); n m/f AV-minister 20, servant 8, deacon 3; 31

1) one who executes the commands of another, esp. of a master, a servant, attendant, minister
1a) the servant of a king
1b) a deacon, one who, by virtue of the office assigned to him by the church, cares for the poor and has charge of and distributes the money collected for their use
1c) a waiter, one who serves food and drink

1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogizomai [dee-al-og-id’-zom-ahee] from 1223 and 3049; v; TDNT-2:95,155; [{See TDNT 187 }] AV-reason 11, dispute 1, cast in the mind 1, muse 1, think 1, consider 1; 16 1) to bring together different reasons, to reckon up the reasons, to reason, revolve in one’s mind, deliberate.

1261 ~διαλογισμός~ dialogismos \@dee-al-og-is-mos’\@ from 1260; n m AV-thought 9, reasoning 1, imagination 1, doubtful 1, disputing 1, doubting 1; 14

1) the thinking of a man deliberating with himself 1a) a thought, inward reasoning 1b) purpose, design
2) a deliberating, questioning about what is true 2a) hesitation, doubting 2b) disputing, arguing

1271 ~διάνοια~ dianoia \@dee-an’-oy-ah\@ from 1223 and 3563; n f AV-mind 9, understanding 3, imagination 1; 13

1) the mind as a faculty of understanding, feeling, desiring
2) understanding
3) mind, i.e. spirit, way of thinking and feeling
4) thoughts, either good or bad

1286 ~διασείω~ diaseio \@dee-as-i’-o\@ from 1223 and 4579 shake or quake or move; ; v AV-do violence to 1; 1

1) to shake thoroughly
2) to make to tremble
3) to terrify
4) to agitate
5) to extort from one by intimidation money or other property

1294 διαστρέφω diastrepho [dee-as-tref’-o] from 1223 and 4762; v; TDNT-7:717,1093; [{See TDNT 752 }] AV-perverse 4, pervert 2, turn away 1; 7

1) to distort, turn aside
1a) to oppose, plot against the saving purposes and plans of God
2) to turn aside from the right path, to pervert, corrupt

1296 ~διαταγή~ diatage \@dee-at-ag-ay’\@ from 1299; n f AV-disposition 1, ordinance 1; 2

1) a disposition, arrangement, ordinance

1299 ~διατάσσω~ diatasso \@dee-at-as’-so\@ from 1223 dia "through" or "by" or "because of" and 5021 appoint; v AV-command 7, appoint 4, ordain 3, set in order 1, give order 1; 16

1) to arrange, appoint, ordain, prescribe, give order

1303 ~διατίθεμαι~ diatithemai \@dee-at-ith’-em-ahee\@ middle voice from 1223 through and 5087 to set, put, place; TDNT-2:104,157; {See TDNT 189} v AV-make 3, testator 2, appoint 2; 7

1) to arrange, dispose of, one’s own affairs
1a) of something that belongs to one
1b) to dispose of by will, make a testament
2) to make a covenant, enter into a covenant, with one

1311 ~διαφθείρω~ diaphtheiro \@dee-af-thi’-ro\@ from 1225 and 5351; v AV-destroy 3, corrupt 2, perish 1; 6

1) to change for the worse, to corrupt
1a) of minds, morals
2) to destroy, ruin
2a) to consume
2a1) of bodily vigour and strength
2a2) of the worm or moth that eats provisions, clothing, etc.
2b) to destroy, to kill

1313 ~διάφορος~ diaphoros \@dee-af’-or-os\@ from 1308; AV-more excellent 2, differing 1, divers 1; 4

1) different, varying in kind
2) excellent, surpassing

1319 διδασκαλία didaskalia [did-as-kal-ee’-ah] from 1320 didaskalos to teach meaning teaching, instruction; n f; TDNT-2:160,161; [{See TDNT 190 }] AV-doctrine 19, teaching 1, learning 1; 21

1) teaching, instruction
2) teaching
2a) that which is taught, doctrine
2b) teachings, precepts

1320 ~διδάσκαλος~ didaskalos \@did-as’-kal-os\@ from the verb to teach 1321; n m AV-Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; 58

1) a teacher
2) in the NT one who teaches concerning the things of God, and the duties of man
1a) one who is fitted to teach, or thinks himself so
1b) the teachers of the Jewish religion
1c) of those who by their great power as teachers draw crowds around them i.e. John the Baptist, Jesus
1d) by preeminence used of Jesus by himself, as one who showed men the way of salvation
1e) of the apostles, and of Paul
1f) of those who in the religious assemblies of the Christians, undertook the work of teaching, with the special assistance of the Holy Spirit
1g) of false teachers among Christians

1321 ~διδάσκω~ didasko \@did-as’-ko\@ a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb dao (to learn); as a noun commonly tranlated "master" TDNT-2:135,161; {See TDNT 190} v AV-teach 93, taught + 2258 4; 97

1) to teach
1a) to hold discourse with others in order to instruct them, deliver didactic discourses
1b) to be a teacher
1c) to discharge the office of a teacher, conduct one’s self as a teacher
2) to teach one
2a) to impart instruction
2b) instill doctrine into one
2c) the thing taught or enjoined
2d) to explain or expound a thing
2f) to teach one something

1322 διδαχή didache [did-akh-ay’] from 1321; n f; TDNT-2:163,161; [{See TDNT 190 }] AV-doctrine 29, has been taught 1; 30

1) teaching
1a) that which is taught
1b) doctrine, teaching, concerning something
2) the act of teaching, instruction
2a) in religious assemblies of the Christians, to speak in the way of teaching, in distinction from other modes of speaking in public

1323 ~δίδραχμον~ didrachmon \@did’-rakh-mon\@ from 1364 and 1406; ; n n AV-tribute 1, tribute money 1; 2

1) a didrachmon or double drachma, a silver coin equal to two Attic drachmas or one Alexandrian, or one half a shekel. For Synonyms see entry 5941
  • Other words translated tribute in the New Testament include 2778 and 5411.

1325 ~δίδωμι~ didomi \@did’-o-mee\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternate in most of the tenses); TDNT-2:166,166; {See TDNT 191} v AV-give 365, grant 10, put 5, show 4, deliver 2, make 2, misc 25; 413

1) to give
2) to give something to someone
2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage
2a1) to bestow a gift
2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have
2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things
2d) to give over, deliver
2d1) to reach out, extend, present
2d2) of a writing
2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit
2d3a) something to be administered
2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be religiously observed
2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward
2f) to furnish, endue
3) to give
3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self
3a1) to give, hand out lots
3b) to appoint to an office
3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them
3d) to give one to someone as his own
3d1) as an object of his saving care
3d2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master
3d3) to give one to someone to care for his interests
3d4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return
4) to grant or permit one
4a) to commission
For Synonyms see entry 5836 See also 3860 "to give into the hands (of another)", 3862 ordinances "the surrender of cities"

1330 ~διέρχομαι~ dierchomai \@dee-er’-khom-ahee\@ from 1223 and 2064; TDNT-2:676,257; {See TDNT 259} v AV-pass 8, pass through 7, go 7, go over 3, go through 2, walk 2, misc 13, vr to go 1; 43

1) to go through, pass through
1a) to go, walk, journey, pass through a place
1b) to travel the road which leads through a place, go, pass,travel through a region
2) to go different places
2a) of people, to go abroad
2b) of a report, to spread, go abroad

‭1375. διωγμος diogmos dee-ogue-mos’; which occurs 10 times in 9 verses, from 1377 dioko pursue; persecution: —  persecution. ‭

Epsilon (Strong's 1436-2193)

1466 ~ἐγκράτεια~ egkrateia \@eng-krat’-i-ah\@ from 1468; TDNT-2:339,196; {See TDNT 208} n f AV-temperance 4; 4

1) self-control (the virtue of one who masters his desires and passions, esp. his sensual appetites)

1467 ἐγκρατεύομαι egkrateuomai \@eng-krat-yoo’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 1468; v AV-can contain 1, be temperate 1; 2 1) to be self-controlled, continent

1a) to exhibit self-government, conduct, one’s self temperately
1b) in a figure drawn from athletes, who in preparing themselves for the games abstained from unwholesome food, wine, and sexual indulgence

Template:1468

01471 גּוֹי‎ gowy [go’-ee] rarely (shortened) גי‎ goy [go’-ee] apparently from the same root as 01465 gevah the behind; n m/n pr m p loc; [BDB-156b, BDB-157a] [{See TWOT on 326 @@ "326e" }] AV-nation 374, heathen 143, Gentiles 30, people 11; 558

  • n m
1) nation, people
1a) nation, people
1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people
1a2) of descendants of Abraham
1a3) of Israel
1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.)
  • n pr m p loc
1c) Goyim? = "nations"

1473 ~ἐγώ~ ego \@eg-o’\@ a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic); TDNT-2:343,196; {See TDNT 209} pron AV-I 365, my 2, me 2, not tr 1; 370

1) I, me, my

1480 ἐθίζω ethizo [eth-id’-zo] from 1485 ethos "prescribed by law, instituted"; v; AV-custom 1; 1

1) to accustomed, usage, custom

1481 ~ἐθνάρχης~ ethnarches \@eth-nar’-khace\@ from 1484 and 746; ; n m AV-governor 1; 1

1) an ethnarch, one set over a people as ruler, but without the authority and name of a king
  • Herod was called Ethnarch which was a term with the connotation of "father of the nation", a widely used as an epithet applied to some of the most influential political leaders of Hellenism. Paul uses the term in 2 Corinthians 11:32 "In Damascus the governor under Aretas the king kept the city of the Damascenes with a garrison, desirous to apprehend me:"
  • Likely originated in the middle east and is used three times (1 Maccabees 14:47 and 15:1-2),

1482 ~ἐθνικός~ ethnikos \@eth-nee-kos’\@ from 1484; n m AV-heathen 1, heathen man 1; 2

1) adapted to the genius or customs of a people, peculiar to a people, national
2) suited to the manners or language of foreigners, strange, foreign
3) in the NT savouring of the nature of pagans, alien to the worship of the true God, heathenish
3a) of the pagan, the Gentile

1484 ~ἔθνος~ ethnos \@eth’-nos\@ probably from 1486; n n AV-Gentiles 93, nation 64, heathen 5, people 2; 164

1) a multitude (whether of men or of beasts) associated or living together
1a) a company, troop, swarm
2) a multitude of individuals of the same nature or genus
2a) the human family
3) a tribe, nation, people group
4) in the OT, foreign nations not worshipping the true God, pagans, Gentiles
5) Paul uses the term for Gentile Christians

1485 ἔθος ethos [eth’-os] from 1486 etho; n n; TDNT-2:372,202; [{See TDNT 212 }] AV-custom 7, manner 4, be wont 1; 12

1) custom
2) usage prescribed by law, institute, prescription, rite

See Logos, pathos, and ethos

1486 ~ἔθω~ etho \@eth’-o\@ a root word; ; v AV-be wont 2, -as his custom was + 2596 + 3588 1, as his manner was + 2596 + 3588 1; 4

1) to be accustomed, used, wont
2) that which is wont
3) usage, custom

Template:1487

1492 οιδα oida [oy’-da] or εἴδω eido [i’-do] a root word; v; TDNT-5:116,673; [{See TDNT 538 }] v a root word; TDNT-5:116,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-know 281, cannot tell + 3756 8, know how 7, wist 6, misc 19, see 314, behold 17, look 6, perceive 5, vr see 3, vr know 1; 667

1) to see
1a) to perceive with the eyes
1b) to perceive by any of the senses
1c) to perceive, notice, discern, discover
1d) to see
1d1) i.e. to turn the eyes, the mind, the attention to anything
1d2) to pay attention, observe
1d3) to see about something 1d31) i.e. to ascertain what must be done about it
1d4) to inspect, examine
1d5) to look at, behold
1e) to experience any state or condition
1f) to see i.e. have an interview with, to visit
2) to know
2a) to know of anything
2b) to know, i.e. get knowledge of, understand, perceive
2b1) of any fact
2b2) the force and meaning of something which has definite meaning
2b3) to know how, to be skilled in
2c) to have regard for one, cherish, pay attention to (#1Th 5:12)
Synonyms
1097 ginosko-a knowledge grounded on personal experience
1492 oida or eido-to see with the mind’s eye, signifies a clear and purely mental perception
1987 epistamai-a knowledge obtained by proximity to the thing known, cf. our understanding
4920 suniemi-implies a native insight, knowledge gained through the five senses

1494 ~εἰδωλόθυτον~ eidolothuton \@i-do-loth’-oo-ton\@ neuter of a compound of 1497 and a presumed derivative of 2380; TDNT-2:378,202; {See TDNT 214} adj AV-things offered unto idols 4, things offered in sacrifice to idols 3, things sacrificed unto idols 2, meats offered to idols 1; 10

1) sacrificed to idols, the flesh left over from the heathen sacrifices
1a) it was either eaten at the feasts or sold (by the poor and the miserly) in the market

1495 ~εἰδωλολατρεία~ eidololatreia \@i-do-lol-at-ri’-ah\@ from 1497 and 2999; n f AV-idolatry 4; 4

1) the worship of false gods, idolatry
1a) of the formal sacrificial feasts held in honour of false gods of the temples providing Public religion.
1b) of avarice, as a worship of Mammon
2) in the plural, the vices springing from idolatry and peculiar to it

1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidololatres [i-do-lol-at’-race] from 1497 and the base of 3000; n m; TDNT-2:379,202; [{ See TDNT 214 }] AV-idolater 7; 7

1) a worshipper of false gods, an idolater
1a) used of any one even Christian, participant in any way in the worship of the heathen, esp. one who attends their sacrificial feasts and eats of the remains of offered victims
2) a covetous man as a worshipper of Mammon

1497 ~εἴδωλον~ eidolon \@i’-do-lon\@ from 1491; an image (i.e. for worship); n nAV-idol 11; 11

1) an image, likeness
1a) i.e. whatever represents the form of an object, either real or imaginary
1b) used of the shades of the departed, apparitions, spectres, phantoms of the mind, etc.
2) the image of a heathen god
3) a false god

1500 ~εἰκῆ~ eike \@i-kay’\@ probably from 1502 (through the idea of failure); TDNT-2:380,203; {See TDNT 215} adv AV-in vain 5, without a cause 1, vainly 1; 7

1) inconsiderably, without purpose, without just cause
2) in vain
2a) without success or effort

1504 ~εἰκών~ eikon \@i-kone’\@ from 1503; TDNT-2:381,203; n f AV-image 23; 23

1) an image, figure, likeness
1a) an image of the things (the heavenly things)
1a1) used of the moral likeness of renewed men to God
1a2) the image of the Son of God, into which true Christians are transformed, is likeness not only to the heavenly body, but also to the most holy and blessed state of mind, which Christ possesses
1b) the image of one
1b1) one in whom the likeness of any one is seen
1b2) applied to man on account of his power of command
1b3) to Christ on account of his divine nature and absolute moral excellence

1505 εἰλικρίνεια eilikrineia [i-lik-ree’-ni-ah] from 1506 purity; n f; TDNT-2:397,206; [{See TDNT 217 }] AV-sincerity 3; 3

1) purity, sincerity, ingenuousness

1510 ~εἰμί~ eimi \@i-mee’\@ the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; TDNT-2:398,206; {See TDNT 218} v AV-I am + 1473 74, am 55, it is I + 1473 6, be 2, I was + 1473 1, have been 1, not tr 7; 146

1) to be, to exist, to happen, to be present

1515 ~εἰρήνη~ eirene \@i-ray’-nay\@ probably from a primary verb eiro (to join); TDNT-2:400,207; {See TDNT 219} n f AV-peace 89, one 1, rest 1, quietness 1; 92

1) a state of national tranquility
1a) exemption from the rage and havoc of war
2) peace between individuals, i.e. harmony, concord
3) security, safety, prosperity, felicity, (because peace and harmony make and keep things safe and prosperous)
4) of the Messiah’s peace
4a) the way that leads to peace (salvation)
5) of Christianity, the tranquil state of a soul assured of its salvation through Christ, and so fearing nothing from God and content with its earthly lot, of whatsoever sort that is
6) the blessed state of devout and upright men after death

1516 ~eirhnikov~ eirenikos \@i-ray-nee-kos'\@ from 1515 eirene from a primary verb eiro (to join) and defined "a state of national tranquillity"; TDNT-2:400,207; n f AV-peace 89; TDNT-2:418,207; adj AV-peaceable 2

1) relating to peace
2) peaceable, pacific, loving peace
3) bring peace with it, peaceful, salutary

1518 εἰρηνοποιός eirenopoios [i-ray-nop-oy-os’] from 1515 eirene "a state of national tranquillity" and 4160 To make; adj; TDNT-2:419,207; [{See TDNT 219 }] AV-peacemakers 1; 1

1) a peacemaker
2) pacific, loving peace

1519 ~εἰς~ eis \@ice\@ a primary preposition; prep AV-into 573, to 281, unto 207, for 140, in 138, on 58, toward 29, against 26, misc 322; 1774

1) into, unto, to, towards, for, among
"For" (as used in #Acts 2:38 "for the forgiveness … ") could have two meanings. If you saw a poster saying "Jesse James wanted for robbery," "for" could mean Jesse is wanted so he can commit a robbery, or is wanted because he has committed a robbery. The later sense is the correct one. So too in this passage of 1 Peter 2 concerning peculiar people, the word "for" signifies an action in the past. Otherwise, it would violate the entire tenor of the NT teaching on salvation by grace and not by works.
  • ‭As a primary preposition eis indicates the point reached or entered figuratively with the intent and purpose of obtaing a result, etc. As with verbs it expresses motion both literally or figuratively.

‭

1525 ~εἰσέρχομαι~ eiserchomai \@ice-er’-khom-ahee\@ from 1519 and 2064; TDNT-2:676,257; {See TDNT 259} v AV-enter 107, go 22, come in 19, go in 18, enter in 17, come 14, arise 1; 198

1) to go out or come in: to enter
1a) of men or animals, as into a house or a city
1b) of Satan taking possession of the body of a person
1c) of things: as food, that enters into the eater’s mouth
2) metaph.
2a) of entrance into any condition, state of things, society, employment
2a1) to arise, come into existence, begin to be
2a2) of men, to come before the public
2a3) to come into life
2b) of thoughts that come into the mind

‭1536. ει τις ei tis i tis; from 1487 and 5100; if any: —  he that, if a(-ny) man(’s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever. ‭

1537 ~ἐκ~ ek \@ek\@ or ~ἐξ~ ex \@ex\@ a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; ; prep AV-of 366, from 181, out of 162, by 55, on 34, with 25, misc 98; 921

1) out of, from, by, away from

1538 ~ἕκαστος~ hekastos \@hek’-as-tos\@ as if a superlative of hekas (afar); ; adj AV-every man 39, every one 20, every 17, misc 7; 83

1) each, every

1544 ~ἐκβάλλω~ ekballo \@ek-bal’-lo\@ from 1537 and 906; TDNT-1:527,91; {See TDNT 122} v AV-cast out 45, cast 11, bring forth 3, pull out 3, send forth 3, misc 17; 82

1) to cast out, drive out, to send out
1a) with notion of violence
1a1) to drive out (cast out)
1a2) to cast out
1a2a) of the world, i.e. be deprived of the power and influence he exercises in the world
1a2b) a thing: excrement from the belly into the sink
1a3) to expel a person from a society: to banish from a family
1a4) to compel one to depart; to bid one depart, in stern though not violent language
1a5) so employed that the rapid motion of the one going is transferred to the one sending forth
1a51) to command or cause one to depart in haste
1a6) to draw out with force, tear out
1a7) with implication of force overcoming opposite force
1a7a) to cause a thing to move straight on its intended goal
1a8) to reject with contempt, to cast off or away
1b) without the notion of violence
1b1) to draw out, extract, one thing inserted in another
1b2) to bring out of, to draw or bring forth
1b3) to except, to leave out, i.e. not receive
1b4) to lead one forth or away somewhere with a force which he cannot resist

1567 ἐκζητέω ekzeteo [ek-zay-teh’-o] from 1537 ek of and 2212 zeteo seek; v; TDNT-2:894,300; [{See TDNT 286 }] AV-require 2, seek after 2, diligently 1, seek carefully 1, enquire 1; 7

1) to seek out, search for
2) to seek out, i.e. investigate, scrutinise
3) to seek out for one’s self, beg, crave
4) to demand back, require

‭1568. εκθαμβεω ekthambeo ek-tham-beh’-o; from 1569 ekthambos from ‭2285 thambos to dumbfound; ‭: to astonish utterly: —  affright, greatly (sore) amaze. ‭

1570 ἔκθετος ekthetos [ek’-thet-os] from 1537 and a derivative of 5087; adj; AV-cast out 1; 1

1) cast out, exposed

1576 ἐκκλείω ekkleio [ek-kli’-o] from 1537 and 2808; v; AV-exclude 2; 2

1) to shut out, to turn out of doors
2) to prevent the approach of one

‭

1577 ἐκκλησία ekklesia [ek-klay-see’-ah] from a compound of 1537 and a derivative of 2564 call or 2753 to command; n f; TDNT- 3:501,394; [{See TDNT 352 }] AV-church 115, assembly 3; 118

1) a gathering of citizens called out from their homes into some public place, an assembly
1a) an assembly of the people convened at the public place of the council for the purpose of deliberating
1b) the assembly of the Israelites
1c) any gathering or throng of men assembled by chance, tumultuously
1d) in a Christian sense
1d1) an assembly of Christians gathered for worship in a religious meeting
1d2) a company of Christians, or of those who, hoping for eternal salvation through Jesus Christ, observe their own religious rites, hold their own religious meetings, and manage their own affairs, according to regulations prescribed for the body for order’s sake
1d3) those who anywhere, in a city, village, constitute such a company and are united into one body
1d4) the whole body of Christians scattered throughout the earth
1d5) the assembly of faithful Christians already dead and received into heaven
For Synonyms see entry 5897
  • Ekklesia "an assembly of citizens summoned by the crier, the legislative assembly." [R. Scott, and H.G. Liddell, A Greek-English Lexicon, p. 206.]
  • "The assembly of the people, which in Greek cities had the power of final decision in public affairs" [ A German classical philologist, Oskar Seyffert, A Dictionary of Classical Antiquities, pp. 202-203].

1578 ~ἐκκλίνω~ ekklino \@ek-klee’-no\@ from 1537 and 2827; ; v AV-eschew 1, avoid 1, go out of the way 1; 3

1) to turn aside, deviate (from the right way and course)
2) to turn (one’s self) away, to turn away from, keep aloof from one’s society
3) to shun one

1581 ἐκκόπτω ekkopto [ek-kop’-to] from 1537 and 2875; v; TDNT-3:857,453; [{See TDNT 405 }] AV-cut off 4, hewn down 3, cut down 2, cut out 1, be hindered 1; 11

1) to cut out, cut off
1a) of a tree
2) metaph. to cut off occasion

1586 ~ἐκλέγομαι~ eklegomai \@ek-leg’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 1537 and 3004 (in its primary sense); TDNT-4:144,505; {See TDNT 431} v AV-choose 19, choose out 1, make choice 1; 21

1) to pick out, choose, to pick or choose out for one’s self
1a) choosing one out of many, i.e. Jesus choosing his disciples
1b) choosing one for an office
1c) of God choosing whom he judged fit to receive his favours and separated from the rest of mankind to be peculiarly his own and to be attended continually by his gracious oversight
1c1) i.e. the Israelites
1d) of God the Father choosing Christians, as those whom he set apart from the irreligious multitude as dear unto himself, and whom he has rendered, through faith in Christ, citizens in the Messianic kingdom: (#Jas 2:5) so that the ground of the choice lies in Christ and his merits only

1588 ~ἐκλεκτός~ eklektos \@ek-lek-tos’\@ from 1586; TDNT-4:181,505; {See TDNT 431} adj AV-elect 16, chosen 7; 23

1) picked out, chosen
1a) chosen by God,
1a1) to obtain salvation through Christ
1a1a) Christians are called "chosen or elect" of God
1a2) the Messiah is called "elect," as appointed by God to the most exalted office conceivable
1a3) choice, select, i.e. the best of its kind or class, excellence preeminent: applied to certain individual Christians

1589 ἐκλογή ekloge ek-log-ay’ from 1586; TDNT-4:176,505; {See TDNT 431 } n f AV-election 6, chosen 1; 7

1) the act of picking out, choosing
1a) of the act of God’s free will by which before the foundation of the world he decreed his blessings to certain persons
1b) the decree made from choice by which he determined to bless certain persons through Christ by grace alone
2) a thing or person chosen
2a) of persons: God’s elect

1590 ἐκλύω ekluo [ek-loo’-o] from 1537 ex "out of, from" and 3089 lou "to loose any person (or thing) tied or fastened"; v; AV-faint 5, faint + 2258 1; 6

1) to loose, unloose, to set free
2) to dissolve, metaph., to weaken, relax, exhaust
2a) to have one’s strength relaxed, to be enfeebled through exhaustion, to grow weak, grow weary, be tired out
2b) to despond, become faint hearted

‭1601. εκπιπτω ekpipto ek-pip’-to; from 1537 and 4098; to drop away; specially, be driven out of one’s course; figuratively, to lose, become inefficient:—be cast, fail, fall (away, off), take none effect. ‭

1605 ἐκπλήσσω ekplesso [ek-place’-so] from 1537 and 4141; v; AV-be astonished 10, be amazed 3; 13

1) to strike out, expel by a blow, drive out or away
2) to cast off by a blow, to drive out
2a) commonly, to strike one out of self-possession, to strike with panic, shock, astonish
3) to be struck with amazement, astonished, amazed

1608 ~ἐκπορνεύω~ ekporneuo \@ek-porn-yoo’-o\@ from 1537 and 4203; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} v AV-give (one’s) self over to fornication 1; 1

1) to go a whoring, "give one’s self over to fornication"

1620 ἐκτίθημι ektithemi [ek-tith’-ay-mee] from 1537 and 5087; v; AV-expound 3, cast out 1; 4

1) to place or set out, put outside, expose
2) to set up, exhibit
3) metaph. to set forth, declare, expound

1624 ἐκτρέπω ektrepo [ek-trep’-o] from 1537 ek out of, from and the base of 5157 turning; v; AV-turn aside 2, avoid 1, turn 1, turn out of the way 1; 5

1) to turn or twist out
1a) in a medical sense used of dislocated limbs
2) to turn off or aside
3) to be turned aside
4) to turn aside
5) to turn away from, to shun a thing, to avoid meeting or associating with one

1642 ἐλαττόω elattoō el-at-to'-o Verb; from 1640 smaller (in size, quantity, age or quality): —  less, under, worse, younger.

1. to make less or inferior: in dignityto be made less or inferior: in dignityto decrease in authority or popularity
2. to lessen (in rank or influence): - decrease, make lower.

1646 ἐλάχιστος elachistos [el-akh’-is-tos] superlative of elachus (short); used as equivalent to 3398; adj; TDNT- 4:648,593; [{See TDNT 494 }] AV-least 9, very small 2, smallest 1, very little 1; 13

1) smallest least
1a) in size
1b) in amount: of management of affairs
1c) in importance: what is the least moment
1d) in authority: of commandments
1e) in the estimation of men: of persons
1f) in rank and excellence: of persons

1651 ~ἐλέγχω~ elegcho \@el-eg’-kho\@ of uncertain affinity; v AV-reprove 6, rebuke 5, convince 4, tell (one’s) fault 1, convict 1; 17

1) to convict, refute, confute
1a) generally with a suggestion of shame of the person convicted
1b) by conviction to bring to the light, to expose
2) to find fault with, correct
2a) by word
2a1) to reprehend severely, chide, admonish, reprove
2a2) to call to account, show one his fault, demand an explanation
2b) by deed
2b1) to chasten, to punish

For Synonyms see entry 5884

1653 ἐλεέω eleeo [el-eh-eh’-o] from 1656; v; TDNT-2:477,222; [{See TDNT 232 }] AV-have mercy on 14, obtain mercy 8, show mercy 2, have compassion 1, have compassion on 1, have pity on 1, have mercy 1, have mercy upon 1, receive mercy 1; 31

1) to have mercy on
2) to help one afflicted or seeking aid
3) to help the afflicted, to bring help to the wretched
4) to experience mercy
For Synonyms see entry 5842

1654 ἐλεημοσύνη, eleēmosunē: el-eh-ay-mos-oo'-nay, from 1656, Thayer Definition: mercy, pity especially as exhibited in giving alms, charity the benefaction itself, a donation to the poor, alms

TDNT entry: 10:05,2, Part(s) of speech: Noun Feminine
Strong's Definition: From 1656; compassionateness, that is, (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction: - alms (-deeds).
  • The Eleemosynary  giving of alms(the German Almosen (and the English alms)) is the benefaction itself, a donation for the poor, donated to the priests for the welfare of the needy.

1655 ~ἐλεήμων~ eleemon \@el-eh-ay’-mone\@ from 1653; TDNT-2:485,222; {See TDNT 232} adj AV-merciful 2; 2

1) merciful

1656 éleos ἔλεος: (el'-eh-os), t Definition: mercy, pity, compassion(translating OT 02617 /kataisxýnō, "covenant-loyalty, covenant-love" in the OT-LXX over 170 times) – properly, "mercy" as it is defined by loyalty to God's covenant.

a. universally: Luke 1:50; in benedictions: Galatians 6:16; 1 Timothy 1:2; 2 Timothy 1:2; Titus 1:4 ; 2 John 1:3; Jude 1:2.

1657 ~ἐλευθερία~ eleutheria \@el-yoo-ther-ee’-ah\@ from 1658; n f AV-liberty 11; 11

1) liberty to do or to omit things having no relationship to salvation
2) fancied liberty
2a) licence, the liberty to do as one pleases
3) true liberty is living as we should not as we please

1658 ~ἐλεύθερος~ eleutheros \@el-yoo’-ther-os\@ probably from the alternate of 2064 establish ; TDNT-2:487,224; {See TDNT 233} adj AV-free 18, free woman 3, at liberty 1, free man 1; 23

1) freeborn
1a) in a civil sense, one who is not a slave
1b) of one who ceases to be a slave, freed, manumitted
2) free, exempt, unrestrained, not bound by an obligation
3) in an ethical sense: free from the yoke of the Mosaic Law

Template:1671

1672 ~ʽ´Ελλην~ Hellen \@hel’-lane\@ from 1671; n m AV-Greek 20, Gentile 7; 27

1) a Greek either by nationality, whether a native of the main land or of the Greek islands or colonies
2) in a wider sense the name embraces all nations not Jews that made the language, customs, and learning of the Greeks their own; the primary reference is to a difference of religion and worship

1679 ~ἐλπίζω~ elpizo \@el-pid’-zo\@ from 1680; TDNT-2:517,229; {See TDNT 237} v AV-trust 18, hope 10, hope for 2, things hoped for 1, vr hope 1; 32

1) to hope
1a) in a religious sense, to wait for salvation with joy and full confidence
2) hopefully to trust in

1680 ~ἐλπίς~ elpis \@el-pece’\@ from a primary elpo (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); TDNT-2:517,229; {See TDNT 237} n f AV-hope 53, faith 1; 54

1) expectation of evil, fear
2) expectation of good, hope
2a) in the Christian sense
2a1) joyful and confident expectation of eternal salvation
3) on hope, in hope, having hope
3a) the author of hope, or he who is its foundation
3b) the thing hoped for

1694 Ἐμμανουήλ Emmanouel [em-man-oo-ale’] of Hebrew origin 06005 עִמָֻנוּאֵל‎; n pr m; AV-Emmanuel 1; 1 Emmanuel  = "God with us"

1) the title applied to the Messiah, born of the virgin, #Matthew 1:23, #Isauah 7:14, because Jesus was God united with man, and showed that God was dwelling with man

1699 ἐμός emos [em-os’] from the oblique cases of 1473 ego I (1698, 1700, 1691); pron; AV-my 50, mine 12, mine own 11, of me 4, I 1; 78

1) my, mine, etc.

1700 ἐμοῦ emou [em-oo’] from 1473, a prolonged form of 3450; pron genn/abl; AV-me 97, my 11, mine 1; 109

1) me, my, mine, etc.

1702 ~ἐμπαίζω~ empaizo \@emp-aheed’-zo\@ from 1722 and 3815; TDNT-5:630,758; {See TDNT 580} v AV-mock 13; 13

1) to play with, trifle with
1a) to mock
1b) to delude, deceive

1703 ~ἐμπαίκτης~ empaiktes \@emp-aheek-tace’\@ from 1702; TDNT-5:635,758; {See TDNT 580} n m AV-mockers 1, scoffers 1; 2

1) a mocker, a scoffer
  • 2 Peter 3:3 Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers <1703>, walking after their own lusts,
  • Jude 1:18 How that they told you there should be mockers <1703> in the last time, who should walk after their own ungodly lusts.

1710 ἐμπορεύομαι emporeuomai [em-por-yoo’-om-ahee] from 1722 and 4198; v; AV-buy and sell 1, make merchandise 1, vr buy and sell 1; 3

1) to go a trading, to travel for business, to traffic, trade
2) of a thing, to import for sale
3) to deal in
4) to use a person or a thing for gain

1711 ἐμπορία emporia [em-por-ee’-ah] from 1713; n f; AV-merchandise 1; 1

1) trade, merchandise

1712 ἐμπόριον emporion [em-por’-ee-on] from 1713; n n; AV-merchandise 1; 1

1) a place were trade is carried on, esp. a seaport
1a) a mart, an emporium

1713 ἔμπορος emporos [em’-por-os] from 1722 and the base of 4198; n m; AV-merchant 5; 5

1) one on a journey, whether by sea or by land, esp. for trade
2) a merchant as opposed to a retailer or petty tradesman

1722 ~ἐν~ en \@en\@ a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between 1519 and 1537); prep AV-in 1902, by 163, with 140, among 117, at 113, on 62, through 39, misc 265; 2801

1) in, by, with etc.

1730 ἔνδειγμα endeigma [en’-dighe-mah] from 1731 n; AV-manifest token 1; 1

1) token, evidence, proof
  • similar to 1731 the verb endeiknumi to "show, demonstrate, prove, ... to manifest"
  • and 1732 the noun endeixis a "demonstration, proof"
  • not like semeion 4592 which is "a sign, mark, token" 2 Thessalonians 3:17 Paul's hand writing
  • not like sussemon 4953 "a sign given according to agreement" Mark 14:44 Judas kiss

1731 ἐνδείκνυμι endeiknumi [en-dike’-noo-mee] from 1722 and 1166; v; AV-show 9, show forth 1, do 1, vr show 1; 12

1) to point out
1a) to show, demonstrate, prove, whether by arguments or by acts
2) to manifest, display, put forth
  • see also 1730 ἔνδειγμα endeigma

1732 ἔνδειξις endeixis [en’-dike-sis] from 1731; n f; AV-to declare + 1519 1, to declare + 4214 1, proof 1, evident token 1; 4

1) demonstration, proof
1a) manifestation made by act
1b) sign, evidence

1744 ἐνδύνω enduno [en-doo’-no] from 1772 ennomos meaning bound to the law and 1416 duno translated set but meaning go under; v; AV-creep 1; 1

1) to put on, to envelop in, to hide in
1a) literally: to put on, clothe with a garment
1b) metaph. put on armour
2) to creep into, insinuate one’s self into, to enter

1753 ~ἐνέργεια~ energeia \@en-erg’-i-ah\@ from energes (1756); n f AV-working 4, effectual working 2, operation 1, strong 1; 8 1) working, efficiency 1a) in the NT used only of superhuman power, whether of God or of the Devil

‭1754. ενεργεω energeo en-erg-eh’-o; from 1756 energes from 1722 and 2041 toil; active, operative: —  effectual, powerful.; to be active, efficient: —  do, (be) effectual (fervent), be mighty in, shew forth self, work (effectually in). ‭

1756 ~ἐνεργής~ energes \@en-er-gace’\@ from 1722 and 2041; adj AV-effectual 2, powerful 1; 3 1) active

1767 ~ἐννέα~ ennea \@en-neh’-ah\@ a primary number; ; n indecl AV-nine 1; 1

1) nine

1772 ἔννομος ennomos [en’-nom-os] from 1722 en and 3551 nomos law; adj; TDNT-4:1087,646; [{See TDNT 526 }] AV-lawful 1, under law 1; 2

1) bound to the law
2) bound by the law, lawful
3) lawful, regular

1778 ἔνταλμα entalma [en’-tal-mah] from 1781 entellomai command; n n; AV-commandment 3; 3

1) a precept

1781 ~ἐντέλλομαι~ entellomai \@en-tel’-lom-ahee\@ from 1722 and the base of 5056; v AV-command 10, give commandment 3, give charge 2, enjoin 1, charge 1; 17

1) to order, command to be done, enjoin
For Synonyms see entry 5844

1785 ~ἐντολή~ entole \@en-tol-ay’\@ from 1781; n f AV-commandment 69, precept 2; 71

1) an order, command, charge, precept, injunction
1a) that which is prescribed to one by reason of his office
2) a commandment
2a) a prescribed rule in accordance with which a thing is done
2a1) a precept relating to lineage, of the Mosaic precept concerning the priesthood
2a2) ethically used of the commandments in the Mosaic law or Jewish tradition
For Synonyms see entry 5918

1792 ~ἐντρυφάω~ entruphao \@en-troo-fah’-o\@ from 1722 and 5171; ; v AV-sport (one’s) self 1; 1

1) to live in luxury, live delicately or luxuriously, to revel in
2) to take delight in
and 2 Peter 2:13 "sporting themselves"
and Luke 7:25 "live delicately, are in kings’ courts."

1797 ~ἐνυπνιάζομαι~ enupniazomai \@en-oop-nee-ad’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 1798 dream; TDNT-8:545,1233; {See TDNT 817} v AV-dream 1, filthy dreamer 1; 2

1) to dream (divinely suggested) dreams
2) metaph., to be beguiled with sensual images and carried away to an impious course of conduct

1799 ἐνώπιον enopion [en-o’-pee-on] neuter of a compound of 1722 and a derivative of 3700; prep; AV-before 64, in the sight of 16, in the presence of 7, in (one’s) sight 5, in (one’s) presence 2, to 1, not tr 2; 97

1) in the presence of, before
1a) of occupied place: in that place which is before, or over against, opposite, any one and towards which another turns his eyes

1818 ~ἐξαπατάω~ exapatao \@ex-ap-at-ah’-o\@ from 1537 and 538; v AV-deceive 4, beguile 1; 5

1) to deceive

1820 ἐξαπορέομαι exaporeomai [ex-ap-or-eh’-om-ahee] middle voice from 1537 ek and 639 aporeo doubt , without resources; v; AV-despair 1, in despair 1; 2

1) to be utterly at loss, be utterly destitute of measures or resources, to renounce all hope, be in despair

1831 ἐξέρχομαι exerchomai [ex-er’-khom-ahee] from 1537 and 2064; v; TDNT-2:678,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-go out 60, come 34, depart 28, go 25, go forth 25, come out 23, come forth 9, misc 18; 222

1) to go or come forth of
1a) with mention of the place out of which one goes, or the point from which he departs
1a1) of those who leave a place of their own accord
1a2) of those who are expelled or cast out
2) metaph.
2a) to go out of an assembly, i.e. forsake it
2b) to come forth from physically, arise from, to be born of
2c) to go forth from one’s power, escape from it in safety
2d) to come forth (from privacy) into the world, before the public, (of those who by novelty of opinion attract attention)
2e) of things
2e1) of reports, rumours, messages, precepts
2e2) to be made known, declared
2e3) to be spread, to be proclaimed
2e4) to come forth

2e4a) emitted as from the heart or the mouth 2e4b) to flow forth from the body 2e4c) to emanate, issue 2e4c1) used of a sudden flash of lightning 2e4c2) used of a thing vanishing 2e4c3) used of a hope which has disappeared

1832 ~ἔξεστι~ exesti \@ex’-es-tee\@ third person singular present indicative of a compound of 1537 ek of and 1510 eimi I am; TDNT-2:560,238; {See TDNT 244} v AV-be lawful 29, may 2, let 1; 32

1) it is lawful

1849 ~ἐξουσία~ exousia \@ex-oo-see’-ah\@ from 1832 (in the sense of ability); n f AV-power 69, authority 29, right 2, liberty 1, jurisdiction 1, strength 1; 103 See Romans 13

1) power of choice, liberty of doing as one pleases
1a) leave or permission
2) physical and mental power
2a) the ability or strength with which one is endued, which he either possesses or exercises
3) the power of authority (influence) and of right (privilege)
4) the power of rule or government (the power of him whose will and commands must be submitted to by others and obeyed)
4a) universally
4a1) authority over mankind
4b) specifically
4b1) the power of judicial decisions
4b2) of authority to manage domestic affairs
4c) metonymically
4c1) a thing subject to authority or rule
4c1a) jurisdiction
4c2) one who possesses authority
4c2a) a ruler, a human magistrate
4c2b) the leading and more powerful among created beings superior to man, spiritual potentates
4d) a sign of the husband’s authority over his wife
4d1) the veil with which propriety required a women to cover herself
4e) the sign of regal authority, a crown
For Synonyms see entry 5820

1850 ~ἐξουσιάζω~ exousiazo \@ex-oo-see-ad’-zo\@ from 1849; TDNT-2:574,238; {See TDNT 244} v AV-have power of 2, exercise authority upon 1, bring under power 1; 4

1) to have power or authority, use power
1a) to be master of any one, exercise authority over one
1b) to be master of the body
1b1) to have full and entire authority over the body
1b2) to hold the body subject to one’s will
1c) to be brought under the power of anyone

1854 ἔξω exo [ex’-o] from 1537; adv; TDNT-2:575,240; [{See TDNT 245 }] AV-without 23, out 16, out of 15, forth 8, outward 1, strange 1, away 1; 65

1) without, out of doors

1859 ἑορτή heorte [heh-or-tay’] of uncertain affinity; n f; AV-feast 26, holy day 1; 27

1) a feast day, festival

1867 ἐπαινέω epaineo [ep-ahee-neh’-o] from 1909 and 134; v; AV-praise 4, laud 1, commend 1; 6

1) to approve, to praise

1868 ἔπαινος epainos [ep’-ahee-nos] from 1909 and the base of 134; n m; TDNT-2:586,242; [{See TDNT 247 }] AV-praise 11; 11

1) approbation, commendation, praise

1905 ἐπερωτάω eperotao [ep-er-o-tah’-o] from 1909 and 2065 erotao to question; v; TDNT-2:687,262; [{See TDNT 260 }] AV-ask 53, demand 2, desire 1, ask question 1, question 1, ask after 1; 59

1) to accost one with an enquiry, put a question to, enquiry of, ask, interrogate
2) to address one with a request or demand
2a) to ask of or demand of one

1909 ~ἐπί~ epi \@ep-ee’\@ a root; ; prep AV-on 196, in 120, upon 159, unto 41, to 41, misc 339; 896

1) upon, on, at, by, before
2) of position, on, at, by, over, against
3) to, over, on, at, across, against

1912. επιβαρεω epibareo ep-ee-bar-eh’-o; from 1909 and 916 burden; to be heavy upon, i.e. (pecuniarily) to be expensive to; figuratively, to be severe towards: —  be chargeable to, overcharge.

1922 ἐπίγνωσις epignosis [ep-ig’-no-sis] from 1921; n f; TDNT-1:689,119; [{See TDNT 157 }] AV-knowledge 16, acknowledging 3, acknowledgement 1; 20

1) precise and correct knowledge
1a) used in the NT of the knowledge of things ethical and divine

1923 ~ἐπιγραφή~ epigraphe \@ep-ig-raf-ay’\@ from 1924; ; n f AV-superscription 5; 5

1) an inscription, title
1a) in the NT of an inscription in black letters upon a whitened tablet
1b) of the inscription on a coin

1924 ~ἐπιγράφω~ epigrapho \@ep-ee-graf’-o\@ from 1909 and 1125; ; v AV-write 2, write over 1, write thereon 1, with this inscription + 1722 + 3639 1; 5

1) to write upon, inscribe
2) metaph. to write upon the mind

1927 ἐπιδημέω epidemeo [ep-ee-day-meh’-o] from a compound of 1909 and 1218; v; AV-be there 1, stranger 1; 2

1) to be present among one’s people, in one’s city or one’s native land
2) to be a sojourner
2a) of a foreign resident, among any people, in any country
  • Acts 2:10 Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers <1927> of Rome, Jews and proselytes,
  • Acts 17:21 (For all the Athenians and strangers(3581 xenos) which were there <1927> spent their time in nothing else, but either to tell, or to hear some new thing.)

1937 ~ἐπιθυμέω~ epithumeo \@ep-ee-thoo-meh’-o\@ from 1909 and 2372; v AV-desire 8, covet 3, lust 3, lust after 1, fain 1; 16

1) to turn upon a thing
2) to have a desire for, long for, to desire
3) to lust after, covet
3a) of those who seek things forbidden

1939 ~ἐπιθυμία~ epithumia \@ep-ee-thoo-mee’-ah\@ from 1937 epithumeo to turn upon a thing... to lust after, covet; n f AV-lust 31, concupiscence 3, desire 3, lust after 1; 38

1) desire, craving, longing, desire for what is forbidden, lust

1955 ἐπίλυσις epilusis [ep-il’-oo-sis] from 1956 to expound; n f; TDNT-4:337,543; [{See TDNT 456 }] AV-interpretation 1; 1

1) a loosening, unloosing
2) metaph. interpretation

1956 ἐπιλύω epiluo [ep-ee-loo’-o] from 1909 and 3089 loose 27, break 5, unloose 3, destroy; v; TDNT-4:337,543; [{See TDNT 456 }] AV-expound 1, determine 1; 2

1) to unloose, untie
2) to clear (a controversy), decide, settle
3) to explain (what is obscure and hard to understand)

1969 ~ἐπιπλήσσω~ epiplesso \@ep-ee-place’-so\@ from 1909 and 4141; ; v AV-rebuke 1; 1

1) to strike upon, beat upon
2) to chastise with words, to chide, upbraid, rebuke

1978 ἐπίσημος episēmos ep-is'-ay-mos: Adjective: from 1909 epi and some form of the base of 4591 sēmainō make known

  • Thayer Definition:
having a mark on it, marked, stamped, coined marked in a good sense of note, illustrious in a bad sense notorious, infamous.
  • Strong's remarkable, that is, (figuratively) eminent: - notable, of note.

1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episkeptomai [ep-ee-skep’-tom-ahee] middle voice from 1909 and the base of 4649 to watch; v; TDNT-2:599,244; [{See TDNT 250 }] AV-visit 10, look out 1; 11

1) to look upon or after, to inspect, examine with the eyes
1a) in order to see how he is, i.e. to visit, go to see one
1a1) the poor and afflicted, the sick
1b) to look upon in order to help or to benefit
1b1) to look after, have care for, provide for: of God
1c) to look (about) for, look out (one to choose, employ, etc.)

1984 ἐπισκοπή episkope [ep-is-kop-ay’] from The verb episkeptomai 1980 "to look upon in order to help or to benefit"; n f; TDNT-2:606,244; [{See TDNT 250 }] AV-visitation 2, bishoprick 1, office of a bishop 1; 4

1) investigation, inspection, visitation
1a) that act by which God looks into and searches out the ways, deeds character, of men, in order to adjudge them their lot accordingly, whether joyous or sad
1b) oversight
1b1) overseership, office, charge, the office of an elder
1b2) the overseer or presiding officers of a Christian church

1985 ~ἐπίσκοπος~ episkopos \@ep-is’-kop-os\@ from 1909 and 4649 (in the sense of 1983); n m AV-bishop 6, overseer 1; 7

1) an overseer
1a) a man charged with the duty of seeing that things to be done by others are done rightly, any curator, guardian or superintendent
1b) the superintendent, elder, pastor, or overseer of a Christian church; the NT uses the term bishop, overseers, 1985 pastors, 4166 elders, and presbyters 4245 interchangeably { Acts 20:17,28; Ephesian 4:11; Titus 1:5,7; 1 Peter 5:1-4 etc.}

Template:1987

1991 ~ἐπιστηρίζω~ episterizo \@ep-ee-stay-rid’-zo\@ from 1909 and 4741; v AV-confirm 3,1991 strengthen 1; 4

1) to establish besides, strengthen more
2) to render more firm, confirm

1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistrepho [ep-ee-stref’-o] from 1909 and 4762 turn; v; TDNT-7:722,1093; [{See TDNT 752 }] AV-turn 16, be converted 6, return 6, turn about 4, turn again 3, misc 4; 39

1) transitively
1a) to turn to
1a1) to the worship of the true God
1b) to cause to return, to bring back
1b1) to the love and obedience of God
1b2) to the love for the children
1b3) to love wisdom and righteousness
2) intransitively
2a) to turn to one’s self
2b) to turn one’s self about, turn back
2c) to return, turn back, come back

1995 ἐπιστροφή epistrophe [ep-is-trof-ay’] from 1994 epistrepho be converted, turn; n f; TDNT-7:722,1093; [{See TDNT 752 }] AV-conversion 1; 1

1) conversion (of the Gentiles from idolatry to the true God)

1996 ~ἐπισυνάγω~ episunago \@ep-ee-soon-ag’-o\@ from 1909 and 4863; ; v AV-gather together 5, gather 2; 7 1) to gather together besides, to bring together to others already assembled 2) to gather together against 3) to gather together in one place

1997 ~ἐπισυναγωγή~ episunagoge \@ep-ee-soon-ag-o-gay’\@ from 1996; n f AV-gathering together 1, assembling together 1; 2 1) a gathering together in one place 2) the (religious) assembly (of Christians)

2003 ~ἐπιταγή~ epitage \@ep-ee-tag-ay’\@ from 2004; TDNT-8:36,1156; {See TDNT 784} n f AV-commandment 6, authority 1; 7

1) an injunction, mandate, command

2004 ~ἐπιτάσσω~ epitasso \@ep-ee-tas’-so\@ from 1909 and 5021; ; v AV-command 8, charge 1, enjoin 1; 10

1) to enjoin upon, order, command, charge
The Greek word epitasso translated command appear 10 times but only a few times in the Bible in reference to Jesus. He commanded unclean spirits in Mark 1:27, Luke 4:36, Mark 9:25 and in Luke 8:31. We also see Him command the wind in Luke 8:25.
While Jesus uses the word in Luke 14:22 in a parable of a master commanding his servants to gather people for the wedding feast the only time Jesus commanded people was his disciples in Mark 6:39 to make all sit down by companies.
In Mark 6:27 we see the king sent an executioner, and commanded John the Baptist's head to be brought and Acts 23:2 The high priest Ananias commanded men to smite Jesus on the mouth.
It is very clear the word epitasso is not an invitation, a suggestion, advise, statement
The word "commandments" is not the same and it is usually the Greek word entole which means more a precept or a statement like the word we see in the Old Testament for Commandments.
also Philemon 1:8 Wherefore, though I might be much bold in Christ to enjoin <2004> thee that which is convenient,

2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitithemi [ep-ee-tith’-ay-mee] from 1909 epi and 5087 tithemi to set, put; v; TDNT-8:159,1176; [{See TDNT 791 }] AV-lay on 10, lay 7, put 6, lay upon 4, put on 3, put upon 2, set 2, not tr 1, misc 7; 42

1) in the active voice
1a) to put or lay upon
1b) to add to
2) in the middle voice
2a) to have put on, bid to be laid on
2b) to lay or throw one’s self upon
2c) to attack one, to make an assault on one

2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimao [ep-ee-tee-mah’-o] from 1909 and 5091; v; TDNT-2:623,249; [{See TDNT 252 }] AV-rebuke 24, charge 4, straightly charge 1; 29

1) to show honour to, to honour
2) to raise the price of
3) to adjudge, award, in the sense of merited penalty
4) to tax with fault, rate, chide, rebuke, reprove, censure severely
4a) to admonish or charge sharply
  • For Synonyms see entry 5884

2010 ~ἐπιτρέπω~ epitrepo \@ep-ee-trep’-o\@ from 1909 and the base of 5157; ; v AV-suffer 10, permit 4, give leave 2, give liberty 1, give license 1, let 1; 19

1) to turn to, transfer, commit, instruct
2) to permit, allow, give leave

Template:2016

Template:2017

Template:2018

2032 ἐπουράνιος epouranios ep-oo-ran’-ee-os from 1909 and 3772; adj; TDNT-5:538,736; {See TDNT 571} AV-heavenly 16, celestial 2, in heaven 1, high 1; 20

1) existing in heaven
1a) things that take place in heaven
1b) the heavenly regions
1b1) heaven itself, the abode of God and angels
1b2) the lower heavens, of the stars
1b3) the heavens, of the clouds
1c) the heavenly temple or sanctuary
2) of heavenly origin or nature

2036 ἔπω epo [ep’-o] a primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others being borrowed from 2046, 4483, and 5346); v; AV-say 859, speak 57, tell 41, command 8, bid 5, misc 6, vr say 1; 977

1) to speak, say

2038 ~ἐργάζομαι~ ergazomai \@er-gad’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 2041; Strong's Concordance to search v AV-work 22, wrought 7, do 3, minister about 1, forbear working + 3361 1, labour for 1, labour 1, commit 1, trade by 1, trade 1; 39

1) to work, labour, do work
2) to trade, to make gains by trading, "do business"
3) to do, work out
4) to work for, earn by working, to acquire

2041 ~ἔργον~ ergon \@er’-gon\@ from a primary (but obsolete) ergo (to work); TDNT-2:635,251; {See TDNT 254} n n AV-work 152, deed 22, doing 1, labour 1; 176

1) business, employment, that which any one is occupied
1a) that which one undertakes to do, enterprise, undertaking
2) any product whatever, any thing accomplished by hand, art, industry, or mind
3) an act, deed, thing done: the idea of working is emphasised in opp. to that which is less than work

2052 ~ἐριθεία~ eritheia \@er-ith-i’-ah\@ perhaps as the same as 2042; n f AV-strife 5, contention 1, contentious + 1537 1; 7

1) electioneering or intriguing for office
1a) apparently, in the NT a courting distinction, a desire to put one’s self forward, a partisan and fractious spirit which does not disdain low arts
1b) partisanship, fractiousness

2054 ~ἔρις~ eris \@er’-is\@ of uncertain affinity; ; n f AV-strife 4, debate 2, contention 2, variance 1; 9

1) contention, strife, wrangling

2064 ἔρχομαι erchomai [er’-khom-ahee] middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred [middle voice] ελευθομαι eleuthomai [el-yoo’-thom-ahee,] or [active] ελθω eltho [el’-tho,] which do not otherwise occur); v; TDNT-2:666,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-come 616, go 13, misc 13, vr come 1; 643

1) to come
1a) of persons
1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of persons arriving and of those returning
1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public
2) metaph.
2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find place or influence
2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto
3) to go, to follow one
  • For Synonyms see entry 5818

2065 ~ἐρωτάω~ erotao \@er-o-tah’-o\@ apparently from 2046 cf 2045; v AV-ask 23, beseech 14, pray 14, desire 6, intreat 1; 58

1) to question
2) to ask
2a) to request, entreat, beg, beseech

2066 ἐσθής esthes [es-thace’] from hennumi (to clothe); n f; AV-apparel 3, clothing 2, robe 1, raiment 1; 7 2067 ἔσθησις esthesis garment (Luke 24:4)

1) clothing, raiment, apparel

2067 ἔσθησις esthesis [es’-thay-sis] from a derivative of 2066; n f; AV-garment 1; 1

1) clothing, apparel

2068 ἐσθίω esthio [es-thee’-o] strengthened for a primary εδω edo (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by 5315; v; TDNT-2:689,263; [{See TDNT 261 }] AV-eat 63, live 1, devour 1; 65

1) to eat
2) to eat (consume) a thing
2a) to take food, eat a meal
3) metaph. to devour, consume

2078 ~ἔσχατος~ eschatos \@es’-khat-os\@ a superlative probably from 2192 (in the sense of contiguity); TDNT-2:697,264; {See TDNT 263} adj AV-last 46, lowest 2, uttermost 2, last state 2, ends 1, latter end 1; 54

1) extreme
1a) last in time or in place
1b) last in a series of places
1c) last in a temporal succession
2) the last
2a) last, referring to time
2b) of space, the uttermost part, the end, of the earth
2c) of rank, grade of worth, last i.e. lowest

2085 ἑτεροδιδασκαλέω heterodidaskaleo [het-er-od-id-as-kal-eh’-o] from 2087 heteros-another and 1320 Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; v; TDNT-2:163,161; [{See TDNT 190 }] AV-teach other doctrine 1, teach otherwise 1; 2

1) to teach other or different doctrine
1a) deviating from the truth

2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimazo [het-oy-mad’-zo] from 2092 prepared and ready; v; TDNT-2:704,266; [{See TDNT 267 }] AV-prepare 29, make ready 10, provide 1; 40

1) to make ready, prepare
1a) to make the necessary preparations, get everything ready
2) metaph.
2a) drawn from the oriental custom of sending on before kings on their journeys persons to level the roads and make them passable
2b) to prepare the minds of men to give the Messiah a fit reception and secure his blessings

2095 ~εὖ~ eu \@yoo\@ neuter of a primary eus (good); ; adv AV-well 3, well done 2, good 1; 6

1) to be well off, fare well, prosper
2) acting well

2097 ~εὐαγγελίζω~ euaggelizo \@yoo-ang-ghel-id’-zo\@ from 2095 and 32; v AV-preach 23, preach the Gospel 22, bring good tidings 2, show glad tidings 2, bring glad tidings 1, declare 1, declare glad tidings 1, misc 3; 55

1) to bring good news, to announce glad tidings
1a) used in the OT of any kind of good news
1a1) of the joyful tidings of God’s kindness, in particular, of the Messianic blessings
1b) in the NT used especially of the glad tidings of the coming kingdom of God, and of the salvation to be obtained in it through Christ, and of what relates to this salvation
1c) glad tidings are brought to one, one has glad tidings proclaimed to him
1d) to proclaim glad tidings
1d1) instruct (men) concerning the things that pertain to Christian salvation

2098 ~εὐαγγέλιον~ euaggelion \@yoo-ang-ghel’-ee-on\@ from the same as 2097; n n AV-gospel 46, gospel of Christ 11, gospel of God 7, gospel of the Kingdom 3, misc 10; 77

1) a reward for good tidings
2) good tidings
2a) the glad tidings of the kingdom of God soon to be set up, and subsequently also of Jesus the Messiah, the founder of this kingdom. After the death of Christ, the term comprises also the preaching of (concerning) Jesus Christ as having suffered death on the cross to procure eternal salvation for the men in the kingdom of God, but as restored to life and exalted to the right hand of God in heaven, thence to return in majesty to consummate the kingdom of God
2b) the glad tidings of salvation through Christ
2c) the proclamation of the grace of God manifest and pledged in Christ
2d) the gospel
2e) as the messianic rank of Jesus was proved by his words, his deeds, and his death, the narrative of the sayings, deeds, and death of Jesus Christ came to be called the gospel or glad tidings

2099 ~εὐαγγελιστής~ euaggelistes \@yoo-ang-ghel-is-tace’\@ from 2097; n m AV-evangelist 3; 3

1) a bringer of good tidings, an evangelist
2) the name given to the NT heralds of salvation through Christ who are not apostles

2101 ~εὐάρεστος~ euarestos \@yoo-ar’-es-tos\@ from 2095 and 701; TDNT-1:456,77; {See TDNT 92} adj AV-acceptably 4, well pleasing 3, please well + 1510 1, accepted 1; 9

1) well pleasing, acceptable

2112 εὐθέως eutheos [yoo-theh’-oce] from 2117; adv; AV-immediately 35, straightway 32, forthwith 7, misc 6; 80

1) straightway, immediately, forthwith

2117 εὐθύς euthus [yoo-thoos’] perhaps from 2095 well and 5087 to set; adj; AV-straight 5, right 3, immediately 3, straightway 2, anon 1, by and by 1, forthwith 1; 16

1) straight, level
2) straight forward, upright, true, sincere
3) straightway, immediately, forthwith

2127 εὐλογέω eulogeo [yoo-log-eh’-o] from a compound of 2095 done and 3056 word; v; TDNT-2:754,275; [{ See TDNT 271 }] AV-bless 43, praise 1; 44

1) to praise, celebrate with praises
2) to invoke blessings
3) to consecrate a thing with solemn prayers
3a) to ask God’s blessing on a thing
3b) pray God to bless it to one’s use
3c) pronounce a consecratory blessing on
4) of God
4a) to cause to prosper, to make happy, to bestow blessings on
4b) favoured of God, blessed

2128 εὐλογητός eulogetos [yoo-log-ay-tos’] from 2127 eulogeo from a compound of 2095 eu well done and 3056 logos word; adj; TDNT-2:764,275; [{See TDNT 271 }] AV-blessed (said of God) 8; 8

1) blessed, praised

2129 εὐλογία eulogia [yoo-log-ee’-ah] from the same as 2127 eulogeo from the compound 2095 eu well done and 3056 logos word; n f; TDNT-2:754,275; [{See TDNT 271 }] AV-blessing 11, bounty 2, bountifully + 1909 2, fair speech 1; 16

1) praise, laudation, panegyric: of Christ or God
2) fine discourse, polished language
2a) in a bad sense, language artfully adapted to captivate the hearer: fair speaking, fine speeches
3) an invocation of blessing, benediction
4) consecration
5) a (concrete) blessing, benefit

2140 ~εὐποιΐα~ eupoiia \@yoo-poy-ee’-ah\@ from a compound of 2095 and 4160; ; n f AV-to do good 1; 1 1) adoring good, beneficence</Ref>

2150 ~εὐσέβεια~ eusebeia \@yoo-seb’-i-ah\@ from 2152; TDNT-7:175,1010; {See TDNT 705} n f AV-godliness 14, holiness 1; 15

1) reverence, respect
2) piety towards God, godliness See Religion

2151 ~εὐσεβέω~ eusebeo \@yoo-seb-eh’-o\@ from 2152; v AV-worship 1, show piety 1; 2

1) to act piously or reverently
1a) towards God, one’s country, magistrates, relations, and all to whom dutiful regard or reverence is due

2152 ~εὐσεβής~ eusebes \@yoo-seb-ace’\@ from 2095 and 4576; adj AV-devout 3, godly 1; 4 1) pious, dutiful

2160 ~εὐτραπελία~ eutrapelia \@yoo-trap-el-ee’-ah\@ from a compound of 2095 and a derivative of the base of 5157 (meaning well-turned, i.e. ready at repartee, jocose); ; n f AV-jesting 1; 1 Ephesians 5:4

1) pleasantry, humour, facetiousness (treating serious issues with deliberately inappropriate humor; flippant.)
2) in a bad sense
2a) scurrility, ribaldry, low jesting

2168 ~εὐχαριστέω~ eucharisteo \@yoo-khar-is-teh’-o\@ from 2170; v AV-give thanks 26, thank 12, be thankful 1; 39

1) to be grateful, feel thankful
2) give thanks

2169 ~εὐχαριστία~ eucharistia \@yoo-khar-is-tee’-ah\@ from 2170; TDNT-9:407,1298; {See TDNT 840} n f AV-thanksgiving 9, giving of thanks 3, thanks 2, thankfulness 1; 15

1) thankfulness
2) the giving of thanks
For Synonyms see entry 5883

2170 ~εὐχάριστος~ eucharistos \@yoo-khar’-is-tos\@ from 2095 and a derivative of 5483; adj AV-thankful 1; 1

1) mindful of favours, grateful, thankful
2) pleasing, agreeable
3) acceptable to others, winning, liberal, beneficent

2171 ~εὐχή~ euche \@yoo-khay’\@ from 2172; TDNT-2:775,279; {See TDNT 277} n f AV-vow 2, prayer 1; 3

1) a prayer to God
2) a vow
For Synonyms see entry 5883

2172 ~εὔχομαι~ euchomai \@yoo’-khom-ahee\@ middle voice of a primary verb; TDNT-2:775,279; {See TDNT 277} v AV-wish 3, pray 2, can wish 1, I would 1; 7

1) to pray to God
2) to wish, to pray, to pray for

2182 ~ἐφευρετής~ epheuretes \@ef-yoo-ret’-ace\@ from a compound of 1909 and 2147; ; n m AV-inventor 1; 1

1) an inventor, contriver

2188 ἐφφαθά ephphatha [ef-fath-ah’] of Aramaic origin 06606 פְּתַח See Daniel‎; imperative; AV-ephphatha 1; 1

1) be thou opened
1a) receive the power of hearing, the ears of the deaf and the eyes of the blind being considered as closed

2189 ~ἔχθρα~ echthra \@ekh’-thrah\@ from 2190; TDNT-2:815,285; {See TDNT 279} n f AV-enmity 5, hatred 1; 6

1) enmity
2) cause of enmity

2190 ~ἐχθρός~ echthros \@ech-thros’\@ from a primary echtho (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); TDNT-2:811,285; {See TDNT 279} adj AV-enemy 30, foe 2; 32

1) hated, odious, hateful
2) hostile, hating, and opposing another
2a) used of men as at enmity with God by their sin
2a1) opposing (God) in the mind
2a2) a man that is hostile
2a3) a certain enemy
2a4) the hostile one
2a5) the devil who is the most bitter enemy of the divine government

2192 ~ἔχω~ echo \@ekh’-o\@ including an alternate form ~σχέω~ scheo \@skheh’-o,\@ used in certain tenses only), a primary verb; TDNT-2:816,286; {See TDNT 281} v AV-have 613, be 22, need + 5532 12, misc 63, vr have 2; 712

1) to have, i.e. to hold
1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or involve, to regard or consider or hold as
2) to have i.e. own, possess
2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.
2b) used of those joined to anyone by the bonds of natural blood or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or companionship
3) to hold one’s self or find one’s self so and so, to be in such or such a condition
4) to hold one’s self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere or cling to
4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing

Zeta (Strong's 2194-2227)

2197 Ζαχαρίας Zacharias [dzakh-ar-ee’-as] of Hebrew origin 02148 <02148> זְכַריָה‎ Zek-ar-yáw or זְכַריָהוּ‎ Zek-ar-yáw-hu; n pr m; AV-Zacharias 11; 11 Zacharias  = "remembered of Jehovah"

1) the father of John the Baptist
2) son of Barachias, who was slain by the Jews between the altar and the temple

2198 ~ζάω~ zao \@dzah’-o\@ a primary verb; v AV-live 117, be alive 9, alive 6, quick 4, lively 3, not tr 1, misc 2, vr live 1; 143

1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)
2) to enjoy real life
2a) to have true life and worthy of the name
2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God
3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting
3a) of mortals or character
4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the same upon the soul
5) metaph. to be in full vigour
5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,
5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious

2199 Ζεβεδαῖος Zebedaios [dzeb-ed-ah’-yos] of Hebrew origin, cf. 02067 זַבדִּי‎; n pr m; AV-Zebedee 12; 12 Zebedee  = "my gift"

1) a fisherman of Galilee, the father of the apostles James the Great and John, and the husband of Salome

2204 ζέω zeo [dzeh’-o] a primary verb; v; TDNT-2:875,296; [{See TDNT 283 }] AV-be fervent 1, fervent 1; 2

1) to boil with heat, be hot
1a) used of water
1b) metaph.
1b1) used of boiling anger, love, zeal, for what is good or bad etc.
1b2) fervent in spirit, said of zeal for what is good

2205 ~ζῆλος~ zelos \@dzay’-los\@ from 2204 be fervent; TDNT-2:877,297; {See TDNT 284} n m/n AV-zeal 6, envying 5, indignation 2, envy 1, fervent mind 1, jealousy 1, emulation 1; 17

1) excitement of mind, ardour, fervour of spirit
1a) zeal, ardour in embracing, pursuing, defending anything
1a1) zeal in behalf of, for a person or thing
1a2) the fierceness of indignation, punitive zeal
1b) an envious and contentious rivalry, jealousy

2209 ζημία zemia [dzay-mee’-ah] probably akin to the base of 1150 Damazo (through the idea of violence); n f; TDNT-2:888,299; [{See TDNT 285 }] see 2210 AV-loss 3, damage 1; 4

1) damage, loss

2210 ζημιόω zemioo [dzay-mee-o’-o] from 2209; v; TDNT-2:888,299; [{See TDNT 285 }] AV-lose 2, suffer loss 2, be cast away 1, receive damage 1; 6

1) to affect with damage, do damage to
2) to sustain damage, to receive injury, suffer loss

2212 ζητέω zeteo [dzay-teh’-o] of uncertain affinity; v; TDNT-2:892,300; [{See TDNT 286 }] AV-seek 100, seek for 5, go about 4, desire 3, misc 7; 119

1) to seek in order to find
1a) to seek a thing
1b) to seek [in order to find out] by thinking, meditating, reasoning, to enquire into
1c) to seek after, seek for, aim at, strive after
2) to seek i.e. require, demand
2a) to crave, demand something from someone

2219 ζύμη zume [dzoo’-may] probably from 2204 zeo fervent in anger or spirit; n f; TDNT-2:902,302; [{See TDNT 288 }] AV-leaven 13; 13

1) leaven
2) metaph. of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others
  • Leaven is applied to that which, though small in quantity, yet by its influence thoroughly pervades a thing; either in a good sense as in the parable #Mt 13:33; or in a bad sense, of a pernicious influence, "a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump"
  • 5160 trophe, food; 1035 brosis, food; 106 azumos, unleavened bread, metaphor "free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity"".

2222 ~ζωή~ zoe \@dzo-ay’\@ from 2198 zao live breath; n f AV-life 133, lifetime 1; 134  :

1) life
1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate.
1b) every living soul.
2) life
2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the hypostatic "logos" and to Christ in whom the "logos" put on human nature.
2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect body), and to last for ever.
  • According to recent lexicon edited by Arndt and Gingrich the adjective aionios is presented as having three meanings, in none of which the limiting sense of “age” is carried over from the noun. The adjective, it is claimed, means: (1) without beginning; or (2) without end; or (3) without beginning or end.
  • A. T. Robertson in his WORD PICTURES IN THE NEW TESTAMENT says the adjective “aionios . . . means either without beginning or without end or both” (vol.1, p.202).
  • In the THEOLOGICAL DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT Hermann Sasse admits some passages aionios "weakened”. He suggests that some passages use “the eternity formulae” as “the course of the world” perceived as “a series of smaller aiones” and simply could mean “lifelong” or “enduring”. (p.208).

Eta (Strong's 2228-2279)

2232 ἡγεμών hegemon [hayg-em-ohn’] from 2233; n m; AV-governor 19, ruler 2, prince 1; 22

1) a leader of any kind, a guide, ruler, prefect, president, chief, general, commander, sovereign
1a) a "legatus Caesaris," an officer administering a province in the name and with the authority of the Roman emperor
1a1) the governor of a province
1b) a procurator, an officer who was attached to a proconsul or a proprietor and had charge of the imperial revenues
1b1) in causes relating to these revenues he administered justice. In the smaller provinces also, which were so to speak appendages of the greater, he discharged the functions of governor of the province; and such was the relation of the procurator of Judaea to the governor of Syria.
1c) first, leading, chief
1d) of a principal town as the capital of the region
  • Hegemony from a Greek term that translates “dominance over” and describes the relations between city-states.
  • A hegemon a political state having dominant influence or authority over others, hegemonic ideas.
  • Archon means "ruler" or "lord", In ancient Greece the chief magistrate in various Greek city states.

2233 ~ἡγέομαι~ hegeomai \@hayg-eh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of 71; TDNT-2:907,303; {See TDNT 289} v AV-count 10, think 4, esteem 3, have rule over 3, be governor 2, misc 6; 28

1) to lead
1a) to go before
1b) to be a leader
1b1) to rule, command
1b2) to have authority over
1b3) a prince, of regal power, governor, viceroy, chief, leading as respects influence, controlling in counsel, overseers or leaders of the churches
1b4) used of any kind of leader, chief, commander
1b5) the leader in speech, chief, spokesman
2) to consider, deem, account, think
For Synonyms see entry 5837

2240 ἥκω heko [hay’-ko] a primary verb; v; TDNT-2:926,306; [{See TDNT 291 }] AV-come 27; 27

1) to have come, have arrived, be present
2) metaph.
2a) to come to one, i.e. to seek an intimacy with one, become his follower: to come upon one (unexpectedly)
2b) to come upon one, of things endured

2243 Ἡλίας Helias [hay-lee’-as] of Hebrew origin 0452 AlefLamedYodHeyאֵלִיָּה‎ Elijah; n pr m; TDNT-2:928,306; [{ See TDNT 292 }] AV-Elias 30; 30

1) a prophet born at Thisbe, the unflinching champion of the theocracy in the reigns of the idolatrous kings Ahab and Ahaziah. He was taken up to heaven without dying, whence the Jews expected he would return just before the advent of the Messiah, whom he would prepare the minds of the Israelites to receive.

2258 ἦν en [ane] imperfect of 1510; v; AV-was 267, were 115, had been 12, had 11, taught + 1321 4, stood + 2476 4, misc 42, vr was 1; 457

1) I was, etc.

2270 ~ἡσυχάζω~ hesuchazo \@hay-soo-khad’-zo\@ from the same as 2272; ; v AV-hold (one’s) peace 2, rest 1, cease 1, be quiet 1; 5

1) to keep quiet
1a) to rest, cease from labour
1b) to lead a quiet life, said of those who are not running hither and thither, but stay at home and mind their business
1c) to be silent, i.e. to say nothing, hold one’s peace

2272 ~ἡσύχιος~ hesuchios \@hay-soo’-khee-os\@ a prolonged form of a compound probably of a derivative of the base of 1476 sitting and perhaps 2192 to have; ; adj AV-quiet 1, peaceable 1; 2

1) quiet, tranquil

Theta (Strong's 2280-2382)

2288 ~θάνατος~ thanatos \@than’-at-os\@ from 2348; TDNT-3:7,312; {See TDNT 299} n m AV-death 117, deadly 2; 119

1) the death of the body
1a) that separation (whether natural or violent) of the soul and the body by which the life on earth is ended
1b) with the implied idea of future misery in hell
1b1) the power of death
1c) since the nether world, the abode of the dead, was conceived as being very dark, it is equivalent to the region of thickest darkness i.e. figuratively, a region enveloped in the darkness of ignorance and sin
2) metaph., the loss of that life which alone is worthy of the name,
2a) the misery of the soul arising from sin, which begins on earth but lasts and increases after the death of the body in hell
3) the miserable state of the wicked dead in hell
4) in the widest sense, death comprising all the miseries arising from sin, as well physical death as the loss of a life consecrated to God and blessed in him on earth, to be followed by wretchedness in hell

Template:2289

2293 θαρσέω tharseo [thar-seh’-o] from 2294; v; TDNT-3:25,315; [{See TDNT 300 }] AV-be of good cheer 5, be of good comfort 3; 8

1) to be of good courage, be of good cheer

2294 θάρσος tharsos [thar’-sos] akin (by transp.) to thrasos (daring); n n; AV-courage 1; 1

1) courage, confidence

2296 θαυμάζω thaumazo [thou-mad’-zo] from 2295 thauma admiration; v; TDNT-3:27,316; [{See TDNT 301 }] AV-marvel 29, wonder 14, have in admiration 1, admire 1, marvelled + 2258 1, vr wonder 1; 47

1) to wonder, wonder at, marvel
2) to be wondered at, to be had in admiration

2304 θεῖος theios thi’-os from 2316; adj; TDNT-3:122,322; {See TDNT 305} AV-divine 2, Godhead 1; 3

1) a general name of deities or divinities as used by the Greeks
2) spoken of the only and true God, trinity
2a) of Christ
2b) Holy Spirit
2c) the Father

2307 ~θέλημα~ thelema \@thel’-ay-mah\@ from the prolonged form of 2309; TDNT-3:52,318; {See TDNT 303} n n AV-will 62, desire 1, pleasure 1; 64

1) what one wishes or has determined shall be done
1a) of the purpose of God to bless mankind through Christ
1b) of what God wishes to be done by us
1b1) commands, precepts
2) will, choice, inclination, desire, pleasure

2309. θελω thelo thel’-o; or εθελω ethelo eth-el’-o; in certain tenses θελεω theleo thel-eh’-o; and εθελεω etheleo eth-el-eh’-o; which are otherwise obsolete; apparently strengthened from the alternate form of 138; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas 1014 properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in: —  desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, -ling[-ly]). ‭ 2315 θεόπνευστος theopneustos [theh-op’-nyoo-stos] from 2316 theos a god or goddess, and a presumed derivative of 4154 pneo to blow; adj; TDNT- 6:453,876; [{See TDNT 643 }] AV-given by inspiration of God 1; 1

1) inspired by God
1a) the contents of the scriptures

2316 ~θεός~ theos \@theh’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with 3588) the supreme Divinity; TDNT-3:65,322; {See TDNT 305} n m AV-God 1320, god 13, godly 3, God-ward + 4214 2, misc 5; 1343

1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities
2) the Godhead, trinity
2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity
2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity
2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity
3) spoken of the only and true God
3a) refers to the things of God
3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him
4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in any way
4a) God’s representative or viceregent
4a1) of magistrates and judges

2319 ~θεοστυγής~ theostuges \@theh-os-too-gace’\@ from 2316 and the base of 4767; ; adj AV-hater of God 1; 1

1) hateful to God, exceptionally impious and wicked

2322 ~θεραπεία~ therapeia \@ther-ap-i’-ah\@ from 2323 therapeuo which is commonly translated heal and cure but at least once translated worship; TDNT-3:131,331; {See TDNT 307} n f AV-household 2, healing 2; 4

1) service rendered by one to another
2) spec. medical service: curing, healing
3) household service
3a) body of attendants, servants, domestics

2323 ~θεραπεύω~ therapeuo \@ther-ap-yoo’-o\@ from the same as 2324 therapon the noun meaning "an attendant, servant: of God... the duties committed to him(Moses) by God; TDNT-3:128,331; {See TDNT 307} v AV-heal 38, cure 5, worship 1; 44

1) to serve, do service
2) to heal, cure, restore to health

2324 ~θεράπων~ therapon \@ther-ap’-ohn\@ apparently a participle from an otherwise obsolete derivative of the base of 2330 "summer"; TDNT-3:132,331; see the verb 2323 {See TDNT 307} n m AV-servant 1; 1

1) an attendant, servant: of God
1a) spoken of Moses discharging the duties committed to him by God
For Synonyms see entry 5834 & 5928

2334 θεωρέω theoreo [theh-o-reh’-o] from a derivative of 2300 (perhaps by add. of 3708); v; TDNT- 5:315,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-see 40, behold 11, perceive 4, consider 1, look on 1; 57

1) to be a spectator, look at, behold
1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey
1a1) to view mentally, consider
2) to see
2a) to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one
2b) to discern, descry
2c) to ascertain, find out by seeing
  • For Synonyms see entry 5848

‭2342. θηριον therion thay-ree’-on; diminutive from the same as 2339; a dangerous animal: —  (venomous, wild) beast. ‭ 2343 ~θησαυρίζω~ thesaurizo \@thay-sow-rid’-zo\@ from 2344; v AV-lay up 3, in store 1, lay up treasure 1, treasure up 1, heap treasure together 1, keep in store 1; 8

1) to gather and lay up, to heap up, store up
1a) to accumulate riches
1b) to keep in store, store up, reserve
2) metaph. so to live from day to day as to increase either the bitterness or the happiness of one’s consequent lot

2344 ~θησαυρός~ thesauros \@thay-sow-ros’\@ from 5087; n m AV-treasure 18; 18

1) the place in which good and precious things are collected and laid up
1a) a casket, coffer, or other receptacle, in which valuables are kept
1b) a treasury
1c) storehouse, repository, magazine
2) the things laid up in a treasury, collected treasures

2346 θλίβω thlibo [thlee’-bo] akin to the base of 5147 tribos a path worn way,; v; TDNT-3:139,334; [{See TDNT 311 }] AV-trouble 4, afflict 3, narrow 1, throng 1, suffer tribulation 1; 10

1) to press (as grapes), press hard upon
2) a compressed way
2a) narrow straitened, contracted
3) metaph. to trouble, afflict, distress

2347 θλῖψις thlipsis [thlip’-sis] from 2346 thlibo to press (as grapes), press hard upon a metaphor; n f; TDNT-3:139,334; [{See TDNT 311 }] AV-tribulation 21, affliction 17, trouble 3, anguish 1, persecution 1, burdened 1, to be afflicted + 1519 1; 45

1) a pressing, pressing together, pressure
2) metaph. oppression, affliction, tribulation, distress, straits
  • For Synonyms see entry 5907

2348 ~θνήσκω~ thnesko \@thnay’-sko\@ a strengthened form of a simpler primary ~θανω~ thano \@than’-o\@ (which is used for it only in certain tenses); TDNT-3:7,312; {See TDNT 299} v AV-be dead 10, die 1, dead man 1, dead 1; 13

1) to die, to be dead
2) metaph. to be spiritually dead

2352 θραύω thrauo [throw’-o] a root word; v; AV-bruise 1; 1

1) to break, break in pieces, shatter, smite through
  • For Synonyms see entry
See Definition for θραύω 2352-"to shatter," is suggestive of many fragments and minute dispersion
See Definition for κατάγνυμι 2608-"to break," denotes the destruction of a things unity or completeness
See Definition for ῥήγνυμι 4486-"rend asunder," makes pointed reference to the separation of the parts

2356 ~θρησκεία~ threskeia \@thrace-ki’-ah\@ from a derivative of 2357; n f AV-religion 3, worshipping 1; 4

1) religious worship
1a) esp. external, that which consists of ceremonies
1a1) religious discipline, religion

2357 θρησκός threskos [thrace’-kos] probably from the base of 2360 throeo to cry aloud; adj; TDNT-3:155,337; [{See TDNT 313 }] AV-religious 1; 1

1) fearing or worshipping God
2) to tremble
2a) trembling, fearful

2360 θροέω throeo [thro-eh’-o] from θρεομαι threomai (to wail); v; AV-trouble 3; 3

1) to cry aloud, make a noise by outcry
1a) in the NT, to trouble, frighten
1b) to be troubled in mind, to be frightened, alarmed

2362 θρόνος thronos [thron’-os] from thrao (to sit), a stately seat ("throne"); n m; TDNT-3:160,338; [{See TDNT 315 }] AV-throne 54, seat 7; 61

1) a throne seat
1a) a chair of state having a footstool
1b) assigned in the NT to kings, hence, kingly power or royalty
1b1) metaph. to God, the governor of the world
1b2) to the Messiah, Christ, the partner and assistant in the divine administration
1b2a) hence divine power belonging to Christ
1b3) to judges i.e. tribunal or bench
1b4) to elders

2372 ~θυμός~ thumos \@thoo-mos’\@ from 2380; TDNT-3:167,339; {See TDNT 316} n m AV-wrath 15, fierceness 2, indignation 1; 18

1) passion, angry, heat, anger forthwith boiling up and soon subsiding again
2) glow, ardour, the wine of passion, inflaming wine (which either drives the drinker mad or kills him with its strength)

2374 θύρα thura [thoo’-rah] apparently a root word [cf "door"]; n f; TDNT-3:173,340; [{See TDNT 317 }] AV-door 38, gate 1; 39

1) a door
1a) the vestibule
1b) used of any opening like a door, an entrance, way or passage into
1c) in a parable or metaphor
1c1) the door through which sheep go in and out, the name of him who brings salvation to those who follow his guidance
1c2) "an open door" is used of the opportunity of doing something
1c3) the door of the kingdom of heaven (likened to a palace) denotes the conditions which must be complied with in order to be received into the kingdom of God

2378 θυσία thusia [thoo-see’-ah] from 2380; n f; TDNT-3:180,342; [{See TDNT 318 }] AV-sacrifice 29; 29

1) a sacrifice, victim

2380 ~θύω~ thuo \@thoo’-o\@ a root word; TDNT-3:180,342; {See TDNT 318} v AV-kill 8, sacrifice 3, do sacrifice 2, slay 1; 14

1) to sacrifice, immolate
2) to slay, kill
2a) of the paschal lamb
3) slaughter

Iota (Strong's 2383-2503)

2390 ~ἰάομαι~ iaomai \@ee-ah’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of apparently a primary verb; TDNT-3:194,344; {See TDNT 321} v AV-heal 26, make whole 2; 28

1) to cure, heal
2) to make whole
2a) to free from errors and sins, to bring about (one’s) salvation

2398 ~ἴδιος~ idios \@id’-ee-os\@ of uncertain affinity; ; adj AV-his own 48, their own 13, privately 8, apart 7, your own 6, his 5, own 5, not tr 1, misc 20; 113

1) pertaining to one’s self, one’s own, belonging to one’s self

2399 ~ἰδιώτης~ idiotes \@id-ee-o’-tace\@ from 2398; TDNT-3:215,348; {See TDNT 322} n m AV-unlearned 3, ignorant 1, rude 1; 5

1) a private person as opposed to a magistrate, ruler, king
2) a common soldier, as opposed to a military officer
3) a writer of prose as opposed to a poet
4) in the NT, an unlearned, illiterate, man as opposed to the learned and educated: one who is unskilled in any art

2405 ἱερατεία hierateia [hee-er-at-i’-ah] from the verb 2407 and 2409; n f; TDNT-3:251,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-priest’s office 1, office of the priesthood 1; 2

1) the priesthood, the office of a priest

2406 ~ἱεράτευμα~ hierateuma \@hee-er-at’-yoo-mah\@ from 2407; TDNT-3:249,349; {See TDNT 325} n n AV-priesthood 2; 2

1) the office of a priest
2) the order or body of priests

2407 ~ἱερατεύω~ hierateuo \@hee-er-at-yoo’-o\@ prolongation from 2409; TDNT-3:248,349; {See TDNT 325} v AV-execute the priest’s office 1; 1

1) to be a priest, discharge the office of a priest, to be busied in sacred duties

2409 ἱερεύς hiereus [hee-er-yooce’] from 2413; n m; TDNT-3:257,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-priest 31, high priest 1; 32

1) a priest, one who offers sacrifices and in general in busied with sacred rites
1a) referring to priests of Gentiles or the Jews,
2) metaph. of Christians, because, purified by the blood of Christ and brought into close intercourse with God, they devote their life to him alone and to Christ

2413 ~ἱερός~ hieros \@hee-er-os’\@ of uncertain affinity; adj AV-holy 2; 2

1) sacred, consecrated to the deity, pertaining to God
1a) sacred Scriptures, because inspired by God, treating of divine things and therefore to be devoutly revered

2416 ἱεροσυλέω hierosuleo [hee-er-os-ool-eh’-o] from 2417 guilty of sacrilege; v; TDNT-3:255,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-commit sacrilege 1; 1

1) to commit sacrilege, to rob a temple
1a) in #Romans 2:22, where the meaning is, "thou who abhorrest idols and their contamination, doest yet not hesitate to plunder their shrines"

2424 Ἰησοῦς Iesous [ee-ay-sooce’] of Hebrew origin 03091 יֵשׁוּעַ‎ Jeshua, later form of <03091> יְהוֹשׁוּעַ‎; n pr m; TDNT-3:284,360; [{See TDNT 326 }] AV-Jesus 972, Jesus (Joshua) 2, Jesus (Justus) 1; 975 Jesus  = "Jehovah is salvation"

1) Jesus, the Son of God, the Saviour of mankind, God incarnate
2) Jesus Barabbas was the captive robber whom the Jews begged Pilate to release instead of Christ
3) Joshua was the famous captain of the Israelites, Moses’ successor (#Acts 7:45, Hebrews 4:8)
4) Jesus, son of Eliezer, one of the ancestors of Christ (#Luke 3:29)
5) Jesus, surnamed Justus, a Jewish Christian, an associate with Paul in the preaching of the gospel (# Colossians 4:11)

2425 ἱκανός hikanos [hik-an-os’] from hiko [hikano or hikneomai, akin to 2240 to come] (to arrive); adj; TDNT- 3:293,361; [{See TDNT 327 }] AV-many 11, much 6, worthy 5, long 4, sufficient 3, misc 12; 41

1) sufficient
1a) many enough, enough
1b) sufficient in ability, i.e. meet, fit

2440 ἱμάτιον himation [him-at’-ee-on] from a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); n n; AV-garment 30, raiment 12, clothes 12, cloke 2, robe 2, vesture 2, apparel 1, not tr 1; 62

1) a garment (of any sort)
1a) garments, i.e. the cloak or mantle and the tunic
2) the upper garment, the cloak or mantle
  • For Synonyms see entry 5934

2441. ιματισμος himatismos him-at-is-mos’; from 2439; clothing: —  apparel (X -led), array, raiment, vesture.

2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaia [ee-oo-dah’-yah] feminine of 2453 (with 1093 implied); n pr loc; TDNT-3:356,372; [{See TDNT 336 }] AV-Judaea 44; 44

  • Judaea  = "he shall be praised"
1) in a narrower sense, to the southern portion of Palestine lying on this side of the Jordan and the Dead Sea, to distinguish it from Samaria, Galilee, Peraea, and Idumaea
2) in a broader sense, referring to all Palestine

2454 ~ʼΙουδαϊσμός~ Ioudaismos \@ee-oo-dah-is-mos’\@ from 2450; n m AV-Jews’ religion 2; 2

1) the Jewish faith and worship, religion of the Jews, Judaism

2469 Ἰσκαριώτης Iskariotes [is-kar-ee-o’-tace] of Hebrew origin probably אישׁ קריות‎ (if combined) or אישׁ‎, 0376 אִישׁ‎ and 07149 קִריָא city‎; n pr m; AV-Iscariot 11; 11

Iscariot  = "men of Kerioth"
1) the apostle who betrayed Jesus

2474 ~ʼΙσραήλ~ Israel \@is-rah-ale’\@ of Hebrew origin 03478 ^לארשׁי^; adj AV-Israel 70; 70 In the Hebrew the term Israel meant God prevails but when a person was call Israel it meant "he shall be a prince of God"

1) the name given to the patriarch Jacob (and borne by him in addition to his former name)
2) the family or descendants of Israel, the nation of Israel
3) Christians, the Israel of God (#Ga 6:16), for not all those who draw their bodily descent from Israel are true Israelites, i.e. are those whom God pronounces to be Israelites and has chosen to salvation

2476 ~ἵστημι~ histemi \@his’-tay-mee\@ see 4728 a prolonged form of a primary ~σταω~ stao \@stah’-o\@ (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); TDNT-7:638,1082; {See TDNT 744} v AV-stand 116, set 11, establish 5, stand still 4, stand by 3, misc 17, vr stand 2; 158

1) to cause or make to stand, to place, put, set
1a) to bid to stand by, [set up]
1a1) in the presence of others, in the midst, before judges, before members of the Sanhedrin;
1a2) to place
1b) to make firm, fix establish
1b1) to cause a person or a thing to keep his or its place
1b2) to stand, be kept intact (of family, a kingdom), to escape in safety
1b3) to establish a thing, cause it to stand
1b31) to uphold or sustain the authority or force of anything
1c) to set or place in a balance
1c1) to weigh: money to one (because in very early times before the introduction of coinage, the metals used to be weighed)
2) to stand
2a) to stand by or near
2a1) to stop, stand still, to stand immovable, stand firm
2a1a) of the foundation of a building
2b) to stand
2b1) continue safe and sound, stand unharmed, to stand ready or prepared
2b2) to be of a steadfast mind
2b3) of quality, one who does not hesitate, does not waiver

2478 ἰσχυρός ischuros [is-khoo-ros’] from 2479 ability, strength; adj; TDNT-3:397,378; [{See TDNT 338 }] AV-mighty 10, strong 9, strong man 5, boisterous 1, powerful 1, valiant 1; 27

1) strong, mighty
1a) of living beings
1a1) strong either in body or in mind
1a2) of one who has strength of soul to sustain the attacks of Satan, strong and therefore exhibiting many excellences
1b) on inanimate things
1b1) strong, violent, forcibly uttered, firm, sure

2479 ἰσχύς ischus [is-khoos’] from a derivative of is (force, cf. eschon, a form of 2192); n f; TDNT- 3:397,378; [{See TDNT 338 }] AV-strength 4, power 2, might 2, ability 1, mightily + 1722 1, mighty 1; 11

1) ability, force, strength, might
For Synonyms see entry 5820

Kappa (Strong's 2504-2974)

2504 κἀγώ kago [kag-o’] or καί ἐγώ dative κἀμοί kamoi [kam-oy’,] accusative κἀμέ kame [kam-eh’] from 2532 and 1473; conj; AV-and I 34, I also 17, so I 4, I 4, even I 3, me also 3, misc 7; 72

1) and I
2) I also, I as well, I likewise, in like manner I
3) even I, this selfsame I

2508 καθαίρω kathairo [kath-ah’-ee-ro] from 2513 clean; v; TDNT-3:413,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-purge 2; 2

1) to cleanse, of filth impurity, etc
1a) to prune trees and vines from useless shoots
1b) metaph. from guilt, to expiate

2513 καθαρός katharos [kath-ar-os’] of uncertain affinity; adj; TDNT-3:413,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-pure 17, clean 10, clear 1; 28

1) clean, pure
1a) physically
1a1) purified by fire
1a2) in a similitude, like a vine cleansed by pruning and so fitted to bear fruit
1b) in a levitical sense
1b1) clean, the use of which is not forbidden, imparts no uncleanness
1c) ethically
1c1) free from corrupt desire, from sin and guilt
1c2) free from every admixture of what is false, sincere genuine
1c3) blameless, innocent
1c4) unstained with the guilt of anything
  • For Synonyms see entry 5840 & 5896

2516. καθεζομαὶ kathezomai kath-ed’-zom-ahee; from 2596 and the base of 1476; to sit down: —  sit. ‭

2519 ~καθηγητής~ kathegetes \@kath-ayg-ay-tace’\@ from a compound of 2596 and 2233; ; n m AV-master 3; 3

1) a guide
2) a master, teacher

2520 καθήκω katheko [kath-ay’-ko] from 2596 and 2240 heko to seek an intimacy; v; TDNT-3:437,385; [{See TDNT 344 }] AV-fit 1, convenient 1; 2

1) to come down
2) to come to, reach to
2a) it is becoming
2b) it is fit
  • Kathēkonta are contrasted in Stoic ethics with katorthōma(see Acts 24:2). Kathēkon is a Greek concept, forged by the founder of Stoicism, Zeno of Citium. It may be translated as "appropriate behaviour", "befitting actions", or "convenient action for nature", or also "proper function". The term kathēkon was translated in Latin by Cicero as officium, and by Seneca as convenentia.(see Romans 1:28)
    Whatever the sages of Stoicism would do is what a human being should do as a right action (katorthōma), which is obedient to nature which is the primary sense of kathēkon. To Christianize the Stoic katorthoma, which is a duty of everyman, we must fulfill that duty with fervent charity as opposed to legal charity which feeds not the humility of the soul through daily sacrifice and love but degenerates the soul of the masses and their tyrants.

2521 ~κάθημαι~ kathemai \@kath’-ay-mahee\@ from 2596, and hemai (to sit, akin to the base of 1476); v AV-sit 82, sit down 3, sit by 2, be set down 1, dwell 1; 89

1) to sit down, seat one’s self
2) to sit, be seated, of a place occupied
2a) to have a fixed abode, to dwell

2523 ~καθίζω~ kathizo \@kath-id’-zo\@ another (active) form for 2516 sit; v AV-sit 26, sit down 14, set 2, be set 2, be set down 2, continue 1, tarry 1; 48

1) to make to sit down
1a) to set, appoint, to confer a kingdom on one
2) intransitively
2a) to sit down
2b) to sit
2b1) to have fixed one’s abode
2b2) to sojourn, to settle, settle down
  • καθίσας (kathisas) — 11 Occurrences
Mark 9:35 
..."he sat down"" to make ruling.
Mark 12:41 
Jesus sat over against the treasury[1]
[[Luke 5]):3 
 And he sat down, and taught
Luke 14:28 ... 31
 sitteth not down first, and counteth... and consulteth
Luke 16:6 
bill, and sit down quickly, and write
John 8:2 
him; and he sat down, and taught them.
Acts 12:21 
in royal apparel, sat upon his throne,
Acts 25:6 
 and the next day sitting on
[[Acts 25]):17 
 on the morrow I sat on
Ephesians 1:20 
 the dead, and set [him] at his own

2525 ~καθίστημι~ kathistemi \@kath-is’-tay-mee\@ from 2596 and 2476; v AV-make 8, make ruler 6, ordain 3, be 2, appoint 1, conduct 1, set 1; 22

1) to set, place, put
1a) to set one over a thing (in charge of it)
1b) to appoint one to administer an office
1c) to set down as, constitute, to declare, show to be
1d) to constitute, to render, make, cause to be
1e) to conduct or bring to a certain place
1f) to show or exhibit one’s self
1f1) come forward as
Ordain#An_Appointment_Ex_Officio

2532 καί kai [kahee] apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; conj; AV-and 8173, also 514, even 108, both 43, then 20, so 18, likewise 13, not tr. 350, misc 31, vr and 1; 9251

1) and, also, even, indeed, but

2540 ~καιρός~ kairos \@kahee-ros’\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-3:455,389; {See TDNT 348} n m AV-time 64, season 13, opportunity 2, due time 2, always + 1722 + 3956 2, not tr 1, misc 3; 87

1) due measure
2) a measure of time, a larger or smaller portion of time, hence:
2a) a fixed and definite time, the time when things are brought to crisis, the decisive epoch waited for
2b) opportune or seasonable time
2c) the right time
2d) a limited period of time
2e) to what time brings, the state of the times, the things and events of time

2549 κακία kakia kak-ee’-ah from 2556; TDNT-3:482,391; {See TDNT 351} n f AV-malice 6, maliciousness 2, evil 1, wickedness 1, naughtiness 1; 11

1) malignity, malice, ill-will, desire to injure
2) wickedness, depravity
2a) wickedness that is not ashamed to break laws
3) evil, trouble
  • For Synonyms see entry 5855

2550 ~κακοήθεια~ kakoetheia \@kak-o-ay’-thi-ah\@ from a compound of 2556 and 2239; TDNT-3:485,391; {See TDNT 351} n f AV-malignity 1; 1

1) bad character, depravity of heart and life
2) malignant subtlety, malicious craftiness

2551 κακολογέω kakologeo [kak-ol-og-eh’-o] from a compound of 2556 evil and 3056 words, thing; v; TDNT-3:468,391; [{ See TDNT 350 }] AV-curse 2, speak evil of 2; 4

1) to speak evil of, revile, abuse, one
2) to curse

2552 κακοπάθεια kakopatheia [kak-op-ath’-i-ah] from a compound of 2556 and 3806; n f; TDNT-5:936,798; [{ See TDNT 606 }] AV-suffering affliction 1; 1

1) the suffering of evil, i.e. trouble, distress, afflicted

2553 ~κακοπαθέω~ kakopatheo \@kak-op-ath-eh’-o\@ from the same as 2552; TDNT-5:936,798; {See TDNT 606} v AV-endure hardness 1, suffer trouble 1, endure affliction 1, be afflicted 1; 4

1) to suffer (endure) evils (hardships, troubles)
2) to be afflicted

2554 κακοποιέω kakopoieo [kak-op-oy-eh’-o] from 2555 kakopoios meaning "an evil doer, malefactor" from kakos meaning "evil ...destructive"; v; TDNT-3:485,391; [{See TDNT 351 }] AV-do evil 3, evil doing 1; 4

1) to do harm
2) to do evil, do wrong

2555 κακοποιός kakopoios [kak-op-oy-os’] from 2556 and 4160; adj; TDNT-3:485,391; [{See TDNT 351 }] AV-evildoer 4, malefactor 1; 5

1) an evil doer, malefactor

2556 ~κακός~ kakos \@kak-os’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-3:469,391; {See TDNT 351} adj AV-evil 40, evil things 3, harm 2, that which is evil + 3458 2, wicked 1, ill 1, bad 1, noisome 1; 51

1) of a bad nature
1a) not such as it ought to be
2) of a mode of thinking, feeling, acting
2a) base, wrong, wicked
3) troublesome, injurious, pernicious, destructive, baneful
For Synonyms see entry 5908

2557 κακοῦργος kakourgos [kak-oor’-gos] from 2556 and the base of 2041; adj; TDNT-3:484,391; [{ See TDNT 351 }] AV-malefactor 3, evil doer 1; 4

1) a malefactor

2558 κακουχέω kakoucheo [kak-oo-kheh’-o] from a presumed compound of 2556 and 2192; v; AV-torment 1, suffer adversity 1; 2

1) to treat ill, oppress, plague

2559 κακόω kakoo [kak-o’-o] from 2556; v; TDNT-3:484,391; [{See TDNT 351 }] AV-entreat evil 2, make evil affected 1, vex 1, hurt 1, harm 1; 6

1) to oppress, afflict, harm, maltreat
2) to embitter, render evil affected

2560 κακῶς kakos [kak-oce’] from 2556; TDNT-4:1091,*; adv; AV-be sick + 2192 7, be diseased + 2192 2, evil 2, grievously 1, sore 1, miserable 1, amiss 1, sick people + 2192 1; 16

1) miserable, to be ill
2) improperly, wrongly
3) to speak ill of, revile, one

2564 καλέω kaleo [kal-eh’-o] akin to the base of 2753 to command; v; TDNT-3:487,394; [{See TDNT 352 }] AV-call 125, bid 16, be so named 1, named + 3686 1, misc 3; 146

1) to call
1a) to call aloud, utter in a loud voice
1b) to invite
2) to call i.e. to name, by name
2a) to give a name to
2a1) to receive the name of, receive as a name
2a2) to give some name to one, call his name
2b) to be called i.e. to bear a name or title (among men)
2c) to salute one by name
  • For Synonyms see entry 5823

2570 καλός kalos [kal-os’] of uncertain affinity; adj; TDNT-3:536,402; [{See TDNT 353 }] AV-good 83, better 7, honest 5, meet 2, goodly 2, misc 3; 102

1) beautiful, handsome, excellent, eminent, choice, surpassing, precious, useful, suitable, commendable, admirable
1a) beautiful to look at, shapely, magnificent
1b) good, excellent in its nature and characteristics, and therefore well adapted to its ends
1b1) genuine, approved
1b2) precious
1b3) joined to names of men designated by their office, competent, able, such as one ought to be
1b4) praiseworthy, noble
1c) beautiful by reason of purity of heart and life, and hence praiseworthy
1c1) morally good, noble
1d) honourable, conferring honour
1e) affecting the mind agreeably, comforting and confirming

For Synonyms see entry 5893

2572 καλύπτω kalupto [kal-oop’-to] akin to 2813 klepto to steal and 2928 to conceal coceal; v; TDNT-3:536,405; [{See TDNT 354 }] AV-cover 5, hide 3; 8

1) to hide, veil
1a) to hinder the knowledge of a thing

2573 καλῶς kalos [kal-oce’] from 2570; adv; AV-well 30, good 2, full well 1, misc. 3; 36

1) beautifully, finely, excellently, well
1a) rightly, so that there shall be no room for blame, well, truly
1b) excellently, nobly, commendably
1c) honourably, in honour
1c1) in a good place, comfortable
1d) to speak well of one, to do good
1e) to be well (of those recovering health)

2588 καρδία kardia [kar-dee’-ah] prolonged from a primary kar (Latin, cor, "heart"); n f; TDNT- 3:605,415; [{See TDNT 359 }] AV-heart 159, broken hearted + 4937 1; 160

1) the heart
1a) that organ in the animal body which is the centre of the circulation of the blood, and hence was regarded as the seat of physical life
1b) denotes the centre of all physical and spiritual life
1b1) the vigour and sense of physical life
1b2) the centre and seat of spiritual life
1b2a) the soul or mind, as it is the fountain and seat of the thoughts, passions, desires, appetites, affections, purposes, endeavours
1b2b) of the understanding, the faculty and seat of the intelligence
1b2c) of the will and character
1b2d) of the soul so far as it is affected and stirred in a bad way or good, or of the soul as the seat of the sensibilities, affections, emotions, desires, appetites, passions
1c) of the middle or central or inmost part of anything, even though inanimate

2594 ~καρτερέω~ kartereo \@kar-ter-eh’-o\@ from a derivative of a word meaning dominion 2904 (transp.); TDNT-3:617,417; {See TDNT 361} v AV-endure 1; 1

1) to be steadfast

2596 ~κατά~ kata \@kat-ah’\@ a primary particle; ; prep AV-according to 107, after 61, against 58, in 36, by 27, daily + 2250 15, as 11, misc 165; 480

1) down from, through out
2) according to, toward, along

2615 ~καταδουλόω~ katadouloo \@kat-ad-oo-lo’-o\@ from 2596 and 1402 douloo "to make a slave of"; v AV-bring into bondage 2; 2

1) to bring into bondage, enslave
2) to enslave to one’s self, bring into bondage to one’s self

2621 ~κατάκειμαι~ katakeimai \@kat-ak’-i-mahee\@ from 2596 and 2749; TDNT-3:655,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-lie 6, sit at meat 3, keep 1, sat down + 2258 1; 11

1) to have lain down, i.e. to lie prostrate
1a) of the sick
1b) of those at meals, to recline

2625 ~κατακλίνω~ kataklino \@kat-ak-lee’-no\@ from 2596 and 2827; ; v AV-sit down 1, sit at meat 1, make sit down 1; 3

1) in the NT in reference to eating, to make to recline
2) to recline (at a table)

2632 κατακρίνω katakrinō kat-ak-ree'-no from 2596 and 2919, From kata and krino; to judge against, i.e. Sentence -- condemn, damn. Verb; TDNT entry: 18:51,5

1 to give judgment against, to judge worthy of punishment, to condemn
a. by one's good example to render another's wickedness the
b. more evident and censurable
2. to judge against, that is, sentence: - condemn, damn.

2634 κατακυριεύω katakurieuo [kat-ak-oo-ree-yoo’-o] from 2596 according and 2961 "to be lord of, to rule, have dominion"; v; TDNT-3:1098,486; [{See TDNT 418 }] AV-exercise dominion over 1, overcome 1, be lord over 1, exercise lordship over 1; 4

1) to bring under one’s power, to subject one’s self, to subdue, master
2) to hold in subjection, to be master of, exercise lordship over

2637 ~κατάλαλος~ katalalos \@kat-al’-al-os\@ from 2596 and the base of 2980; TDNT-4:3,495; {See TDNT 423} adj AV-backbiter 1; 1

1) a defamer, evil speaker

2647 ~καταλύω~ kataluo \@kat-al-oo’-o\@ from 2596 and 3089; v AV-destroy 9, throw down 3, lodge 1, guest 1, come to nought 1, overthrow 1, dissolve 1; 17

1) to dissolve, disunite
1a) (what has been joined together), to destroy, demolish
1b) metaph. to overthrow i.e. render vain, deprive of success, bring to naught
1b1) to subvert, overthrow
1b1a) of institutions, forms of government, laws, etc., to deprive of force, annul, abrogate, discard
1c) of travellers, to halt on a journey, to put up, lodge (the figurative expression originating in the circumstance that, to put up for the night, the straps and packs of the beasts of burden are unbound and taken off; or, more correctly from the fact that the traveller’s garments, tied up when he is on the journey, are unloosed at it end)

‭2663. καταπαυσις katapausis kat-ap’-ow-sis; from 2664 katapauo from 2596 kata about and 3973 pauo cease; Pto settle down, i.e. (literally) to colonize, ; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode: —  rest. ‭

2665 καταπέτασμα katapetasma [kat-ap-et’-as-mah] from a compound of 2596 and a congener of 4072; n n; TDNT- 3:628,420; [{See TDNT 367 }] AV-veil 6; 6

1) a veil spread out, a curtain
1a) the name given to the two curtains in the temple at Jerusalem, one of them at the entrance to the temple separated the Holy Place from the outer court, the other veiled the Holy of Holies from the Holy Place

2675 ~καταρτίζω~ katartizo \@kat-ar-tid’-zo\@ from 2596 and a derivative of 739; TDNT-1:475,80; {See TDNT 100} v AV-perfect 2, make perfect 2, mend 2, be perfect 2, fit 1, frame 1, prepare 1, restore 1, perfectly joined together 1; 13

1) to render, i.e. to fit, sound, complete
1a) to mend (what has been broken or rent), to repair
1a1) to complete
1b) to fit out, equip, put in order, arrange, adjust
1b1) to fit or frame for one’s self, prepare
1c) ethically: to strengthen, perfect, complete, make one what he ought to be

2686 κατασοφίζομαι katasophizomai [kat-as-of-id’-zom-ahee] middle voice from 2596 and 4679; v; AV-deal subtilly with 1; 1

1) to circumvent by artifice or fraud, conquer by subtle devices (sophistry)
2) to outwit
3) overreach
4) to deal craftily with

2690 καταστρέφω katastrepho [kat-as-tref’-o] from 2596 and 4762; v; TDNT-7:715,1093; [{See TDNT 752 }] AV-overthrow 2; 2

1) to turn over, turn under
1a) the soil with a plough
2) to overturn, overthrow, throw down

2698 ~κατατίθημι~ katatithemi \@kat-at-ith’-ay-mee\@ from 2596 and 5087; ; v AV-lay 1, show 1, do 1; 3

1) to lay down, deposit, lay up
2) to lay by or up for one’s self, for future use
3) to lay up favour for one’s self with any one, to gain favour with (to do something for one which may win favour)

2699 ~κατατομή~ katatome \@kat-at-om-ay’\@ from a compound of 2596 and temno (to cut); n f AV-concision 1; 1

1) to cut up, mutilation, spoiling

2729 κατισχύω katischuo [kat-is-khoo’-o] from 2596 and 2480; v; TDNT-3:397,378; [{See TDNT 338 }] AV-prevail against 1, prevail 1; 2

1) to be strong to another’s detriment, to prevail against
2) to be superior in strength
3) to overcome
4) to prevail

2735 κατόρθωμα katorthoma [kat-or’-tho-mah] from a compound of 2596 kata and a derivative of 3717 orthos upright [cf 1357]; n n; AV-very worthy deed 1; 1

1) a right action, a successful achievement
1a) of wholesome public measures or institutions
  • Kathēkonta are contrasted in Stoic ethics with katorthōma(see Acts 24:2). Kathēkon is a Greek concept, forged by the founder of Stoicism, Zeno of Citium. It may be translated as "appropriate behaviour", "befitting actions", or "convenient action for nature", or also "proper function". The term kathēkon was translated in Latin by Cicero as officium, and by Seneca as convenentia.(see Romans 1:28)
    Whatever the sages of Stoicism would do is what a human being should do as a right action (katorthōma), which is obedient to nature which is the primary sense of kathēkon. To Christianize the Stoic katorthoma, which is a duty of everyman, we must fulfill that duty with fervent charity as opposed to legal charity which feeds not the humility of the soul through daily sacrifice and love but degenerates the soul of the masses and their tyrants.

2744 ~καυχάομαι~ kauchaomai \@kow-khah’-om-ahee\@ from some (obsolete) base akin to that of aucheo (to boast) and 2172; TDNT-3:645,423; {See TDNT 377} v AV-glory 23, boast 8, rejoice 4, make boast 2, joy 1; 38

1) to glory (whether with reason or without)
2) to glory on account of a thing
3) to glory in a thing
  • The antitheses of humility.

2745 καύχημα kauchema [kow’-khay-mah] from 2744; n n; TDNT-3:645,423; [{See TDNT 377 }] AV-rejoicing 4, to glory 3, glorying 2, boasting 1, rejoice 1; 11

1) that of which one glories or can glory, matter or ground of glorying2) a glorying or boasting

2749 ~κεῖμαι~ keimai \@ki’-mahee\@ middle voice of a primary verb; TDNT-3:654,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-lie 9, be laid 6, be set 6, be appointed 1, be 1, be made 1, laid up 1, there 1; 26

1) to lie
1a) of an infant
1b) of one buried
1c) of things that quietly cover some spot
1c1) of a city situated on a hill
1d) of things put or set in any place, in ref. to which we often use "to stand"
1d1) of vessels, of a throne, of the site of a city, of grain and other things laid up together, of a foundation
2) metaph.
2a) to be (by God’s intent) set, i.e. destined, appointed
2b) of laws, to be made, laid down
2c) lies in the power of the evil one, i.e. is held in subjection by the devil

2753 ~κελεύω~ keleuo \@kel-yoo’-o\@ from a primary kello (to urge on); ; v AV-command 24, at (one’s) command 1, give commandment 1, bid 1; 27

1) to command, to order

2756 ~κενός~ kenos \@ken-os’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-3:659,426; {See TDNT 380} adj AV-vain 9, in vain 4, empty 4, vain things 1; 18

1) empty, vain, devoid of truth
1a) of places, vessels, etc. which contain nothing
1b) of men
1b1) empty handed
1b2) without a gift
1c) metaph. destitute of spiritual wealth, of one who boasts of his faith as a transcendent possession, yet is without the fruits of faith
1d) metaph. of endeavours, labours, acts, which result in nothing, vain, fruitless, without effect
1d1) vain of no purpose

2760 ~κεντυρίων~ kenturion \@ken-too-ree’-ohn\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-centurion 3; 3

1) centurion, an officer in the Roman army
  • Mark 15:39 And when the centurion <2760>, which stood over against him, saw that he so cried out, and gave up the ghost, he said, Truly this man was the Son of God.
  • Mark 15:44 And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling unto him the centurion <2760>, he asked him whether he had been any while dead.
  • Mark 15:45 And when he knew it of the centurion <2760>, he gave the body to Joseph.

2770 κερδαίνω kerdaino [ker-dah’-ee-no] from 2771 lucre ; v; TDNT-3:672,428; [{See TDNT 383 }] AV-gain 13, win 2, get gain 1, vr gain 1; 17

1) to gain, acquire, to get gain
2) metaph.
2a) of gain arising from shunning or escaping from evil (where we say "to spare one’s self," "be spared")
2b) to gain any one i.e. to win him over to the kingdom of God, to gain one to faith in Christ
2c) to gain Christ’s favour and fellowship

2771 κέρδος kerdos [ker’-dos] of uncertain affinity; n n; TDNT-3:672,428; [{See TDNT 383 }] AV-gain 2, lucre 1; 3

1) gain, advantage

2776 κεφαλή kephale [kef-al-ay’] from the primary kapto (in the sense of seizing); n f; TDNT- 3:673,136,429; [{See TDNT 168 }] [{See TDNT 382 }] AV-head 76; 76

1) the head, both of men and often of animals. Since the loss of the head destroys life, this word is used in the phrases relating to capital and extreme punishment.
2) metaph. anything supreme, chief, prominent
2a) of persons, master lord: of a husband in relation to his wife
2b) of Christ: the Lord of the husband and of the Church
2c) of things: the corner stone

2778 ~κῆνσος~ kensos \@kane’-sos\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-tribute 4; 4

1) census (among the Romans, denoting a register and valuation of property in accordance with which taxes were paid), in the NT the tax or tribute levied on individuals and to be paid yearly. (our capitation or poll tax)
2) the coin with which the tax is paid, tribute money
  • Other words translated tribute in the New Testament include 5411 and 1323.

2784 ~κηρύσσω~ kerusso \@kay-roos’-so\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-3:697,430; {See TDNT 385} v AV-preach 51, publish 5, proclaim 2, preached + 2258 2, preacher 1; 61

1) to be a herald, to officiate as a herald
1a) to proclaim after the manner of a herald
1b) always with the suggestion of formality, gravity and an authority which must be listened to and obeyed
2) to publish, proclaim openly: something which has been done
3) used of the public proclamation of the gospel and matters pertaining to it, made by John the Baptist, by Jesus, by the apostles and other Christian teachers

2801 κλάσμα klasma [klas’-mah] from 2806 klao break; n n; TDNT-3:726,437; [{See TDNT 389 }] AV-fragment 7, broken meat 2; 9

1) a fragment, broken piece
1a) remnants of food

2805 κλαυθμός klauthmos [klowth-mos’] from 2799 klaio to mourn; n m; TDNT-3:725,436; [{See TDNT 388 }] AV-weeping 6, wailing 2, weep 1; 9

1) weeping, lamentation

2807 κλείς kleis [klice] from 2808 kleio v shut metaph. to shut up compassion; n f; TDNT-3:744,439; [{See TDNT 390 }] AV-key 6; 6

1) a key
1a) since the keeper of the keys has the power to open and to shut
1b) metaph. in the NT to denote power and authority of various kinds

2808 κλείω kleio [kli’-o] a primary verb, see 2807; v; AV-shut 12, shut up 4; 16

1) to shut, shut up
2) metaph.
2a) to cause the heavens to withhold rain
2b) to shut up compassion so that it is like a thing inaccessible to one, to be devoid of pity towards one
2c) to obstruct the entrance into the kingdom of heaven

2812 ~κλέπτης~ kleptes \@klep’-tace\@ from 2813 klepto v. to steal; TDNT-3:754,441; {See TDNT 391} n m AV-thief 16; 16

1) an embezzler, pilferer
1a) the name is transferred to false teachers, who do not care to instruct men, but abuse their confidence for their own gain

2816 ~κληρονομέω~ kleronomeo \@klay-ron-om-eh’-o\@ from 2818; TDNT-3:767,442; {See TDNT 393} v AV-inherit 15, be heir 2, obtain by inheritance 1; 18

1) to receive a lot, receive by lot
1a) esp. to receive a part of an inheritance, receive as an inheritance, obtain by right of inheritance
1b) to be an heir, to inherit
2) to receive the portion assigned to one, receive an allotted portion, receive as one’s own or as a possession
3) to become partaker of, to obtain

2817. κληρονομια kleronomia klay-ron-om-ee’-ah; from 2818 kleronomos inheritor; heirship, i.e. (concretely) a patrimony or (genitive case) a possession: —  inheritance.

‭2818. κληρονομος kleronomos klay-ron-om’-os; from 2819 kleros patrimonial possession and the base of 3551 nomos regulitory priniples (in its original sense of partitioning, i.e. [reflexively] getting by apportionment); a sharer by lot, i.e. inheritor (literally or figuratively); by implication, a possessor: —  heir. ‭

2819 ~κλῆρος~ kleros \@klay’-ros\@ probably from 2806 (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose); n m AV-lot 8, part 2, inheritance 2, heritage 1; 13

1) an object used in casting or drawing lots, which was either a pebble, or a potsherd, or a bit of wood
1a) the lots of several persons concerned, inscribed with their names, were thrown together into a vase, which was then shaken, and he whose lot fell out first upon the ground was the one chosen
2) what is obtained by lot, allotted portion
2a) a portion of the ministry common to the apostles
2b) used of the part which one will have in eternal salvation
2b1) of salvation itself
2b2) the eternal salvation which God has assigned to the saints
2c) of persons
2c1) those whose care and oversight has been assigned to one [allotted charge], used of Christian churches, the administration of which falls to the lot of presbyters

lot Matthew 27:35, Mark 15:24, Luke 23:34, John 19:24, Acts 1:26, Acts 8:21
part Acts 1:17, Acts 1:25
inheritance Acts 26:18, Colossians 1:12, 1 Peter 5:3 heritage

2821 κλῆσις klesis [klay’-sis] from a shorter form of 2564; n f; TDNT-3:491,394; [{See TDNT 352 }] AV-calling 10, vocation 1; 11

1) a calling, calling to
2) a call, invitation
2a) to a feast
2b) of the divine invitation to embrace salvation of God

2825 κλίνη kline [klee’-nay] from 2827 incline; n n; AV-bed 9, table 1; 10

1) a small bed, a couch
2) a couch to recline on at meals
3) a couch on which a sick man is carried

2827 ~κλίνω~ klino \@klee’-no\@ a root word; ; v AV-lay 2, bow 1, bow down 1, be far spent 1, turn to fight 1, wear away 1; 7

1) transitively
1a) to incline, bow
1b) to cause to fall back
1c) to recline
1c1) in a place for repose
2) intransitively
2a) to incline one’s self
2a1) of the declining of the day

2828 κλισία klisia [klee-see’-ah] from a derivative of 2827 klino to lay or fall; n f; AV-company 1; 1

1) a hut erected to pass the night in
2) a tent
3) anything to recline on
3a) a chair in which to lean back the head
3b) a reclining chair
4) a company reclining
4a) a row or party of persons reclining at meal

2835 ~κοδράντης~ kodrantes \@kod-ran’-tace\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-farthing 2; 2

1) a quadrans (about the fourth part of an "as"); in the NT a coin equal to one half the Attic chalcus worth about 3/8 of a cent
  • Matthew 5:26 Verily I say unto thee, Thou shalt by no means come out thence, till thou hast paid the uttermost farthing <2835>.
  • Mark 12:42 And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing <2835>.

2837 κοιμάω koimao [koy-mah’-o] from 2749 to lie, or set, metaphor "in the power of the evil one, i.e. is held in subjection by the devil"; v; AV-sleep 10, fall asleep 4, be asleep 2, fall on sleep 1, be dead 1; 18

1) to cause to sleep, put to sleep
2) metaph.
2a) to still, calm, quiet
2b) to fall asleep, to sleep
2c) to die

2838 κοίμησις koimesis [koy’-may-sis] from 2837 koimao sleep; n f; AV-taking of rest 1; 1

1) a reposing, taking rest
2) a lying, reclining

2839 ~κοινός~ koinos \@koy-nos’\@ probably from 4862; TDNT-3:789,447; {See TDNT 395} adj AV-common 7, unclean 3, defiled 1, unholy 1; 12

1) common
2) common i.e. ordinary, belonging to generality
2a) by the Jews, unhallowed, profane, Levitically unclean

It primarily meant "common, mutual, shared, joint".

2840 κοινόω koinoo [koy-no’-o] from 2839 adj. koinos common; v; TDNT-3:809,447; [{See TDNT 395 }] AV-defile 11, call common 2, pollute 1, unclean 1; 15

1) to make common
1a) to make (Levitically) unclean, render unhallowed, defile, profane
1b) to declare or count unclean

2842 ~κοινωνία~ koinonia \@koy-nohn-ee’-ah\@ from 2844 partaker ; TDNT-3:797,447; {See TDNT 395} n f AV-fellowship 12, communion 4, communication 1, distribution 1, contribution 1, to communicate 1; 20

1) fellowship, association, community, communion, joint participation, intercourse
1a) the share which one has in anything, participation
1b) intercourse, fellowship, intimacy
1b1) the right hand as a sign and pledge of fellowship (in fulfilling the apostolic office)
1c) a gift jointly contributed, a collection, a contribution, as exhibiting an embodiment and proof of fellowship

2844 ~κοινωνός~ koinonos \@koy-no-nos’\@ from 2839; TDNT-3:797,447; {See TDNT 395} n m AV-partaker 5, partner 3, fellowship 1, companion 1; 10

1) a partner, associate, comrade, companion
2) a partner, sharer, in anything
2a) of the altar in Jerusalem on which the sacrifices are offered
2a1) sharing in the worship of the Jews
2b) partakers of (or with) demons
2b1) brought into fellowship with them, because they are the authors of heathen worship

2849 κολάζω kolazo [kol-ad’-zo] from kolos (dwarf); v; TDNT-3:814,451; [{See TDNT 397 }] AV-punish 2; 2

1) to lop or prune, as trees and wings
2) to curb, check, restrain
3) to chastise, correct, punishment
4) to cause to be punished

2850. κολακεια kolakeia kol-ak-i’-ah; from a derivative of κολαξ kolax (a fawner); flattery: —  X flattering.

2853 ~κολλάω~ kollao \@kol-lah’-o\@ from kolla ("glue"); TDNT-3:822,452; {See TDNT 400} v AV-join (one’s) self 4, cleave 3, be joined 2, keep company 1, vr reach 1; 11

1) to glue, to glue together, cement, fasten together
2) to join or fasten firmly together
3) to join one’s self to, cleave to

2856 κολοβόω koloboo [kol-ob-o’-o] from a derivative of the base of 2849; v; TDNT-3:823,452; [{ See TDNT 401 }] AV-shorten 4; 4

1) to mutilate
2) in NT: to shorten, abridge, curtail

2865 ~κομίζω~ komizo \@kom-id’-zo\@ from a primary komeo (to tend, i.e. take care of); ; v AV-receive 10, bring 1; 11

1) to care for, take care of, provide for
2) to take up or carry away in order to care for and preserve
3) to carry away, bear off
4) to carry, bear, bring to, to carry away for one’s self, to carry off what is one’s own, to bring back
4a) to receive, obtain: the promised blessing
4b) to receive what was previously one’s own, to get back, receive back, recover

2875 κόπτω kopto [kop’-to] a root word; v; TDNT-3:830,453; [{See TDNT 405 }] AV-bewail 2, lament 2, cut down 2, wail 1, mourn 1; 8

1) to cut, strike, smite
2) to cut from, cut off
3) to beat one’s breast for grief
  • For Synonyms see entry 5932

2878 ~κορβᾶν~ korban \@kor-ban’\@ and ~κορβανάς~ korbanas \@kor-ban-as’\@ of Hebrew and Aramaic origin respectively 07133 ^ןברק^; TDNT-3:860,459; {See TDNT 406} n m AV-treasury 1, corban 1; 2

1) a gift offered (or to be offered) to God
2) the sacred treasury
  • Matthew 27:6 And the chief priests took the silver pieces, and said, It is not lawful for to put them into the treasury <2878>, because it is the price of blood.
  • Mark 7:11 But ye say, If a man shall say to his father or mother, It is Corban <2878>, that is to say, a gift, by whatsoever thou mightest be profited by me; he shall be free.

2886 ~κοσμικός~ kosmikos \@kos-mee-kos’\@ from 2889 (in its secondary sense); TDNT-3:897,459; {See TDNT 407} adj AV-worldly 2; 2

1) of or belonging to the world
1a) relating to the universe
1b) earthly
1c) worldly, i.e. having the character of this present corrupt kosmizo

2888 ~κοσμοκράτωρ~ kosmokrator \@kos-mok-rat’-ore\@ from 2889 and 2902; n m AV-ruler 1; 1

1) lord of the world, prince of this age
1a) the devil and his demons

2889 ~κόσμος~ kosmos \@kos’-mos\@ probably from the base of 2865; TDNT-3:868,459; {See TDNT 407} n m AV-world 186, adorning 1; 187

1) an apt and harmonious arrangement or constitution, order, government
2) ornament, decoration, adornment, i.e. the arrangement of the stars, ‘the heavenly hosts’, as the ornament of the heavens. #1Pe 3:3
3) the world, the universe
4) the circle of the earth, the earth
5) the inhabitants of the earth, men, the human family
6) the ungodly multitude; the whole mass of men alienated from God, and therefore hostile to the cause of Christ
7) world affairs, the aggregate of things earthly
7a) the whole circle of earthly goods, endowments riches, advantages, pleasures, etc, which although hollow and frail and fleeting,stir desire, seduce from God and are obstacles to the cause of Christ
8) any aggregate or general collection of particulars of any sort
8a) the Gentiles as contrasted to the Jews {#Ro 11:12 etc}
8b) of believers only, {#Joh 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47 1Co 4:9; 2Co 5:19} {See Pink_Sovereignity Appendix D, John 3:16 21}
  • For Synonyms see entry 5921

2891 κοῦμι koumi [koo’-mee] of Aramaic origin 06966 קוּמִי‎; v; AV-cumi 1; 1

1) arise

2289 θανατόω thanatoo [than-at-o’-o] from 2288; v; TDNT-3:21,312; [{See TDNT 299 }] AV-put to death 4, cause to be put to death 3, kill 2, become dead 1, mortify 1; 11

1) to put to death
2) metaph.
2a) to make to die i.e. destroy, render extinct
2b) by death to be liberated from the bond of anything, literally to be made dead in relation to (something)

‭2902. κρατεω krateo krat-eh’-o; from kratos 2904 power, dominion; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively): —  hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).

2904 ~κράτος~ kratos \@krat’-os\@ perhaps a primary word; TDNT-3:905,466; {See TDNT 410} n n AV-power 6, dominion 4, strength 1, mighty + 2596 1; 12

1) force, strength
2) power, might: mighty with great power
2a) a mighty deed, a work of power
3) dominion
For Synonyms see entry 5820

2907 ~κρέας~ kreas \@kreh’-as\@ perhaps a primary word; ; n n AV-flesh 2; 2

1) (the) flesh (of a sacrificed animal)

2908 ~κρεῖσσον~ kreisson \@krice’-son\@ neuter of an alternate form of 2909; ; adv AV-better 2; 2

1) better, i.e. greater advantage

2909 ~κρείττων~ kreitton \@krite’-tohn\@ comparative of a derivative of 2904; ; adj AV-better 17, best 1; 18

1) more useful, more serviceable, more advantageous
2) more excellent

2917 ~κρίμα~ krima \@kree’-mah\@ from 2919 krino judge to separate; n n AV-judgment 13, damnation 7, condemnation 5, be condemned 1, go to law + 2192 1, avenge + 2919 1; 28

1) a decree, judgments
2) judgment
2a) condemnation of wrong, the decision (whether severe or mild) which one passes on the faults of others
2b) in a forensic sense
2b1) the sentence of a judge
2b2) the punishment with which one is sentenced
2b3) condemnatory sentence, penal judgment, sentence
3) a matter to be judicially decided, a lawsuit, a case in court

2919 ~κρίνω~ krino \@kree’-no\@ perhaps a primitive word; TDNT-3:921,469; {See TDNT 412} v AV-judge 88, determine 7, condemn 5, go to law 2, call in question 2, esteem 2, misc 8; 114

1) to separate, put asunder, to pick out, select, choose
2) to approve, esteem, to prefer
3) to be of opinion, deem, think, to be of opinion
4) to determine, resolve, decree
5) to judge
5a) to pronounce an opinion concerning right and wrong
5a1) to be judged, i.e. summoned to trial that one’s case may be examined and judgment passed upon it
5b) to pronounce judgment, to subject to censure
5b1) of those who act the part of judges or arbiters in matters of common life, or pass judgment on the deeds and words of others
6) to rule, govern
6a) to preside over with the power of giving judicial decisions, because it was the prerogative of kings and rulers to passjudgment
7) to contend together, of warriors and combatants
7a) to dispute
7b) in a forensic sense
7b1) to go to law, have suit at law

2922 ~κριτήριον~ kriterion \@kree-tay’-ree-on\@ from a presumed derivative of 2923; TDNT-3:943,469; {See TDNT 412} n n AV-to judge 1, judgment 1, judgment seat 1; 3

1) the instrument or means of trying or judging anything
1a) the rule by which one judges
2) the place where judgment is given
2a) the tribunal of a judge
2b) a bench of judges
3) the matter judged, thing to be decided, suit, case
1 Corinthians 6:2 Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge <2922> the smallest matters?
1 Corinthians 6:4 If then ye have judgments <2922> of things pertaining to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church.
James 2:6 But ye have despised the poor. Do not rich men oppress you, and draw you before the judgment seats <2922>?

2923 ~κριτής~ krites \@kree-tace’\@ from 2919; TDNT-3:942,469; {See TDNT 412} n m AV-judge 15, Judge 2; 17

1) one who passes or arrogates to himself, judgment on anything
1a) an arbiter
1b) of a Roman procurator administering justice
1c) of God passing judgment on men
1d) of the leaders or rulers of the Israelites

2927 κρυπτός kruptos [kroop-tos’] or κρυφαίος kruphaios [kroof-ay’-os] from 2928 krupto to conceal (that it may not become known); adj; TDNT-3:957,476; [{See TDNT 414 }] AV-secret 12, hid 3, hidden 3, inwardly 1; 19

1) hidden, concealed, secret

2932 ~κτάομαι~ ktaomai \@ktah’-om-ahee\@ a primary verb; ; v AV-possess 3, purchase 2, provide 1, obtain 1; 7 1) to acquire, get, or procure a thing for one’s self, to possess 1a) to marry a wife

2933 ~κτῆμα~ ktema \@ktay’-mah\@ from 2932; ; n n AV-possession 4; 4

1) a possession
1a) of property, lands, estates
Matthew 19:22 But when the young man heard that saying, he went away sorrowful: for he had great possessions <2933>.
Mark 10:22 And he was sad at that saying, and went away grieved: for he had great possessions <2933>.
Acts 2:45 And sold their possessions <2933> and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need.
Acts 5:1 But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession <2933>,

2936 ~κτίζω~ ktizo \@ktid’-zo\@ probably akin to 2932 (through the idea of proprietor-ship of the manufacturer); v AV-create 12, Creator 1, make 1; 14

1) to make habitable, to people, a place, region, island
1a) to found a city, colony, state
2) to create
2a) of God creating the worlds
2b) to form, shape, i.e. to completely change or transform

2937 ~κτίσις~ ktisis \@ktis’-is\@ from 2936 to fabricate or make; n f AV-creature 11, creation 6, building 1, ordinance 1; 19

1) the act of founding, establishing, building etc
1a) the act of creating, creation
1b) creation i.e. thing created
1b1) of individual things, beings, a creature, a creation
1b1a) anything created
1b1b) after a rabbinical usage (by which a man converted from idolatry to Judaism was called)
1b1c) the sum or aggregate of things created
1c) institution, ordinance</Ref> which is also translated creature 11 times

2938 ~κτίσμα~ ktisma \@ktis’-mah\@ from 2936; n n AV-creature 4; 4

1) thing founded
2) created thing

2941 ~κυβέρνησις~ kubernesis \@koo-ber’-nay-sis\@ from kubernao (of Latin origin, to steer); TDNT-3:1035,486; {See TDNT 416} n f AV-government 1; 1 see also 2942

1) a governing, government
  • 1 Corinthians 12:28 And God hath set some in the church, first apostles, secondarily prophets, thirdly teachers, after that miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, governments, diversities of tongues.

2942 ~κυβερνήτης~ kubernetes \@koo-ber-nay’-tace\@ from the same as 2941; ; n m AV-master 1, shipmaster 1; 2

1) steersman, helmsman, sailing master

2961 ~κυριεύω~ kurieuo \@ko-ree-yoo’-o\@ from 2962; TDNT-3:1097,486; {See TDNT 418} v AV-have dominion over 4, exercise lordship over 1, be Lord of 1, lords 1; 7

1) to be lord of, to rule, have dominion over
2) of things and forces
2a) to exercise influence upon, to have power over

2962 ~κύριος~ kurios \@koo’-ree-os\@ from kuros (supremacy); TDNT-3:1039,486; {See TDNT 418} n m AV-Lord 667, lord 54, master 11, sir 6, Sir 6, misc 4; 748

1) he to whom a person or thing belongs, about which he has power of deciding; master, lord
1a) the possessor and disposer of a thing
1a1) the owner; one who has control of the person, the master
1a2) in the state: the sovereign, prince, chief, the Roman emperor
1b) is a title of honour expressive of respect and reverence, with which servants greet their master
1c) this title is given to: God, the Messiah
  • For Synonyms see entry 5830

2963 ~κυριότης~ kuriotes \@koo-ree-ot’-ace\@ from 2962; TDNT-3:1096,486; {See TDNT 418} n f AV-dominion 3, government 1; 4

1) dominion, power, lordship
2) in the NT: one who possesses dominion

2964 ~κυρόω~ kuroo \@koo-ro’-o\@ from the same as 2962; v AV-confirm 2; 2 1) to make valid 2) to confirm publicly or solemnly, to ratify

2965 ~κύων~ kuon \@koo’-ohn\@ a root word related to 420; n m AV-dog 5; 5

1) a dog
2) metaph. a man of impure mind, an impudent man. ... scavenging canine; (figuratively) a spiritual predator who feeds off others. [A loose dog was disdained in ancient times – viewed as a "mooch pooch" that ran about as a scavenger.]

2970 ~κῶμος~ komos \@ko’-mos\@ from 2749; ; n m AV-revelling 2, rioting 1; 3

1) a revel, carousal
1a) a nocturnal and riotous procession of half drunken and frolicsome fellows who after supper parade through the streets with torches and music in honour of Bacchus or some other deity, and sing and play before houses of male and female friends; hence used generally of feasts and drinking parties that are protracted till late at night and indulge in revelry
  • For Synonyms see entry 5937

Template:Lamda

Mu (Strong's 3092-3475)

3093 Μαγδαλά Magdala [mag-dal-ah’] or Μαγαδάν of Aramaic origin, cf. 04026 מִגְדָּל‎ tower; n pr loc; AV-Magdala 1; 1 Magdala  = "a tower"

1) a place on the western shore of the Lake of Galilee, about 3 miles (5 km.) south of Tiberias

3097 ~μάγος~ magos \@mag’-os\@ of foreign origin [[גמ־בר^, [[07248^; TDNT-4:356,547; {See TDNT 457} n m AV-wise man 4, sorcerer 2; 6

1) a magus
1a) the name given by the Babylonians (Chaldeans), Medes, Persians, and others, to the wise men, teachers, priests, physicians, astrologers, seers, interpreters of dreams, augers, soothsayers, sorcerers etc.
1b) the oriental wise men (astrologers) who, having discovered by the rising of a remarkable star that the Messiah had just been born, came to Jerusalem to worship him
1c) a false prophet and sorcerer

3101 ~μαθητής~ mathetes \@math-ay-tes’\@ from 3129; TDNT-4:415,552; {See TDNT 464} n m AV-disciple 268, vr disciple 1; 269

1) a learner, pupil, disciple

3106 μακαρίζω makarizo [mak-ar-id’-zo] from the adj. 3107; v; TDNT-4:362,548; [{See TDNT 459 }] AV-call blessed 1, count happy 1; 2

1) to pronounce blessed
  • As the verb makaeizo means to "count as happy" or as a noun makarismos is used meaning "regarding as happy, blessed, or enviable" while others see it as a "happy calling, the act of pronouncing happy" or "blessing regarding as happy..." See 3107.
  • Distinguished from the Greek noun eulogia also said to mean means "blessed", adj. 2127, or v. 2128, n. 2129.

3107 μακάριος makarios [mak-ar’-ee-os] a prolonged form of the poetical makar (meaning the same); adj; TDNT- 4:362,548; [{See TDNT 459 }] AV-blessed 44, happy 5, happier 1; 50

1) blessed, happy
  • The ancient Greek adjective for "blessed" or "happy" is makarios, "which was originally used to describe those who lived in another world." They had "had achieved a state of happiness and contentment in life that was beyond all cares, labors, and even death." The verb makaeizo means "count as happy" or as a noun makarismos has a definition of "a declaration of blessedness" in its "Usage: regarding as happy, blessed, or enviable" while others see it as a "happy calling, the act of pronouncing happy" or "regarding as happy blessed or enviable".
  • * Distinguished from the Greek noun eulogia also said to mean "blessed", adj. 2127 eulogeo or v. 2128 eulogetos, n. 2129 eulogia = to praise...to consecrate,.

3108 μακαρισμός makarismos [mak-ar-is-mos’] from 3106 a verb makaeizo means "count as happy"; n m; TDNT-4:362,548; [{See TDNT 459 }] AV-blessedness 3; 3

1) declaration of blessedness
2) to utter a declaration of blessedness upon one
3) to pronounce one blessed
  • Distinguished from the Greek noun eulogia also said to mean means "blessed", adj. 2127, or v. 2128, n. 2129.

3114 ~μακροθυμέω~ makrothumeo \@mak-roth-oo-meh’-o\@ from the same as 3116; TDNT-4:374,550; {See TDNT 462} v AV-be patient 3, have patience 2, have long patience 1, bear long 1, suffer long 1, be longsuffering 1, patiently endure 1; 10

1) to be of a long spirit, not to lose heart
1a) to persevere patiently and bravely in enduring misfortunes and troubles
1b) to be patient in bearing the offenses and injuries of others
1b1) to be mild and slow in avenging
1b2) to be longsuffering, slow to anger, slow to punish

3115 ~μακροθυμία~ makrothumia \@mak-roth-oo-mee’-ah\@ from the same as 3116; TDNT-4:374,550; {See TDNT 462} n f AV-longsuffering 12, patience 2; 14

1) patience, endurance, constancy, steadfastness, perseverance
2) patience, forbearance, longsuffering, slowness in avenging wrongs
For Synonyms see entry 5861

3119 μαλακία malakia [mal-ak-ee’-ah] from 3120 malakos soft, metaph. in a bad sense effeminate... homosexual; n f; TDNT-4:1091,655; [{See TDNT 527 }] AV-disease 3; 3

1) softness
2) in the NT infirmity, debility, bodily weakness, sickness

3120 ~μαλακός~ malakos \@mal-ak-os’\@ of uncertain affinity; ; adj AV-soft 3, effeminate 1; 4

1) soft, soft to the touch
2) metaph. in a bad sense
2a) effeminate
2a1) of a catamite
2a2) of a boy kept for homosexual relations with a man
2a3) of a male who submits his body to unnatural lewdness
2a4) of a male prostitute

3129 ~μανθάνω~ manthano \@man-than’-o\@ prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, matheo, is used as an alternate in certain tenses; TDNT-4:390,552; {See TDNT 464} v AV-learn 24, understand 1; 25

1) to learn, be appraised
1a) to increase one’s knowledge, to be increased in knowledge
1b) to hear, be informed
1c) to learn by use and practice
1c1) to be in the habit of, accustomed to

see also 521 apaideutos, 62 agrammatos, and 2399 idiotes from 2398 idios, [4]

3134 ~μαρὰν ἀθά~ maran atha \@mar’-an ath’-ah\@ of Aramaic origin (meaning our Lord has come) ^אתא ןרמ^; TDNT-4:466,563; {See TDNT 466} interj AV-Maranatha 1; 1

1) our Lord cometh or will come

3136 Μάρθα Martha [mar’-thah] probably of Chaldean origin (meaning mistress) מָרְתָא‎; n pr f; AV-Martha 13; 13

  • Martha  = "she was rebellious"
1) was the sister of Lazarus and Mary of Bethany

3137 Μαρία Maria [mar-ee’-ah] or Μαριάμ Mariam [mar-ee-am’] of Hebrew origin 04813 מִרְיָם‎; n pr f; AV-Mary the mother of Jesus 19, Mary Magdalene 13, Mary the sister of Martha 11, Mary the mother of James 9, Mary the mother of John Mark 1, Mary of Rome 1; 54

  • Mary or Miriam  = "their rebellion"
1) Mary the mother of Jesus
2) Mary Magdalene, a women from Magdala
3) Mary, the sister of Lazarus and Martha
4) Mary of Cleophas the mother of James the less
5) Mary the mother of John Mark, a sister of Barnabas
6) Mary, a Roman Christian who is greeted by Paul in #Ro 16:6

3140 ~μαρτυρέω~ martureo \@mar-too-reh’-o\@ from 3144; v AV-bear witness 25, testify 19, bear record 13, witness 5, be a witness 2, give testimony 2, have a good report 2, misc 11; 79

1) to be a witness, to bear witness, i.e. to affirm that one has seen or heard or experienced something, or that he knows it because taught by divine revelation or inspiration
1a) to give (not to keep back) testimony
1b) to utter honourable testimony, give a good report
1c) conjure, implore

3141 ~μαρτυρία~ marturia \@mar-too-ree’-ah\@ from 3144; n f AV-witness 15, testimony 14, record 7, report 1; 37

1) a testifying
1a) the office committed to the prophets of testifying concerning future events
2) what one testifies, testimony, i.e. before a judge

3144 ~μάρτυς~ martus \@mar’-toos\@ of uncertain affinity; n m AV-witness 29, martyr 3, record 2; 34

1) a witness
1a) in a legal sense
1b) in a historical sense
1b1) one who is a spectator of anything, e.g. of a contest
1c) in an ethical sense
1c1) those who after his example have proved the strength and genuineness of their faith in Christ by undergoing a violent death

3150 ματαιολογία mataiologia [mat-ah-yol-og-ee’-ah] from 3151 an idle talker; 3152 μάταιος mataiosn useless; 3155 in vain, fruitless; TDNT-4:524,571; [{See TDNT 471 }] AV-vain jangling 1; 1

1) vain talking, empty talk

3152 μάταιος mataios [mat’-ah-yos] from the base of 3155 maten in vain, fruitlessly; adj; TDNT-4:519,571; [{See TDNT 471 }] AV-vain 5, vanities 1; 6

1) devoid of force, truth, success, result
2) useless, of no purpose

3155 μάτην maten [mat’-ane] accus. of a derivative of the base of 3145 massaomai to chew (through the idea of tentative manipulation, i.e. unsuccessful search, or else of punishment); adv; TDNT- 4:523,571; [{See TDNT 471 }] AV-in vain 2; 2

1) in vain, fruitlessly

3164 ~μάχομαι~ machomai \@makh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of an apparently root word; TDNT-4:527,573; {See TDNT 473} v AV-strive 3, fight 1; 4

1) to fight
1a) of armed combatants, or those who engage in a hand to hand struggle
1b) of those who engage in a war of words, to quarrel, wrangle, dispute
1c) of those who contend at law for property and privileges

3173 μέγας megas [meg’-as] [including the prolonged forms, feminine megale, plural megaloi, etc., cf also 3176, 3187]; adj; TDNT-4:529,573; [{See TDNT 474 }] AV-great 150, loud 33, misc 12; 195

1) great
1a) of the external form or sensible appearance of things (or of persons)
1a1) in particular, of space and its dimensions, as respects
1a1a) mass and weight: great
1a1b) compass and extent: large, spacious
1a1c) measure and height: long
1a1d) stature and age: great, old
1b) of number and quantity: numerous, large, abundant
1c) of age: the elder
1d) used of intensity and its degrees: with great effort, of the affections and emotions of the mind, of natural events powerfully affecting the senses: violent, mighty, strong
2) predicated of rank, as belonging to
2a) persons, eminent for ability, virtue, authority, power
2b) things esteemed highly for their importance: of great moment, of great weight, importance
2c) a thing to be highly esteemed for its excellence: excellent
3) splendid, prepared on a grand scale, stately
4) great things
4a) of God’s preeminent blessings
4b) of things which overstep the province of a created being, proud (presumptuous) things, full of arrogance, derogatory to the majesty of God

3178 ~μέθη~ methe \@meth’-ay\@ apparently a root word; TDNT-4:545,576; {See TDNT 475} n f AV-drunkenness 3; 3

1) intoxication
2) drunkenness
For Synonyms see entry 5937

3183 ~μέθυσος~ methusos \@meth’-oo-sos\@ from 3184; TDNT-4:545,576; {See TDNT 475} n m AV-drunkard 2; 2

1) drunken, intoxicated

3184 ~μεθύω~ methuo \@meth-oo’-o\@ from another form of 3178; TDNT-4:545,576; {See TDNT 475} v AV-be drunken 5, have well drunk 1, be made drunk 1; 7

1) to be drunken
2) metaph. of one who has shed blood or murdered profusely

3187 μείζων meizon [mide’-zone] irregular comparative of 3173 megas -great also 3176 megistos greatest, AV; adj comparative; AV-greater 34, greatest 9, elder 1, more 1; 45

1) greater, larger, elder, stronger

3191 ~μελετάω~ meletao \@mel-et-ah’-o\@ from a presumed derivative of 3199; ; v AV-premeditate 1, imagine 1, meditate 1; 3

1) to care for, attend to carefully, practise
2) to meditate i.e. to devise, contrive
2a) used of the Greeks of the meditative pondering and the practice of orators and rhetoricians

3199 μέλω melo [mel’-o] a root word; v; AV-care 9, take care 1; 10

1) to care about

3306 ~μένω~ meno \@men’-o\@ a root word; v AV-abide 61, remain 16, dwell 15, continue 11, tarry 9, endure 3, misc 5; 120

1) to remain, abide
1a) in reference to place
1a1) to sojourn, tarry
1a2) not to depart
1a2a) to continue to be present
1a2b) to be held, kept, continually
1b) in reference to time
1b1) to continue to be, not to perish, to last, endure
1b1a) of persons, to survive, live
1c) in reference to state or condition
1c1) to remain as one, not to become another or different
2) to wait for, await one

3307 μερίζω merizo [mer-id’-zo] from 3313 meros part, portion; v; AV-divide 9, distribute 2, deal 1, be difference between 1, give part 1; 14

1) to divide
1a) to separate into parts, cut into pieces
1a1) to divide into parties, i.e. be split into factions
1b) to distribute
1b1) a thing among people
1b2) bestow, impart

3308 μέριμνα merimna [mer’-im-nah] from 3307 (through the idea of distraction); n f; TDNT-4:589,584; [{See TDNT 482 }] AV-care 6; 6

1) care, anxiety

3309 μεριμνάω merimnao [mer-im-nah’-o] from 3308 merimna "care" in the sense of "anxiety" from 3307 merizo "divide", distract; n f; merimnao v; TDNT-4:589,584; [{See TDNT 482 }] AV-take thought 11, care 5, be careful 2, have care 1; 19

1) to be anxious
1a) to be troubled with cares
2) to care for, look out for (a thing)
2a) to seek to promote one’s interests
2b) caring or providing for

3313 μέρος meros [mer’-os] from an obsolete but more primary form of meiromai (to get as a section or allotment); n n; TDNT-4:594,585; [{See TDNT 483 }] AV-part 24, portion 3, coast 3, behalf 2, respect 2, misc 9; 43

1) a part
1a) a part due or assigned to one
1b) lot, destiny
2) one of the constituent parts of a whole
2a) in part, partly, in a measure, to some degree, as respects a part, severally, individually
2b) any particular, in regard to this, in this respect

3323 ~Μεσσίας~ Messias \@mes-see’-as\@ of Hebrew origin 04899 ^חישׁמ^, see 5547 Christos; n m AV-Messias 2; 2 Messias =" anointed"

1) the Greek form of Messiah
2) a name of Christ

3326 ~μετά~ meta \@met-ah’\@ a primary preposition (often used adverbially); TDNT-7:766,1102; {See TDNT 763} prep AV-with 345, after 88, among 5, hereafter + 5023 4, afterward + 5023 4, against 4, not depart

3337 μεταλλάσσω metallasso [met-al-las’-so] from 3326 and 236; v; TDNT-1:259,40; [{See TDNT 50 }] AV-change 2; 2

1) to exchange, change

3339 μεταμορφόω metamorphoo [met-am-or-fo’-o] from 3326 and 3445; v; TDNT-4:755,607; [{See TDNT 503 }] AV-transfigure 2, transform 1, change 1; 4

1) to change into another form, to transform, to transfigure
1a) Christ appearance was changed and was resplendent with divine brightness on the mount of transfiguration
  • For Synonyms see entry 5863

3340 ~μετανοέω~ metanoeo from 3326 and 3539; v AV-repent 34; 34

1) to change one’s mind, i.e. to repent
2) to change one’s mind for better, heartily to amend with abhorrence of one’s past sins

3345 ~μετασχηματίζω~ metaschematizo \@met-askh-ay-mat-id’-zo\@ from 3326 and a derivative of 4976; TDNT-7:957,1129; {See TDNT 777} v AV-transform 2, transfer in a figure 1, transform (one’s) self 1, change 1; 5

1) to change the figure of, to transform

3352 ~μετοχή~ metoche \@met-okh-ay’\@ from 3348; n f AV-fellowship 1; 1

1) a sharing, communion, fellowship

3392 ~μιαίνω~ miaino \@me-ah’-ee-no\@ perhaps a primary verb; v AV-defile 5; 5

1) to dye with another colour, to stain
2) to defile, pollute, sully, contaminate, soil
2a) to defile with sins

For Synonyms see entry 5864 & 5910

3393 ~μίασμα~ miasma \@mee’-as-mah\@ from 3392 ("miasma"); n n AV-pollution 1; 1

1) that which defiles, defilement
2) metaph., vices the foulness of which contaminates one in his intercourse with the ungodly mass of mankind

3402 ~μιμητής~ mimetes \@mim-ay-tace’\@ from 3401; TDNT-4:659,594; {See TDNT 495} n m AV-follower 7; 7

1) an imitator

3408 ~μισθός~ misthos \@mis-thos’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-4:695,599; {See TDNT 498} n m AV-reward 24, hire 3, wages 2; 29

1) dues paid for work
1a) wages, hire
2) reward: used of the fruit naturally resulting from toils and endeavours
2a) in both senses, rewards and punishments
2b) of the rewards which God bestows, or will bestow, upon good deeds and endeavours
2c) of punishments

3411 ~μισθωτός~ misthotos \@mis-tho-tos’\@ from 3409 meaning hire; adj AV-hireling 3, hired servant 1; 4 1) one hired, a hireling

3423 μνηστεύω mnesteuo [mnace-tyoo’-o] from a derivative of 3415; v; AV-espouse 3; 3

1) to woo her and ask her in marriage
2) to be promised in marriage, be betrothed

3428 ~μοιχαλίς~ moichalis \@moy-khal-is’\@ a prolonged form of the feminine of 3432; TDNT-4:729,605; {See TDNT 499} n f AV-adulterous 3, adulteress 3, adultery 1; 7

1) an adulteress
2) as the intimate alliance of God with the people of Israel was likened to a marriage, those who relapse into idolatry are said to commit adultery or play the harlot
2a) fig. equiv. to faithless to God, unclean, apostate

3435. μολυνω moluno mol-oo’-no; probably from 3189 melas black; to soil (figuratively): —  defile.

ἐμολύνθησαν (emolynthēsan) —

3438 μονή mone [mon-ay’] from 3306 meno to remain or to wait for; n f; TDNT-4:579,581; [{See TDNT 481 }] AV-mansion 1, abode 1; 2

1) a staying, abiding, dwelling, abode
2) to make an (one’s) abode
3) metaph. of the God the Holy Spirit indwelling believers

3439 μονογενής monogenes [mon-og-en-ace’] from 3441 only and 1096 be; adj; TDNT-4:737,607; [{See TDNT 502 }] AV-only begotten 6, only 2, only child 1; 9

1) single of its kind, only
1a) used of only sons or daughters (viewed in relation to their parents)
1b) used of Christ, denotes the only begotten son of God

3453 ~μυέω~ mueo \@moo-eh’-o\@ from the base of 3466; v AV-instruct 1; 1

1) to initiate into the mysteries
2) to teach fully, instruct
2a) to accustom one to a thing
2b) to give one an intimate acquaintance with a thing

3454 ~μῦθος~ muthos \@moo’-thos\@ perhaps from the same as 3453 (through the idea of tuition); n m AV-fable 5; 5

1) a speech, word, saying
2) a narrative, story
2a) a true narrative
2b) a fiction, a fable
2b1) an invention, a falsehood

see Was_Jesus_rich

3466 ~μυστήριον~ musterion \@moos-tay’-ree-on\@ from a derivative of muo (to shut the mouth); n n AV-mystery 27; 27

1) hidden thing, secret, mystery
1a) generally mysteries, religious secrets, confided only to the initiated and not to ordinary mortals
1b) a hidden or secret thing, not obvious to the understanding
1c) a hidden purpose or counsel
1c1) secret will
1c1a) of men
1c1b) of God: the secret counsels which govern God in dealing with the righteous, which are hidden from ungodly and wicked men but plain to the godly
2) in rabbinic writings, it denotes the mystic or hidden sense
2a) of an OT saying
2b) of an image or form seen in a vision
2c) of a dream

see | Mysteries of the Universe

3470 μῶμος momos [mo’-mos] perhaps from 3201 memphomai find fault; n m; TDNT-4:829,619; [{See TDNT 510 }] AV-blemish 1; 1

1) blemish, blot, disgrace
1a) censure
1b) insult
1b1) of men who are a disgrace to society

3471 ~μωραίνω~ moraino \@mo-rah’-ee-no\@ from 3474; v AV-lose savour 2, become a fool 1, make foolish 1; 4

1) to be foolish, to act foolishly
2a) to make foolish
2a1) to prove a person or a thing foolish
2b) to make flat and tasteless
2b1) of salt that has lost its strength and flavour

3473 ~μωρολογία~ morologia \@mo-rol-og-ee’-ah\@ from a compound of 3474 foolish, impious, and 3004 speaking; TDNT-4:832,620; {See TDNT 511} n f AV-foolish talking 1; 1 Ephesians 5:4

1) foolish talking

3474 ~μωρός~ moros \@mo-ros’\@ probably from the base of 3466; adj AV-foolish 7, fool 5, foolishness 1; 13

1) foolish
2) impious, godless

Nu (Strong's 3476-3377)

3484 ~Ναΐν~ Nain \@nah-in’\@ probably of Hebrew origin, cf 04999 ^םיענ^; ; n pr loc AV-Nain 1; 1

Nain ="beauty"
1) a village in Galilee located at the north base of Little Hermon

3485 ~ναός~ naos \@nah-os’\@ from a primary naio (to dwell); TDNT-4:880,625; {See TDNT 514} n m AV-temple 45, a shrine 1; 46

1) used of the temple at Jerusalem, but only of the sacred edifice (or sanctuary) itself, consisting of the Holy place and the Holy of Holies (in classical Greek it is used of the sanctuary or cell of the temple, where the image of gold was placed which is distinguished from the whole enclosure)
2) any heathen temple or shrine
3) metaph. the spiritual temple consisting of the saints of all ages joined together by and in Christ

3487 νάρδος nardos [nar’dos] of foreign origin cf. נֵרְדְּ‎, 05373; n f; AV-spikenard + 4101 2; 2

1) nard, the head or spike of a fragrant East Indian plant belonging to the genus Valerianna, which yields a juice of delicious odour which the ancients used (either pure or mixed) in the preparation of a most precious ointment
2) nard oil or ointment

3489 ναυαγέω nauageo [now-ag-eh’-o] from a compound of 3491 and 71; v; TDNT-4:891,627; [{See TDNT 515 }] AV-suffer shipwreck 1, make shipwreck 1; 2

1) to suffer shipwreck

3495 ~νεανίσκος~ neaniskos \@neh-an-is’-kos\@ from the same as 3494; ; n m AV-young man 10; 10

1) a young man, youth
1a) used of a young attendant or servant

3499 νεκρόω nekroo [nek-ro’-o] from 3498 nekros dead; v; TDNT-4:894,627; [{See TDNT 516 }] AV-be dead 2, mortify 1; 3

1) to make dead, to put to death, slay
2) worn out
2a) of an impotent old man
3) to deprive of power, destroy the strength of
  • different than 2289 thanatoo meaning put to death but translate put to death.

3507 νεφέλη nephele [nef-el’-ay] from 3509; n f; TDNT-4:902,628; [{See TDNT 518 }] AV-cloud 26; 26

1) a cloud
1a) used of the cloud which led the Israelites in the wilderness
For Synonyms see entry 5866

3508 Νεφθαλείμ Nephthaleim [nef-thal-ime’] of Hebrew origin 05321 נַפְתָּלִי‎; n pr m; AV-Nephthalim 2, Nephalim 1; 3 Naphtali  = "wrestling"

1) was the sixth son of Jacob, the second child borne to him by Bilhah, Rachel’s slave. His posterity form the tribe of Naphtali.

3509 νέφος nephos [nef’-os] apparently a root word; n n; TDNT-4:902,628; [{See TDNT 518 }] AV-cloud 1; 1

1) a cloud, a large dense multitude, a throng
1a) used to denote a great shapeless collection of vapour obscuring the heavens as opposed to a particular and definite masses of vapour with some form or shape
1b) a cloud in the sky
For Synonyms see entry 5866

3511 νεωκόρος neokoros [neh-o-kor’-os] from a form of 3485Naos temples and koreo (to sweep); n m; AV-worshipper 1; 1

1) one who sweeps and cleans a temple
2) one who has charge of a temple, to keep and adorn it, a sacristan
3) the worshipper of a deity
3a) word appears from coins still extant, it was an honourary title [temple-keeper or temple-warden] of certain cities, esp. in Asia Minor, or in which some special worship of some deity or even some deified human ruler had been established; used of Ephesus

3519 νησιον nesion nay-see’-on; dimin. of 3520; an islet: —  island.

3521 νηστεία nesteia [nace-ti’-ah] from 3522; n f; TDNT-4:924,632; [{See TDNT 521 }] AV-fasting 7, fast 1; 8

1) a fasting, fast
1a) a voluntary, as a religious exercise
1a1) of private fasting
1a2) the public fast as prescribed by the Mosaic Law and kept yearly on the great day of atonement, the tenth of the month of Tisri (the month Tisri comprises a part of our September and October); the fast accordingly, occurred in the autumn when navigation was usually dangerous on account of storms
1b) a fasting caused by want or poverty

3522 νηστεύω nesteuo [nace-tyoo’-o] from 3523 nestis; v; TDNT-4:924,632; [{See TDNT 521 }] AV-fast 21; 21

(the negative ne + esthio to eat or devour)
1) to abstain as a religious exercise from food and drink: either entirely, if the fast lasted but a single day, or from customary and choice nourishment, if it continued several days

3523 νῆστις nestis [nace’-tis] from the insep. negative particle ne- (not) and 2068 to eat, (consume) a thing; n f; TDNT-4:924,632; [{See TDNT 521 }] AV-fasting 2; 2

1) fasting, not having eaten

3525 ~νήφω~ nepho \@nay’-fo\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-4:936,633; {See TDNT 522} v AV-be sober 4, watch 2; 6

1) to be sober, to be calm and collected in spirit
2) to be temperate, dispassionate, circumspect

3528 ~νικάω~ nikao \@nik-ah’-o\@ from 3529 meaning victory; v AV-overcome 24, conquer 2, prevail 1, get the victory 1; 28

1) to conquer
1a) to carry off the victory, come off victorious
1a1) of Christ, victorious over all His foes
1a2) of Christians, that hold fast their faith even unto death against the power of their foes, and temptations andpersecutions
1a3) when one is arraigned or goes to law, to win the case, maintain one’s cause

3530 Νικόδημος Nikodemos [nik-od’-ay-mos] from 3534 nikos victory or to utterly vanquish and 1218 demos people; n pr m; AV-Nicodemus 5; 5

1) a member of the Sanhedrin who took the part of Jesus
as a personal name it may mean "innocent of blood".

3535 Νινευΐ Nineui [nin-yoo-ee’] of Hebrew origin 05210 נִינְוֵה‎; n pr loc; AV-Nineve 1; 1

  • Nineveh  = "offspring of ease: offspring abiding"
1) the capital of the ancient kingdom of Assyria

3539 ~νοιέω~ noieo \@noy-eh’-o\@ from 3563; v AV-understand 10, perceive 2, consider 1, think 1; 14 1) to perceive with the mind, to understand, to have understanding 2) to think upon, heed, ponder, consider

3540 νόημα noema [no’-ay-mah] from 3539 noieo to perceive with the mind, to understand,; n n; TDNT-4:960,636; [{See TDNT 525 }] AV-mind 4, device 1, thought 1; 6

1) a mental perception, thought
2) an evil purpose
3) that which thinks, the mind, thoughts or purposes

3551 ~νόμος~ nomos \@nom’-os\@ from a primary nemo (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); n m AV-law 197; 197

1) anything established, anything received by usage, a custom, a law, a command
1a) of any law whatsoever
1a1) a law or rule producing a state approved of God
1a1a) by the observance of which is approved of God
1a2) a precept or injunction
1a3) the rule of action prescribed by reason
1b) of the Mosaic law, and referring, acc. to the context. either to the volume of the law or to its contents
1c) the Christian religion
the law demanding faith, the moralinstruction given by Christ, esp. the precept concerning love
1d) the name of the more important part (the Pentateuch), is put for the entire collection of the sacred books of the OT

3554 νόσος nosos [nos’-os] of uncertain affinity; n f; TDNT-4:1091,655; [{See TDNT 527 }] AV-disease 6, sickness 5, infirmity 1; 12

1) disease, sickness
  • misery, suffering, distress. madness, vice.

3557 ~νοσφίζομαι~ nosphizomai \@nos-fid’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from nosphi (apart or clandestinely); ; v AV-keep back 2, purloin 1; 3

1) to set apart, separate, divide
2) to set apart or separate for one’s self
3) to purloin, embezzle, withdraw covertly and appropriate to one’s own use

3558 νότος notos [not’-os] of uncertain affinity; n m; AV-south 4, south wind 3; 7

1) the south wind
2) the south, the southern quarter

3563 ~νοῦς~ nous \@nooce\@ probably from the base of 1097; n m AV-mind 21, understanding 3; 24

1) the mind, comprising alike the faculties of perceiving and understanding and those of feeling, judging, determining
1a) the intellectual faculty, the understanding
1b) reason in the narrower sense, as the capacity for spiritual truth, the higher powers of the soul, the faculty of perceiving divine things, of recognising goodness and of hating evil
1c) the power of considering and judging soberly, calmly and impartially
2) a particular mode of thinking and judging, i.e thoughts, feelings, purposes, desires
For Synonyms see entry 5917

Xi (Strong's 3578-3587)

3581 ξένος xenos [xen’-os] apparently a primary word; adj; TDNT-5:1,661; [{See TDNT 532 }] AV-stranger 10, strange 3, host 1; 14

1) a foreigner, a stranger
1a) alien (from a person or a thing)
1b) without the knowledge of, without a share in
1c) new, unheard of
2) one who receives and entertains another hospitably
2a) with whom he stays or lodges, a host

3586 ξύλον xulon [xoo’-lon] from another form of the base of 3582 xestes a holding vessel; n n; TDNT-5:37,665; [{ See TDNT 533 }] AV-tree 10, staff 5, wood 3, stocks 1; 19

1) wood
1a) that which is made of wood
1a1) as a beam from which any one is suspended, a gibbet, a cross
1a2) a log or timber with holes in which the feet, hands, neck of prisoners were inserted and fastened with thongs
1a3) a fetter, or shackle for the feet
1a4) a cudgel, stick, staff
2) a tree

Omicron (Strong's 3588-3801)

3588 ~ὁ~ ho \@ho\@ including the feminine ~ἤ~ he \@hay,\@ and the neuter ~το~ to \@to\@ in all their inflections, the definite article; article AV-which 413, who 79, the things 11, the son 8, misc 32; 543

1) this, that, these, etc. Only significant renderings other than "the" counted
  • STRONGS NT 3588: ὁ
ὁ, ἡ, τό, originally τος, τῇ, τό (as is evident from the forms τοι, ται for οἱ, αἱ in Homer and the Ionic writings), corresponds to our definite article the (German der, die, das), which is properly a demonstrative pronoun, which we see in its full force in Homer, and of which we find certain indubitable traces also in all kinds of Greek prose, and hence also in the N. T.
I. As a demonstrative pronoun; Latinhic, hacc, hoc; German der, die, das, emphatic; cf. Winers Grammar, § 17, 1; Buttmann, 101f (89f);
1. in the words of the poet Aratus of Soli, a third-century B.C.E. poet who lived in Cilicia, τοῦ γάρ καί γένος ἐσμεν,(“for we are also his children”) quoted by Paul in Acts 17:28.

3598 ~ὁδός~ hodos \@hod-os’\@ apparently a root word; TDNT-5:42,666; {See TDNT 535} n f AV-way 83, way side 8, journey 6, highway 3, misc 2; 102

1) properly
1a) a way
1a1) a travelled way, road
1b) a travellers way, journey, travelling
2) metaph.
2a) a course of conduct
2b) a way (i.e. manner) of thinking, feeling, deciding
  • figuratively, a mode or mean (means and method): —  journey, (high-)way.

3609 ~οἰκεῖος~ oikeios \@oy-ki’-os\@ from 3624 "house"; TDNT-5:134,674; {See TDNT 539} adj AV-of the household 2, of (one’s) own house 1; 3

1) belonging to a house or family, domestic, intimate
1a) belonging to one’s household, related by blood, kindred
1b) belonging to the household of God
1c) belonging, devoted to, adherents of a thing

Template:3611

3614 ~οἰκία~ oikia \@oy-kee’-ah\@ from 3624; n f AV-house 92, at home 1, household 1, from the house 1; 95

1) a house
1a) an inhabited edifice, a dwelling

3609 ~οἰκεῖος~ oikeios \@oy-ki’-os\@ from 3624; TDNT-5:134,674; {See TDNT 539} adj AV-of the household 2, of (one’s) own house 1; 3

1) belonging to a house or family, domestic, intimate
1a) belonging to one’s household, related by blood, kindred
1b) belonging to the household of God
1c) belonging, devoted to, adherents of a thing

3617 ~οἰκοδεσπότης~ oikodespotes \@oy-kod-es-pot’-ace\@ from 3624 and 1203; TDNT-2:49,145; {See TDNT 178} n m AV-householder 4, goodman of the house 4, master of the house 3, goodman 1; 12

1) master of the house, householder

3618 ~οἰκοδομέω~ oikodomeo \@oy-kod-om-eh’-o\@ also ~οἰκοδόμος~ oikodomos \@oy-kod-om’-os\@ #Ac 4:11 from the same as 3619; v AV-build 24, edify 7, builder 5, build up 1, be in building 1, embolden 1; 39

1) to build a house, erect a building
1a) to build (up from the foundation)
1b) to restore by building, to rebuild, repair
2) metaph.
2a) to found, establish
2b) to promote growth in Christian wisdom, affection, grace, virtue, holiness, blessedness
2c) to grow in wisdom and piety

3619 ~οἰκοδομή~ oikodome \@oy-kod-om-ay’\@ feminine (abstract) of a compound of 3624 and the base of 1430; n f AV-edifying 7, building 6, edification 4, wherewith (one) may edify 1; 18

1) (the act of) building, building up
2) metaph. edifying, edification
2a) the act of one who promotes another’s growth in Christian wisdom, piety, happiness, holiness
3) a building (i.e. the thing built, edifice)

3620 ~οἰκοδομία~ oikodomia \@oy-kod-om-ee’-ah\@ from the same as 3619; ; n f AV-edifying 1; 1 1) (the act of) building, erection. Only appears in 1 Timothy 1:4

3622 οἰκονομία oikonomia oy-kon-om-ee’-ah from 3623; TDNT-5:151,674; {See TDNT 539 } n f AV-dispensation 4, stewardship 3; 7

1) the management of a household or of household affairs
1a) specifically, the management, oversight, administration, of other’s property
1b) the office of a manager or overseer, stewardship
1c) administration, dispensation

3623 ~οἰκονόμος~ oikonomos \@oy-kon-om’-os\@ from 3624 oikos meaning house and the base of 3551 nomos meaning law; TDNT-5:149,674; {See TDNT 539} n m AV-steward 8, chamberlain 1, governor 1; 10

1) the manager of household or of household affairs
1a) esp. a steward, manager, superintendent (whether free-born or as was usually the case, a freed-man or a slave) to whom the head of the house or proprietor has intrusted the management of his affairs, the care of receipts and expenditures, and the duty of dealing out the proper portion to every servant and even to the children not yet of age
1b) the manager of a farm or landed estate, an overseer
1c) the superintendent of the city’s finances, the treasurer of a city (or of treasurers or quaestors of kings)
2) metaph. the apostles and other Christian teachers and bishops and overseers

3624 ~οἶκος~ oikos \@oy’-kos\@ of uncertain affinity; n m AV-house 104, household 3, home + 1519 2, at home + 1722 2, misc 3; 114

1) a house
1a) an inhabited house, home
1b) any building whatever
1b1) of a palace
1b2) the house of God, the tabernacle
1c) any dwelling place
1c1) of the human body as the abode of demons that possess it
1c2) of tents, and huts, and later, of the nests, stalls, lairs, of animals
1c3) the place where one has fixed his residence, one’s settled abode, domicile
2) the inmates of a house, all the persons forming one family, a household
2a) the family of God, of the Christian Church, of the church of the Old and New Testaments
3) stock, family, descendants of one

3625 ~οἰκουμένη~ oikoumene \@oy-kou-men’-ay\@ feminine participle present passive of 3611 (as noun, by implication of 1093); TDNT-5:157,674; {See TDNT 539} n f AV-world 14, earth 1; 15

1) the inhabited earth
1a) the portion of the earth inhabited by the Greeks, in distinction from the lands of the barbarians
1b) the Roman empire, all the subjects of the empire
1c) the whole inhabited earth, the world
1d) the inhabitants of the earth, men
2) the universe, the world

3636 ὀκνηρός okneros [ok-nay-ros’] from 3635; adj; TDNT-5:166,681; [{See TDNT 542 }] AV-slothful 2, grievous 1; 3

1) sluggish, slothful, backward

3642 ὀλιγόψυχος oligopsuchos [ol-ig-op’-soo-khos] from 3641 Small and 5590 breath of life; adj; TDNT-9:665,1342; [{See TDNT 854 }] AV-feebleminded 1; 1

1) fainthearted

3654 ὅλως holos [hol’-oce] from 3650 holos all; adv; AV-at all 2, commonly 1, utterly 1; 4

1) wholly, altogether

3661 ~ὁμοθυμαδόν~ homothumadon \@hom-oth-oo-mad-on’\@ from a compound of the base of 3674 and 2372; adv AV-with one accord 11, with one mind 1; 12 1) with one mind, with one accord, with one passion

++++
A unique Greek word, used 10 of its 12 New Testament occurrences in the Book of Acts, helps us understand the uniqueness of the Christian community. Homothumadon is a compound of two words meaning to "rush along" and "in unison". The image is almost musical; a number of notes are sounded which, while different, harmonise in pitch and tone. As the instruments of a great concert under the direction of a concert master, so the Holy Spirit blends together the lives of members of Christ’s church which was including only those who were called out.

3670 ~ὁμολογέω~ homologeo \@hom-ol-og-eh’-o\@ from a compound of the base of 3674 en with and 3056 logos; v. AV-confess 17, profess 3, promise 1, give thanks 1, confession is made 1, acknowledgeth 1; 24

1) to say the same thing as another, i.e. to agree with, assent
2) to concede
2a) not to refuse, to promise
2b) not to deny
2b1) to confess
2b2) declare
2b3) to confess, i.e. to admit or declare one’s self guilty of what one is accused of
3) to profess
3a) to declare openly, speak out freely
3b) to profess one’s self the worshipper of one
4) to praise, celebrate
  • or see homologia 3671 i.e. what one professes [confesses].

3671 ~ὁμολογία~ homologia \@hom-ol-og-ee’-ah\@ from the same as 3670; n f. AV-profession 4, confession 1, professed 1; 6

1) profession
1a) subjectively: whom we profess to be ours
1b) objectively: profession [confession] i.e. what one professes ... confess

3674 ~ὁμοῦ~ homou \@hom-oo’\@ genitive case of homos (the same, akin to 260) as adv; ; adv AV-together 3; 3 1) together: of persons assembled together

3679 ὀνειδίζω oneidizo [on-i-did’-zo] from 3681 oneidos reproach akin to 3686 onoma named from ginosko know and oninemi to be useful, to profit, advantage; v; TDNT-5:239,693; [{See TDNT 553 }] AV-upbraid 3, reproach 3, revile 2, cast in (one’s) teeth 1, suffer reproach 1; 10

1) to reproach, upbraid, revile
1a) of deserved reproach
1b) of undeserved reproach, to revile
1c) to upbraid, cast (favours received) in one’s teeth

3681 ὄνειδος oneidos [on’-i-dos] probably akin to the base of 3686 onoma named from 1097 ginosko know and oninemi 3685 to be useful, to profit, advantage; n n; TDNT-5:238,693; [{See TDNT 553 }] AV-reproach 1; 1

1) reproach
2) shame

3685 ὀνίνημι oninemi [on-in’-ay-mee] a prolonged form of an apparently primary verb (onomai, to slur), for which another prolonged form (onao) is used as an alternate in some tenses [unless indeed it be identical with the base of 3686 onoma name through the idea of notoriety]; v; AV-have joy 1; 1

1) to be useful, to profit, help
2) to receive profit or advantage, be helped [or have joy]
  • Philemon 1:20 Yea, brother, let <3685> me have joy <3685> of thee in the Lord: refresh my bowels in the Lord.

3686 ~ὄνομα~ onoma \@on’-om-ah\@ from a presumed derivative of the base of 1097 ginosko to know, learn (cf 3685); TDNT-5:242,694; {See TDNT 554} n n AV-name 193, named 28, called 4, surname + 2007 2, named + 2564 1, not tr 1; 229

1) name: univ. of proper names
2) the name is used for everything which the name covers, everything the thought or feeling of which is aroused in the mind by mentioning, hearing, remembering, the name, i.e. for one’s rank, authority, interests, pleasure, command, excellences, deeds etc.
3) persons reckoned up by name
4) the cause or reason named: on this account, because he suffers as a Christian, for this reason

3688 ὄνος onos [on’-os] apparently a root word; n m/f; TDNT-5:283,700; [{See TDNT 555 }] AV-ass 6; 6

1) an ass

3700 ὀπτάνομαι optanomai [op-tan’-om-ahee] or ὄπτομαι optomai [op-tom-ahee] a (middle voice) prolonged form of the primary (middle voice) ὄπτομαι optomai [op’-tom-ahee,] which is used for it in certain tenses, and both as alternate of 3708; v; TDNT-5:315,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-see 37, appear 17, look 2, show (one’s) self 1, being seen 1; 58

1) to look at, behold
2) to allow one’s self to be seen, to appear

3709 ὀργή orge [or-gay’] from 3713; n f; TDNT-5:382,716; [{See TDNT 560 }] AV-wrath 31, anger 3, vengeance 1, indignation 1; 36

1) anger, the natural disposition, temper, character
2) movement or agitation of the soul, impulse, desire, any violent emotion, but esp. anger
3) anger, wrath, indignation
4) anger exhibited in punishment, hence used for punishment itself
4a) of punishments inflicted by magistrates

3710 ὀργίζω orgizo [or-gid’-zo] from 3709; v; TDNT-5:382,716; [{See TDNT 560 }] AV-be angry 5, be wroth 3; 8

1) to provoke, to arouse to anger
2) to be provoked to anger, be angry, be wroth

3716 ~ὀρθοποδέω~ orthopodeo \@or-thop-od-eh’-o\@ from a compound of 3717 and 4228; TDNT-5:451,727; {See TDNT 562} v AV-walk uprightly 1; Galatians 2:14

1) to walk in a straight course
2) metaph. to act uprightly

3717 ὀρθός orthos [or-thos’] probably from the base of 3735 ortho mountain; adj; TDNT-5:449,727; [{See TDNT 562 }] AV-upright 1, straight 1; 2

1) straight, erect
1a) upright
1b) straight, not crooked

‭3726. ορκιζω horkizo hor-kid’-zo; from 3727 horkos \@hor’-kos\@ from herkos a; to put on oath, i.e. make swear; by analogy, to solemnly enjoin: —  adjure, charge.

1 to force to take an oath, to administer an oath to
2 to adjure (solemnly implore)
  • a fence, perhaps akin to horion ὅριον 3725 bound or limit

‭

3727 ~ὅρκος~ horkos \@hor’-kos\@ from herkos (a fence, perhaps akin to 3725); TDNT-5:457,729; {See TDNT 564} n m AV-oath 10; 10

1) that which has been pledged or promised with an oath

3729 ~ὁρμάω~ hormao \@hor-mah’-o\@ from 3730 meaning assault; TDNT-5:467,730; {See TDNT 565} v AV-run violently 3, run 1, rush 1; 5

1) to set in rapid motion, stir up, incite, urge on
2) to start forward impetuously, to rush

3731 ~ὅρμημα~ hormema \@hor’-may-mah\@ from 3730 meaning assault; TDNT-5:467,730; {See TDNT 565} n n AV-violence 1; 1

1) a rush, impulse
2) that which is impelled or hurried away by impulse

3735 ὄρος oros [or’-os] probably from an obsolete oro (to rise or "rear," perhaps akin to 142, cf 3733); n n; TDNT-5:475,732; [{See TDNT 566 }] AV-mountain 41, mount 21, hill 3; 65

1) a mountain

3744 ~ὀσμή~ osme \@os-may’\@ from 3605; TDNT-5:493,735; {See TDNT 569} n f AV-savour 4, odour 2; 6

1) a smell, odour see incense

3754 ὅτι hoti [hot’-ee] neuter of 3748 hostis as conjunction; demonst. that (sometimes redundant); conj; AV-that 612, for 264, because 173, how that 21, how 11, misc 212; 1293

1) that, because, since

3756 οὐ ou [oo] also (before a vowel) οὐκ ouk [ook] and (before an aspirate) οὐχ ouch [ookh] a primary word, the absolute negative [cf 3361] adverb; particle; AV-not 1210, no 147, cannot + 1410 57, misc 123; 1537

1) no, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer

3762. ουδεις oudeis oo-dice’; including feminine ουδεμια oudemia oo-dem-ee’-ah; and neuter ουδεν ouden oo-den’; from 3761 and 1520; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:—any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.

3767 οὖν oun [oon] apparently a root word; particle; AV-therefore 263, then 197, so 18, and 11, now 9, wherefore 8, but 5, not tr 9, misc 6; 526

1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so

3772 οὐρανός ouranos [oo-ran-os’] perhaps from the same as 3735 (through the idea of elevation); the sky; n m; TDNT-5:497,736; [{See TDNT 571 }] AV-heaven 268, air 10, sky 5, heavenly + 1537; 284

1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it
1a) the universe, the world
1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are produced
1c) the sidereal or starry heavens
2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and other heavenly beings

3778 οὗτος houtos [hoo’-tos] including nominative masculine plural οὗτοι houtoi [hoo’-toy,] nominative feminine singular αὕτη haute [how’-tay] and nominative feminine plural αὗται hautai [how’-tahee]

from the article 3588 ὁ ho and 846 autos; pron;

AV-this 157, these 59, he 31, the same 28, this man 25, she 12, they 10, misc 34; 356

1) this, these, etc.

3779 οὕτω houto [hoo’-to] or (before a vowel) οὕτως houtos [hoo’-toce] from 3778 the article this or these; adv; AV-so 164, thus 17, even so 9, on this wise 6, likewise 4, after this manner 3, misc 10; 213

1) in this manner, thus, so

3784 ~ὀφείλω~ opheilo \@of-i’-lo\@ or (in certain tenses) its prolonged form ~ὀφειλέω~ opheileo \@of-i-leh’-o\@ probably from the base of 3786 (through the idea of accruing); v AV-ought 15, owe 7, be bound 2, be (one’s) duty 2 (Lu 17:10, ), be a debtor 1, be guilty 1, be indebted 1, misc 7; 36

1) to owe
1a) to owe money, be in debt for
1a1) that which is due, the debt
2) metaph. the goodwill due

3786 ~ὄφελος~ ophelos \@of’-el-os\@ from ophello (to heap up, i.e. accumulate or benefit); ; n n AV-it profiteth 2, it advantageth 1; 3

1) advantage, profit

Pi (Strong's 3802-4459)

3802 παγιδεύω pagideuō pag-id-yoo'-o from 3803 pagis snare, trap, TDNT entry: 14:55,8 Part(s) of speech: Verb

  • Thayer Definition:
to ensnare, entrapof birdsmetaphorically of the attempt to elicit from one some remark which can be turned into an accusation against him
  • Strong's Definition: From G3803; to ensnare (figuratively): - entangle.

3806 πάθος pathos [path’-os] from the alternate of 3958; n n; TDNT-5:926,798; [{See TDNT 606 }] AV-inordinate affection 1, affection 1, lust 1; 3

1) whatever befalls one, whether it be sad or joyous
1a) spec. a calamity, mishap, evil, affliction
2) a feeling which the mind suffers
2a) an affliction of the mind, emotion, passion
2b) passionate deed
2c) used by the Greeks in either a good or bad sense
2d) in the NT in a bad sense, depraved passion, vile passions
For Synonyms see entry 5845 & 5906

3809 παιδεία paideia [pahee-di’-ah] from 3811 paideuo to train children or to chastise; n f; TDNT-5:596,753; [{See TDNT 579 }] AV-chastening 3, nurture 1, instruction 1, chastisement 1; 6

1) the whole training and education of children (which relates to the cultivation of mind and morals, and employs for this purpose now commands and admonitions, now reproof and punishment) It also includes the training and care of the body
2) whatever in adults also cultivates the soul, esp. by correcting mistakes and curbing passions.
2a) instruction which aims at increasing virtue
2b) chastisement, chastening, (of the evils with which God visits men for their amendment)

Template:3811

3813 παιδίον paidion [pahee-dee’-on] from dimin. of 3816; n n; TDNT-5:636,759; [{See TDNT 581 }] AV-child 25, little child 12, young child 10, damsel 4; 51

1) a young child, a little boy, a little girl
1a) infants
1b) children, little ones
1c) an infant
1c1) of a (male) child just recently born
1d) of a more advanced child; of a mature child;
1e) metaph. children (like children) in intellect
  • For Synonyms see entry 5868 & 5943

3815 ~παίζω~ paizo \@paheed’-zo\@ from 3816; TDNT-5:625,758; {See TDNT 580} v AV-play 1; 1

1) to play like a child
2) to play, sport, jest
3) to give way to hilarity, esp. by joking singing, dancing

3816 ~παῖς~ pais \@paheece\@ perhaps from 3817 strike or wound; n m/f AV-servant 10, child 7, son (Christ) 2, son 1, manservant 1, maid 1, maiden 1, young man 1; 24

1) a child, boy or girl
1a) infants, children
2) servant, slave
2a) an attendant, servant, spec. a king’s attendant, minister
For Synonyms see entry 5868 & 5943

3817 ~παίω~ paio \@pah’-yo\@ a primary verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than 5180); ; v AV-smite 4, strike 1; 5

1) to strike, smite
2) to sting (to strike or wound with a sting)

3823 πάλη pale [pal’-ay] from pallo (to vibrate, another form for 906); n f; TDNT-5:721,770; [{See TDNT 584 }] AV-wrestle 1; 1

1) wrestling (a contest between two in which each endeavours to throw the other, and which is decided when the victor is able to hold his opponent down with his hand upon his neck)
1a) the term is transferred to the Christian’s struggle with the power of evil

3824 Original: παλιγγενεσία Transliteration: paliggenesia

Phonetic: pal-ing-ghen-es-ee'-ah
  • Thayer Definition:
new birth, reproduction, renewal, recreation, regeneration

hence renovation, regeneration, the production of a new life consecrated to God, a radical change of mind for the better. The word often used to denote the restoration of a thing to its pristine state, its renovation, as a renewal or restoration of life after death

the renovation of the earth after the deluge

the renewal of the world to take place after its destruction by fire, as the * Stoics taught the signal and glorious change of all things (in heaven and earth) for the better, that restoration of the primal and perfect condition of things which existed before the fall of our first parents, which the Jews looked for in connection with the advent of the Messiah, and which Christians expected in connection with the visible return of Jesus from heaven.

  • other uses
of Cicero's restoration to rank and fortune on his recall from exile
of the restoration of the Jewish nation after exile

of the recovery of knowledge by recollection

  • Origin: from 3825 and 1078
  • TDNT entry: 12:26,1
  • Part(s) of speech: Noun Feminine
  • Strong's Definition: From 3825 and 1078; (spiritual) rebirth (the state or the act), that is, (figuratively) spiritual renovation ; specifically Messianic restoration: - regeneration

3825 Original: πάλιν Transliteration: palin Phonetic: pal'-in

  • Thayer Definition:
anew, again
renewal or repetition of the action
again, anew
again, i.e. further, moreover
in turn, on the other hand
  • Origin: probably from the same as 3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition)
TDNT entry: None
Part(s) of speech: Adverb
  • Strong's Definition: Probably from the same as 3823 palē wrestling from palo vibrate, [another form of ballō to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls] (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, that is, (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjugationally) furthermore or on the other hand: - again.

3827 πάμπολυς pampolus [pam-pol-ooce] from 3956 pas all individually and 4183 polus many; adj; AV-very great 1; 1

1) very great
  • similar to 3828 Παμφυλία Pamphulia "of many tribes"
  • Mark 8:1 ¶ In those days the multitude being very great(ochlou pollou), and having nothing to eat, Jesus called his disciples [unto him], and saith unto them,
  • Luke 8:4 ¶ And when much people were gathered together(ochlou pollou), and were come to him out of every city, he spake by a parable:
  • Matthew 15:32 Then Jesus called his disciples [unto him], and said, I have compassion on the multitude (ochlon), because they continue with me now three days, and have nothing to eat: and I will not send them away fasting, lest they faint in the way.

3831 ~πανήγυρις~ paneguris \@pan-ay’-goo-ris\@ from 3956 and a derivative of 58; n f AV-general assembly 1; 1

1) a festal gathering of the whole people to celebrate public games or other solemnities
2) a public festal assembly

3834 πανουργία panourgia [pan-oorg-ee’-ah] from 3835 panourgos skilful, clever; n f; TDNT-5:722,770; [{See TDNT 586 }] AV-craftiness 3, subtlety 1, cunning craftiness 1; 5

1) craftiness, cunning
2) a specious or false wisdom
3) in a good sense, prudence, skill, in undertaking and carrying on affairs

3842 πάντοτε pantote [pan’-tot-eh] from 3956 pas meaning all and 3753 hote whenever; adv; AV-always 29, ever 6, alway 5, evermore 2; 42

1) at all times, always, ever

3844 ~παρά~ para \@par-ah’\@ a root word; TDNT-5:727,771; {See TDNT 587} prep AV-of 51, with 42, from 24, by  …  side 15, at 12, than 11, misc 45; 200

1) from, of at, by, besides, near

3846 ~παραβάλλω~ paraballo \@par-ab-al’-lo\@ from 3844 and 906; ; v AV-compare 1, arrive 1; 2

1) to throw before, cast to (as fodder for horses)
2) to put one thing by the side of another for the sake of comparison, to compare, liken
3) to put one’s self, betake one’s self into a place or to a person

3850 ~παραβολή~ parabole \@par-ab-ol-ay’\@ from 3846; n f AV-parable 46, figure 2, comparison 1, proverb 1; 50

1) a placing of one thing by the side of another, juxtaposition, as of ships in battle
2) metaphor.
2a) a comparing, comparison of one thing with another, likeness, similitude
2b) an example by which a doctrine or precept is illustrated
2c) a narrative, fictitious but agreeable to the laws and usages of human life, by which either the duties of men or the things of God, particularly the nature and history of God’s kingdom are figuratively portrayed
2d) a parable: an earthly story with a heavenly meaning
3) a pithy and instructive saying, involving some likeness or comparison and having preceptive or admonitory force
3a) an aphorism, a maxim
4) a proverb
5) an act by which one exposes himself or his possessions to danger, a venture, a risk
  • Some will translate παροιμίαν paroimian as allegory and define it as "a byword, a parable, an allegory".

3852 παραγγελία paraggelia [par-ang-gel-ee’-ah] from 3853 to transmit; n f; TDNT-5:761,776; [{See TDNT 590 }] AV-commandment 2, charge 2, straitly 1; 5

1) announcement, a proclaiming or giving a message to
2) a charge, a command

3853 ~παραγγέλλω~ paraggello \@par-ang-gel’-lo\@ from 3844 and the base of 32; v AV-command 20, charge 6, give commandment 1, give charge 1, declare 1, give in charge 1, vr command 1; 31

1) to transmit a message along from one to another, to declare, announce
2) to command, order, charge
For Synonyms see entry 5844

3860 ~παραδίδωμι~ paradidomi \@par-ad-id’-o-mee\@ from 3844 and 1325; TDNT-2:169,166; {See TDNT 191} v AV-deliver 53, betray 40, deliver up 10, give 4, give up 4, give over 2, commit 2, misc 6; 121

1) to give into the hands (of another)
2) to give over into (one’s) power or use
2a) to deliver to one something to keep, use, take care of, manage
2b) to deliver up one to custody, to be judged, condemned, punished, scourged, tormented, put to death
2c) to deliver up treacherously
2c1) by betrayal to cause one to be taken
2c2) to deliver one to be taught, moulded
3) to commit, to commend
4) to deliver verbally
4a) commands, rites
4b) to deliver by narrating, to report
5) to permit allow
5a) when the fruit will allow that is the time when its ripeness permits
5b) gives itself up, presents itself

3862 ~παράδοσις~ paradosis \@par-ad’-os-is\@ from 3860 paradidomi the verb which is from the preposition to from 3844 para of and 1325 didomi to give; TDNT-2:172,166; {See TDNT 191} n f AV-tradition 12, ordinance 1; 13

1) giving up, giving over
1a) the act of giving up
1b) the surrender of cities
2) a giving over which is done by word of mouth or in writing, i.e. tradition by instruction, narrative, precept, etc.
2a) objectively, that which is delivered, the substance of a teaching
2b) of the body of precepts, esp. ritual, which in the opinion of the later Jews were orally delivered by Moses and orally transmitted in unbroken succession to subsequent generations, which precepts, both illustrating and expanding the written law, as they did were to be obeyed with equal reverence

1. the act of giving up, the surrender: of cities, Polybius 9, 25, 5; Josephus, b. j. 1, 8, 6; χρημάτων, Aristotle, pol. 5, 7, 11, p. 1309{a}, 10.; 2. a giving over which is done by word of mouth or in writing..."

3868 ~παραιτέομαι~ paraiteomai \@par-ahee-teh’-om-ahee\@ from 3844 and the middle voice of 154; v AV-refuse 5, excuse 2, make excuse 1, avoid 1, reject 1, intreat 1; 11

1) to ask along side, beg to have near one
1a) to obtain by entreaty
1b) to beg from, to ask for, supplicate
2) to avert by entreaty or seek to avert, to deprecate
2a) to entreat that  …  not
2b) to refuse, decline
2c) to shun, avoid
2d) to avert displeasure by entreaty
2d1) to beg pardon, crave indulgence, to excuse
2d2) of one excusing himself for not accepting a weddinginvitation to a feast

3870 ~παρακαλέω~ parakaleo \@par-ak-al-eh’-o\@ from 3844 and 2564; v AV-beseech 43, comfort 23, exhort 21, desire 8, pray 6, intreat 3, misc 4, vr besought 1; 109

1) to call to one’s side, call for, summon
2) to address, speak to, (call to, call upon), which may be done in the way of exhortation, entreaty, comfort, instruction, etc.
2a) to admonish, exhort
2b) to beg, entreat, beseech
2b1) to strive to appease by entreaty
2c) to console, to encourage and strengthen by consolation, to comfort
2c1) to receive consolation, be comforted
2d) to encourage, strengthen
2e) exhorting and comforting and encouraging
2f) to instruct, teach

3874 ~παράκλησις~ paraklesis \@par-ak’-lay-sis\@ from 3870 beseech or comfort even exhort; TDNT-5:773,778; {See TDNT 592} n f AV-consolation 14, exhortation 8, comfort 6, intreaty 1; 29

1) a calling near, summons, (esp. for help)
2) importation, supplication, entreaty
3) exhortation, admonition, encouragement
4) consolation, comfort, solace; that which affords comfort or refreshment
4a) thus of the Messianic salvation (so the Rabbis call the Messiah the consoler, the comforter)
5) persuasive discourse, stirring address
5a) instructive, admonitory, conciliatory, powerful hortatory discourse

3875 ~παράκλητος~ parakletos \@par-ak’-lay-tos\@ a root word; n m AV-comforter 4, advocate 1; 5

1) summoned, called to one’s side, esp. called to one’s aid
1a) one who pleads another’s cause before a judge, a pleader, counsel for defense, legal assistant, an advocate
1b) one who pleads another’s cause with one, an intercessor
1b1) of Christ in his exaltation at God’s right hand, pleading with God the Father for the pardon of our sins
1c) in the widest sense, a helper, succourer, aider, assistant
1c1) of the Holy Spirit destined to take the place of Christ with the apostles (after his ascension to the Father), to lead them to a deeper knowledge of the gospel truth, and give them divine strength needed to enable them to undergo trials and persecutions on behalf of the divine kingdom

3879 ~παρακύπτω~ parakupto \@par-ak-oop’-to\@ from 3844 and 2955; v AV-stoop down 3, look 2; 5

1) to stoop to a thing in order to look at it
2) to look at with head bowed forward
3) to look into with the body bent
4) to stoop and look into
5) metaph. to look carefully into, inspect curiously
5a) of one who would become acquainted with something

3880. παραλαμβανω paralambano par-al-am-ban’-o; from 3844 and 2983; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn: —  receive, take (unto, with).

‭

3890 παραμύθιον paramuthion [par-am-oo’-thee-on] from 3889 paramuthia persuaded; n n; TDNT-5:816,784; [{See TDNT 595 }] AV-comfort 1; 1

1) persuasive address

Template:3895

3900 ~παράπτωμα~ paraptoma \@par-ap’-to-mah\@ from [[3895] meaning fall away]; n n AV-trespass 9, offence 7, sin 3, fall 2, fault 2; 23

1) to fall beside or near something
2) a lapse or deviation from truth and uprightness
2a) a sin, misdeed

3927 ~παρεπίδημος~ parepidemos \@par-ep-id’-ay-mos\@ from 3844 (which is used to make the word tradition and ordinance we see as 3862, also 3970 of 1 Peter 1:18) and the base of 1927; TDNT-2:64,149; {See TDNT 183} adj AV-pilgrim 2, stranger 1; 3

1) one who comes from a foreign country into a city or land to reside there by the side of the natives
2) a stranger
3) sojourning in a strange place, a foreigner
4) in the NT metaph. in reference to heaven as the native country, one who sojourns on earth

3929 πάρεσις paresis [par’-es-is] from the verb pariemi 3935; n f; TDNT-1:509,88; [{See TDNT 115 }] AV-remission 1; 1

1) passing over, letting pass, neglecting, disregarding

3933 παρθένος parthenos [par-then’-os] of unknown origin; n f; TDNT-5:826,786; [{See TDNT 597 }] AV-virgin 14; 14

1) a virgin
1a) a marriageable maiden
1b) a woman who has never had sexual intercourse with a man
1c) one’s marriageable daughter
2) a man who has abstained from all uncleanness and whoredom attendant on idolatry, and so has kept his chastity
2a) one who has never had intercourse with women

3935 παρίημι pariemi [par-ee’-ay-mi] from 3844 and ιημι hiemi (to send eimi, to go); v; TDNT-1:509,88; [{ See TDNT 115 }] AV-hang down 1; 1

1) to let pass
1a) to pass by, neglect
1b) to disregard, omit
2) to relax, loose, let go
3) relaxed, unstrung, weakened, exhausted

3956 ~πᾶς~ pas \@pas\@ including all the forms of declension; adj AV-all 748, all things 170, every 117, all men 41, whosoever 31, everyone 28, whole 12, all manner of 11, every man 11, no + 3756 9, every thing 7, any 7, whatsoever 6, whosoever + 3739 + 302 3, always + 1223 3, daily + 2250 2, any thing 2, no + 3361 2, not tr 7, misc 26; 1243

1) individually
1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things, everything
2) collectively
2a) some of all types

3958 πάσχω pascho [pas’-kho] including the forms πάθω (patho [path’-o)] and πένθω (pentho [pen’-tho]), used only in certain tenses for it apparently a root word; v; TDNT-5:904,798; [{See TDNT 606 }] AV-suffer 39, be vexed 1, passion + 3588 1, feel 1; 42

1) to be affected or have been affected, to feel, have a sensible experience, to undergo
1a) in a good sense, to be well off, in good case
1b) in a bad sense, to suffer sadly, be in a bad plight
1b1) of a sick person

3960 πατάσσω patasso [pat-as’-so] probably prolongation from 3817; v; TDNT-5:939,804; [{See TDNT 607 }] AV-smite 9, strike 1; 10

1) to strike gently: as a part or a member of the body
2) to stroke, smite: with the sword, to afflict, to visit with evils, etc. as with a deadly disease
3) to smite down, cut down, to kill, slay

3962 ~πατήρ~ pater \@pat-ayr’\@ apparently a root word but with clearly Latin origins; n m AV-Father 267, father 150, parent 1; 418 see also Patronus, Pater Patriae, Parens patriae, or Conscripted fathers of Rome.

1) generator or male ancestor
1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal nature, natural fathers, both parents
1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe, progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called, Jacob and David
1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation
1c) one advanced in years, a senior
2) metaph.
2a) the originator and transmitter of anything
2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by the same spirit as himself
2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who actuates and governs their minds
2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another in a paternal way
2c) a title of honour
2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge and training they have received
2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled, to take charge of the interests of others
3) God is called the Father
3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their creator, upholder, ruler
3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and protector
3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men
3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father
3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, madeacquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also in his own divine nature
3d1) by Jesus Christ himself
3d2) by the apostles
  • "The word Prater properly signifying a General or Captain from praire... those who were Commanders in chief being like wise Judges in civil Causes." The Great Historical, Geographical, Genealogical and Poetical Dictionary; Being a Curious Miscellany of Sacred and Prophane History ... Collected from the Best Historians, Chronologers and Lexicographers ... But More Especially Out of Lewis Morery, D.D. His Eighth Edition Corrected and Enlarged by Monsieur Le Clerc ... The First[-second] Volume, Volume 2

3968 πατρίς patris [pat-rece’] from 3962 Pater father; n f; AV-(one’s) own country 5, country 3; 8

1) one’s native country
1a) one’s fatherland, one’s own country, a fixed abode or home
1b) one’s own native place i.e. a city
  • Distinguished from chōras
  • patris of one's fathers

3970 ~πατροπαράδοτος~ patroparadotos \@pat-rop-ar-ad’-ot-os\@ from 3962 and a derivative of 3860 (in the sense of handing over or down; (3844 used to make the word 3862 tradition and ordinance) ); ; adj AV-received by tradition from (one’s) fathers 1; 1 1 Peter 1:18

1) handed down from one’s father’s or ancestors

3973 παύω pauo [pow’-o] a root verb ("pause"); v; AV-cease 12, leave 2, refrain 1; 15

1) to make to cease or desist
2) to restrain a thing or person from something
3) to cease, to leave off
4) have got release from sin
4a) no longer stirred by its incitements and seductions

3980 ~πειθαρχέω~ peitharcheo \@pi-tharkh-eh’-o\@ from a compound of 3982 and 757; TDNT-6:9,818; {See TDNT 611} v AV-obey 2, hearken unto 1, obey a magistrate 1; 4

1) to obey (a ruler or a superior)

3982 ~πείθω~ peitho \@pi’-tho\@ a primary verb;v AV-persuade 22, trust 8, obey 7, have confidence 6, believe 3, be confident 2, misc 7; 55

1) persuade
1a) to persuade, i.e. to induce one by words to believe
1b) to make friends of, to win one’s favour, gain one’s good will, or to seek to win one, strive to please one
1c) to tranquillise
1d) to persuade unto i.e. move or induce one to persuasion to do something
2) be persuaded
2a) to be persuaded, to suffer one’s self to be persuaded; to be induced to believe: to have faith: in a thing
2a1) to believe
2a2) to be persuaded of a thing concerning a person
2b) to listen to, obey, yield to, comply with
3) to trust, have confidence, be confident

3984 πεῖρα peira [pi’-rah] from the base of 4008 beyond, on the other side(through the idea of piercing); n f; TDNT- 6:23,822; [{See TDNT 613 }] AV-assay + 2983 1, trial 1; 2

1) a trial, experience, attempt
2) to attempt a thing, to make trial of a thing or of a person
3) to have a trial of a thing
4) to experience, learn to know by experience

3985 πειράζω peirazo [pi-rad’-zo] from 3984; v; TDNT-6:23,822; [{See TDNT 613 }] AV-tempt 29, try 4, tempter 2, prove 1, assay 1, examine 1, go about 1; 39

1) to try whether a thing can be done
1a) to attempt, endeavour
2) to try, make trial of, test: for the purpose of ascertaining his quality, or what he thinks, or how he will behave himself
2a) in a good sense
2b) in a bad sense, to test one maliciously, craftily to put to the proof his feelings or judgments
2c) to try or test one’s faith, virtue, character, by enticement to sin
2c1) to solicit to sin, to tempt
1c1a) of the temptations of the devil
2d) after the OT usage
2d1) of God: to inflict evils upon one in order to prove his character and the steadfastness of his faith
2d2) men are said to tempt God by exhibitions of distrust, as though they wished to try whether he is not justly distrusted
2d3) by impious or wicked conduct to test God’s justice and patience, and to challenge him, as it were to give proof of his perfections.

3993 πένης penes [pen’-ace] from a primary peno (to toil for daily subsistence); adj; TDNT- 6:37,824; [{See TDNT 614 }] AV-poor 1; 1

1) poor
  • For Synonyms see entry 5870

3996 πενθέω pentheo [pen-theh’-o] from 3997 sorrow; v; TDNT-6:40,825; [{See TDNT 615 }] AV-mourn 7, wail 2, bewail 1; 10

1) to mourn
2) to mourn for, lament one
For Synonyms see entry 5932

4004 πεντήκοντα pentekonta [pen-tay’-kon-tah] multiplicative of 4002; adj; AV-fifty 7; 7

1) fifty
  • In Mark 6:40 we see κατά πεντήκοντα with a word origin as

a cardinal number from pente and a modified form of deka which means ten. Literally 5x10

4012 ~περί~ peri \@per-ee’\@ from the base of 4008 beyond, on the other side ; prep AV-of 148, for 61, concerning 40, about 31, as touching 5, touching 6, whereof + 3739 3, not tr 4, misc 33; 331

1) about, concerning, on account of, because of, around, near

4036 περίλυπος perilupos [per-il’-oo-pos] from 4012 and 3077; adj; TDNT-4:323,540; [{See TDNT 454 }] AV-exceeding sorrowful 2, very sorrowful 2, exceeding sorry 1; 5

1) very sad, exceedingly sorrowful
2) overcome with sorrow so much as to cause one’s death

4041 ~περιούσιος~ periousios \@per-ee-oo’-see-os\@ from the present participle feminine of a compound of 4012 and 1510; adj AV-peculiar 1; 1

1) that which is one’s own, belonging to one’s possessions
1a) a people selected by God from the other nations for his own possession

4043 ~περιπατέω~ peripateo \@per-ee-pat-eh’-o\@ from 4012 and 3961; v AV-walk 93, go 1, walk about 1, be occupied 1; 96

1) to walk
1a) to make one’s way, progress; to make due use of opportunities
1b) Hebrew for, to live
1b1) to regulate one’s life
1b2) to conduct one’s self
1b3) to pass one’s life

4046 ~περιποιέομαι~ peripoieomai \@per-ee-poy-eh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 4012 and 4160; ; v AV-purchase 2; 2

1) to make to remain over
2) to reserve, to leave or keep safe, lay by
3) to make to remain for one’s self
4) to preserve for one’s self
5) to get for one’s self, purchase

4047 ~περιποίησις~ peripoiesis \@per-ee-poy’-ay-sis\@ from 4046 (preserve for one’s self); ; n f AV-purchased possession 1, to obtain + 1519 1, obtaining 1, saving 1, peculiar + 1519 1; 5

1) a preserving, a preservation
2) possession, one’s own property
3) an obtaining

4059 περιτέμνω peritemno [per-ee-tem’-no] from 4012 and the base of 5114; v; TDNT-6:72,831; [{See TDNT 621 }] AV-circumcise 18; 18

1) to cut around
2) to circumcise
2a) cut off one’s prepuce (used of that well known rite by which not only the male children of the Israelites, on the eighth day after birth, but subsequently also "proselytes of righteousness" were consecrated to Jehovah and introduced into the number of his people)
2b) to get one’s self circumcised, present one’s self to be circumcised, receive circumcision
2c) since by the rite of circumcision a man was separated from the unclean world and dedicated to God, the word is transferred to denote the extinguishing of lusts and the removal of sins

4061 περιτομή peritome [per-it-om-ay’] from 4059; n f; TDNT-6:72,831; [{See TDNT 621 }] AV-circumcision 35, circumcised 1; 36

1) circumcised
1a) the act or rite of circumcision, "they of the circumcision" is a term used of the Jews
1a1) of Christians gathered from among the Jews
1a2) the state of circumcision
1b) metaph.
1b1) of Christians separated from the unclean multitude and truly consecrated to God
1b2) the extinction of passions and the removal of spiritual impurity

4066 περίχωρος perichoros [per-ikh’-o-ros] from 4012 peri of, for, and about and 5561 chora space or region; adj; AV-region round about 5, country round about 3, country about 1, region that lieth around about 1; 10

1) lying round about, neighbouring
1a) the region round about
1b) the region of Jordan

4073 πέτρα petra [pet’-ra] from the same as 4074 Πέτρος Petros; n f; TDNT-6:95,834; [{See TDNT 624 }] AV-rock 16; 16

1) a rock, cliff or ledge
1a) a projecting rock, crag, rocky ground
1b) a rock, a large stone
1c) metaph. a man like a rock, by reason of his firmness and strength of soul

4074 Πέτρος Petros [pet’-ros] apparently a primary word; n pr m; TDNT-6:100,835; [{See TDNT 625 }] AV-Peter 161, stone 1; 162

  • Peter  = "a rock or a stone"
1) one of the twelve disciples of Jesus

4088 πικρία pikria [pik-ree’-ah] from 4089; n f; TDNT-6:122,839; [{See TDNT 629 }] AV-bitterness 4; 4

1) bitter gall
1a) extreme wickedness
1b) a bitter root, and so producing a bitter fruit
1c) metaph. bitterness, bitter hatred

4095 ~πίνω~ pino \@pee’-no\@ a prolonged form of ~πιω~ pio \@pee’-o;\@ which (together with another form ~ποω~ poo \@po’-o,\@ occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; v AV-drink 68, drink of 7; 75

1) to drink
2) figuratively, to receive into the soul what serves to refresh strengthen, nourish it unto life eternal

4097 πιπράσκω piprasko [pip-ras’-ko] a reduplicated and prolonged form of πραω prao [prah’-o,] (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses), contracted from περαω perao (to traverse, from the base of 4008); v; TDNT-6:160,846; [{See TDNT 632 }] AV-sell 9; 9

1) to sell
1a) of price, one into slavery
1b) of the master to whom one is sold as a slave
2) metaph.
2a) sold under sin, entirely under the control of the love of sinning
2b) of one bribed to give himself up wholly to another’s will

4100 πιστεύω pisteuo [pist-yoo’-o] from 4102; v; TDNT-6:174,849; [{See TDNT 634 }] AV-believe 239, commit unto 4, commit to (one’s) trust 1, be committed unto 1, be put in trust with 1, be commit to one’s trust 1, believer 1; 248

1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place confidence in
1a) of the thing believed
1a1) to credit, have confidence
1b) in a moral or religious reference
1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and law of soul
1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in obtaining or in doing something: saving faith
1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual faith
2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity
2a) to be intrusted with a thing

4102 ~πίστις~ pistis \@pis’-tis\@ from 3982; TDNT-6:174,849; {See TDNT 634} n f AV-faith 239, assurance 1, believe + 1537 1, belief 1, them that believe 1, fidelity 1; 244

1) conviction of the truth of anything, belief; in the NT of a conviction or belief respecting man’s relationship to God and divine things, generally with the included idea of trust and holy fervour born of faith and joined with it
1a) relating to God
1a1) the conviction that God exists and is the creator and ruler of all things, the provider and bestower of eternal salvation through Christ
1b) relating to Christ
1b1) a strong and welcome conviction or belief that Jesus is the Messiah, through whom we obtain eternal salvation in the kingdom of God
1c) the religious beliefs of Christians
1d) belief with the predominate idea of trust (or confidence) whether in God or in Christ, springing from faith in the same
2) fidelity, faithfulness
2a) the character of one who can be relied on

4103 ~πιστός~ pistos \@pis-tos’\@ from 3982; adj AV-faithful 53, believe 6, believing 2, true 2, faithfully 1, believer 1, sure 1; not tr 1; 67

1) trusty, faithful
1a) of persons who show themselves faithful in the transaction of business, the execution of commands, or the discharge of official duties
1b) one who kept his plighted faith, worthy of trust
1c) that can be relied on
2) easily persuaded
2a) believing, confiding, trusting
2b) in the NT one who trusts in God’s promises
2b1) one who is convinced that Jesus has been raised from the dead
2b2) one who has become convinced that Jesus is the Messiah and author of salvation

See infidel

4105 ~πλανάω~ planao \@plan-ah’-o\@ from 4106; v AV-deceive 24, err 6, go astray 5, seduce 2, wander 1, be out of the way 1; 39

1) to cause to stray, to lead astray, lead aside from the right way
1a) to go astray, wander, roam about
2) metaph.
2a) to lead away from the truth, to lead into error, to deceive
2b) to be led into error
2c) to be led aside from the path of virtue, to go astray, sin
2d) to sever or fall away from the truth
2d1) of heretics
2e) to be led away into error and sin

4106 ~πλάνη~ plane \@plan’-ay\@ from 4108 planos (as abstractly); n f AV-error 7, to deceive 1, deceit 1, delusion 1; 10

1) a wandering, a straying about
1a) one led astray from the right way, roams hither and thither
2) metaphor
2a) mental straying
2a1) error, wrong opinion relative to morals or religion
2b) error which shows itself in action, a wrong mode of acting
2c) error, that which leads into error, deceit or fraud

4108 ~πλάνος~ planos \@plan’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; adj AV-deceiver 4, seducing 1; 5

1) wandering, roving
2) misleading, leading into error
2a) a vagabond, "tramp," imposter
2b) corrupter, deceiver

4111 ~πλάσσω~ plasso \@plas’-so\@ a root word; TDNT-6:254,862; {See TDNT 636} v AV-form 2; 2

1) to form, mould (something from clay, wax, etc.)
1a) used of a potter

4119 ~πλείων~ pleion \@pli-own\@ neuter ~πλείον~ pleion \@pli’-on\@ or ~πλέον~ pleon \@pleh’-on\@ comparative of 4183; ; adj AV-more 23, many 12, greater 5, further + 1909 3, most 2, more part 2, not tr 1, misc 8; 56

1) greater in quantity
1a) the more part, very many
2) greater in quality, superior, more excellent

4122 πλεονεκτέω pleonekteo [pleh-on-cek-teh’-o] from 4123 covetous, greedy of gain; v; TDNT-6:266,864; [{See TDNT 638 }] AV-make a gain 2, defraud 2, get an advantage 1; 5

1) to have more, or a greater part or share
1a) to be superior, excel, surpass, have an advantage over
2) to gain or take advantage of another, to overreach

4123 ~πλεονέκτης~ pleonektes \@pleh-on-ek’-tace\@ from 4119 and 2192; TDNT-6:266,864; {See TDNT 638} n m AV-covetous 4; 4

1) one eager to have more, esp. what belongs to others
2) greedy of gain, covetous

4124 ~πλεονεξία~ pleonexia \@pleh-on-ex-ee’-ah\@ from 4123; n f AV-covetousness 8, greediness 1, covetous practices 1; 10 1) greedy desire to have more, covetousness, avarice

4137 ~πληρόω~ pleroo \@play-ro’-o\@ from 4134⁹; v AV-fulfil 51, fill 19, be full 7, complete 2, end 2, misc 9; 90

1) to make full, to fill up, i.e. to fill to the full
1a) to cause to abound, to furnish or supply liberally
1a1) I abound, I am liberally supplied
2) to render full, i.e. to complete
2a) to fill to the top: so that nothing shall be wanting to full measure, fill to the brim
2b) to consummate: a number
2b1) to make complete in every particular, to render perfect
2b2) to carry through to the end, to accomplish, carry out, (some undertaking)
2c) to carry into effect, bring to realisation, realise
2c1) of matters of duty: to perform, execute
2c2) of sayings, promises, prophecies, to bring to pass, ratify, accomplish
2c3) to fulfil, i.e. to cause God’s will (as made known in the law) to be obeyed as it should be, and God’s promises (given through the prophets) to receive fulfilment

4139 ~πλησίον~ plesion \@play-see’-on\@ neuter of a derivative of pelas (near); adv AV-neighbour 16, near 1; 17

1) a neighbour
1a) a friend
1b) any other person, and where two are concerned, the other (thy fellow man, thy neighbour), according to the Jews, any member of the Hebrew nation and commonwealth
1c) according to Christ, any other man irrespective of nation or religion with whom we live or whom we chance to meet

4141 ~πλήσσω~ plesso \@place’-so\@ apparently another form of 4111 (through the idea of flattening out); ; v AV-smite 1; 1

1) to strike, smite

4145 πλούσιος plousios [ploo’-see-os] from 4149 πλοῦτος ploutos n. AV-22 riches; adj; TDNT-6:318,873; [{See TDNT 642 }] AV-rich 28; 28

1) wealthy, abounding in material resources
2) metaph. abounding, abundantly supplied
2a) abounding (rich) in Christian virtues and eternal possessions

4149 πλοῦτος ploutos [ploo’-tos] from the base of 4130; n m; TDNT-6:318,873; [{See TDNT 642 }] AV-riches 22; 22

1) riches, wealth
1a) abundance of external possessions
1b) fulness, abundance, plenitude
1c) a good i.e. that with which one is enrichedlink title

4151 ~πνεῦμα~ pneuma \@pnyoo’-mah\@ from 4154; 643} n n AV-Spirit 111, (Holy) Ghost 89, Spirit (of God) 13, Spirit (of the Lord) 5, (My) Spirit 3, Spirit (of truth) 3, Spirit (of Christ) 2, human (spirit) 49, (evil) spirit 47, spirit (general) 26, spirit 8, (Jesus’ own) spirit 6, (Jesus’ own) ghost 2, misc 21; 385

1) the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son
1a) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his personality and character (the Holy Spirit)
1b) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his work and power (the Spirit of Truth)
1c) never referred to as a depersonalised force
2) the spirit, i.e. the vital principal by which the body is animated
2a) the rational spirit, the power by which the human being feels, thinks, decides
2b) the soul
3) a spirit, i.e. a simple essence, devoid of all or at leastall grosser matter, and possessed of the power of knowing, desiring, deciding, and acting
3a) a life giving spirit
3b) a human soul that has left the body
3c) a spirit higher than man but lower than God, i.e. an angel
3c1) used of demons, or evil spirits, who were conceived as inhabiting the bodies of men
3c2) the spiritual nature of Christ, higher than the highest angels and equal to God, the divine nature of Christ
4) the disposition or influence which fills and governs the soul of any one
4a) the efficient source of any power, affection, emotion, desire, etc.
5) a movement of air (a gentle blast)
5a) of the wind, hence the wind itself
5b) breath of nostrils or mouth For Synonyms see entry 5923

4152 πνευματικός pneumatikos [pnyoo-mat-ik-os’] from 4151 pneuma; adj; TDNT-6:332,876; [{See TDNT 643 }] AV-spiritual 26; 26

1) relating to the human spirit, or rational soul, as part of the man which is akin to God and serves as his instrument or organ
1a) that which possesses the nature of the rational soul
2) belonging to a spirit, or a being higher than man but inferior to God
3) belonging to the Divine Spirit
3a) of God the Holy Spirit
3b) one who is filled with and governed by the Spirit of God
4) pertaining to the wind or breath; windy, exposed to the wind, blowing

4155 πνίγω pnigo [pnee’-go] strengthened from 4154 pneo breath; v; TDNT-6:455,895; [{See TDNT 644 }] AV-take by the throat 1, choke 1; 2

1) to choke, strangle
1a) of thorns crowding out the seed in the field and hindering its growth
2) to wring one’s neck, throttle

‭4159. ποθεν pothen poth’-en; from the base of 4213 posis drink with enclitic adverb of origin; from which (as interrogative) or what (as relative) place, state, source or cause: —  whence. ‭

4165 ~ποιμαίνω~ poimaino \@poy-mah’-ee-no\@ from 4166; TDNT-6:485,901; {See TDNT 647} v AV-feed 6, rule 4, feed cattle 1; 11

1) to feed, to tend a flock, keep sheep
1a) to rule, govern
1a1) of rulers
1a2) to furnish pasture for food
1a3) to nourish
1a4) to cherish one’s body, to serve the body
1a5) to supply the requisites for the soul’s need
It does not mean to rule but to tend to the temporal needs. For Synonyms see entry 5824

4166 ~ποιμήν~ poimen \@poy-mane’\@ of uncertain affinity; n m AV-shepherd 15, Shepherd 2, pastor 1; 18

1) a herdsman, esp. a shepherd
1a) in the parable, he to whose care and control others have committed themselves, and whose precepts they follow
2) metaph.
2a) the presiding officer, manager, director, of any assembly: so of Christ the Head of the church; the NT uses the term bishop, overseers, 1985 pastors, 4166 elders, and presbyters 4245 interchangeably {#Ac 20:17,28 Eph 4:11 Tit 1:5,7 1Pe 5:1-4 etc.} 2a1) of the overseers of the Christian assemblies 2a2) of kings and princes
The tasks of a Near Eastern shepherd were:
  • -to watch for enemies trying to attack the sheep
  • -to defend the sheep from attackers
  • -to heal the wounded and sick sheep
  • -to find and save lost or trapped sheep
  • -to love them, sharing their lives and so earning their trust.

4171 ~πόλεμος~ polemos \@pol’-em-os\@ from pelomai (to bustle); n m AV-war 12, battle 5, fight 1; 18

1) a war
2) a fight, a battle
3) a dispute, strife, quarrel... For Synonyms see entry 5938

4172 ~πόλις~ polis \@pol’-is\@ probably from the same as polemos 4171 meaning war, or perhaps from polus 4183 meaning many, much, large; n f AV-city 164; 164

1) a city
1a) one’s native city, the city in which one lives
1b) the heavenly Jerusalem
1b1) the abode of the blessed in heaven
1b2) of the visible capital in the heavenly kingdom, to come down to earth after the renovation of the world by fire
1c) the inhabitants of a city

4173 ~πολιτάρχης~ politarches \@pol-it-ar’-khace\@ from 4172 and 757; ; n m AV-ruler of the city 2; 2

1) a ruler of a city or citizens

4174 ~πολιτεία~ politeia \@pol-ee-ti’-ah\@ from 4177 ("polity"); TDNT-6:516,906; {See TDNT 649} n f AV-freedom 1, commonwealth 1; 2

1) the administration of civil affairs
2) a state or commonwealth
3) citizenship, the rights of a citizen

4175 ~πολίτευμα~ politeuma \@pol-it’-yoo-mah\@ from 4176; n n AV-conversation 1; 1

1) the administration of civil affairs or of a commonwealth
2) the constitution of a commonwealth, form of government and the laws by which it is administered
3) a state, commonwealth 3a) the commonwealth of citizens

4176 ~πολιτεύομαι~ politeuomai \@pol-it-yoo’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of a derivative of 4177 polites "the inhabitant of any city or country" from the word polis; v AV-live 1, let (one’s) conversation be 1; 2

1) to be a citizen
2) to administer civil affairs, manage the state
3) to make or create a citizen 3a) to be a citizen 3b) to behave as a citizen 3b1) to avail one’s self of or recognise the laws 3b2) to conduct one’s self as pledged to some law of life"

4177 ~πολίτης~ polites \@pol-ee’-tace\@ from 4172; n m AV-citizen 3; 3

1) a citizen
1a) the inhabitant of any city or country
1b) the association of another in citizenship
1b1) a fellow citizen, fellow countryman

4183 ~πολύς~ polus \@pol-oos’\@ including the forms from the alternate pollos; TDNT-6:536,910; {See TDNT 650} adj AV-many 210, much 73, great 59, misc 23; 365 1) many, much, large

4185 πολυτελής poluteles [pol-oo-tel-ace’] from 4183 many, much, and 5056 end; adj; AV-very precious 1, costly 1, of great price 1; 3

1) precious
1a) requiring very great outlay, very costly
1b) excellent, of surpassing value

4189 πονηρία poneria pon-ay-ree’-ah from 4190; TDNT-6:562,912; {See TDNT 652} n f AV-wickedness 6, iniquity 1; 7

1) depravity, iniquity, wickedness
2) malice
3) evil purposes and desires
For Synonyms see entry 5855

4190 ~πονηρός~ poneros \@pon-ay-ros’\@ from a derivative of 4192; adj AV-evil 51, wicked 10, wicked one 6, evil things 2, misc 7; 76

1) full of labours, annoyances, hardships
1a) pressed and harassed by labours
1b) bringing toils, annoyances, perils; of a time full of peril to Christian faith and steadfastness; causing pain and trouble
2) bad, of a bad nature or condition
2a) in a physical sense: diseased or blind
2b) in an ethical sense: evil wicked, bad
For Synonyms see entry 5908

++++ The word is used in the nominative case in #Mt 6:13. This usually denotes a title in the Greek. Hence Christ is saying, deliver us from "The Evil," and is probably referring to Satan the adversary of The Way of God.

4192 πόνος ponos [pon’-os] from the base of 3993 penes poor; n m; AV-pain 3; 3

1) great trouble, intense desire
2) pain

4198 ~πορεύομαι~ poreuomai \@por-yoo’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from a derivative of the same as 3984; TDNT-6:566,915; {See TDNT 653} v AV-go 117, depart 11, walk 9, go (one’s) way 8, misc 9; 154

1) to lead over, carry over, transfer
1a) to pursue the journey on which one has entered, to continue on one’s journey
1b) to depart from life
1c) to follow one, that is: become his adherent
1c1) to lead or order one’s life
For Synonyms see entry 5818

4202 ~πορνεία~ porneia \@por-ni’-ah\@ from 4203; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} n f AV-fornication 26; 26

1) illicit sexual intercourse
1a) adultery, fornication, homosexuality, lesbianism, intercourse with animals etc.
1b) sexual intercourse with close relatives; #Le 18:6-23
1c) sexual intercourse with a divorced man or woman; #Mr 10:11,12
2) metaph. the worship of idols
2a) of the defilement of idolatry, as incurred by eating the sacrifices offered to idols
  • See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos from v piprasko 4097 a bribed to become the merchandise of another.
  • Benson Commentary states : "The original word, πορνεια, implies criminal conversation of any kind whatever; and is used by the LXX., and by the writers of the New Testament, in the latitude which its correspondent word hath in the Hebrew language, namely, to denote all the different kinds of uncleanness committed, whether between men and women, or between men, or with beasts. Accordingly it is used in the plural number, chap. 1 Corinthians 7:2. Here the word signifies incest joined with adultery, the woman’s husband being still living, as appears from 2 Corinthians 7:12. In the Old Testament whoredom sometimes signifies idolatry, because the union of the Israelites with God as their king being represented by God himself as a marriage, their giving themselves up to idolatry was considered as adultery."

4203 ~πορνεύω~ porneuo \@porn-yoo’-o\@ from 4204; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} v AV-commit fornication 7, commit 1; 8

1) to prostitute one’s body to the lust of another
2) to give one’s self to unlawful sexual intercourse
2a) to commit fornication
3) metaph. to be given to idolatry, to worship idols
3a) to permit one’s self to be drawn away by another into idolatry

4204 ~πόρνη~ porne \@por’-nay\@ from 4205; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} n f AV-harlot 8, whore 4; 12

1) a woman who sells her body for sexual uses
1a) a prostitute, a harlot, one who yields herself to defilement for the sake of gain
1b) any woman indulging in unlawful sexual intercourse, whether for gain or for lust
2) metaph. an idolatress
2a) of "Babylon" i.e. Rome, the chief seat of idolatry

4205 πόρνος pornos [por’-nos] from pernemi (to sell, akin to the base of 4097 the price of a slave who sells himself for an advantage.]); n m; TDNT- 6:579,918; [{See TDNT 654 }] AV-fornicator 5, whoremonger 5; 10

1) a man who prostitutes his body to another’s lust for hire
2) a male prostitute
3) a man who indulges in unlawful sexual intercourse, a fornicator

4210 πορφυροῦς porphurous [por-foo-rooce’] from 4209 purple or purple fish; adj; AV-purple 3; 3

1) purple, dyed in purple, made of purple fabric

Template:4228

4234 ~πρᾶξις~ praxis \@prax’-is\@ from 4238; TDNT-6:642,927; {See TDNT 657} n f AV-deed 4, work 1, office 1; 6

1) a doing, a mode of acting, a deal, a transaction
1a) the doings of the apostles
1b) in a bad sense, wicked deed, crime, wicked doings (our practices i.e. trickery)
2) a thing to be done, business

4235 ~πρᾷ ος~ praos \@prah’-os\@ see ~πραΰς~ a form of 4239, used in certain parts; ; adj AV-meek 1; 1

1) gentle, mild, meek

4236 ~πρᾳότης~ praotes \@prah-ot’-ace\@ see ~πραΰτης~ from 4235; TDNT- *, 798; {See TDNT 606} n f AV-meekness 9; 9

1) gentleness, mildness, meekness
For Synonyms see entry 5898 & 5899

4237 ~πρασιά~ prasia \@pras-ee-ah’\@ perhaps from prason (a leek, and so an onion-patch); ; n f AV-in ranks 1, not tr. 1; 2

1) a plot of ground, a garden bed
2) Hebrew idiom i.e. they reclined in ranks or divisions, so that several ranks formed, as it were separate plots

4238 πράσσω prasso [pras’-so] a root word; v; TDNT-6:632,927; [{See TDNT 657 }] AV-do 28, commit 5, exact 1, require 1, deed 1, keep 1, use arts 1; 38

1) to exercise, practise, to be busy with, carry on
1a) to undertake, to do
2) to accomplish, perform
2a) to commit, perpetrate
3) to manage public affairs, transact public business
3a) to exact tribute, revenue, debts
4) to act
  • For Synonyms see entry 5871 & 5911

4239 πραΰς praus [prah-ooce’] apparently a primary word, see 4235; adj; TDNT-6:645,929; [{ See TDNT 658 }] AV-meek 3; 3

1) mildness of disposition, gentleness of spirit, meekness
Meekness toward God is that disposition of spirit in which we accept His dealings with us as good, and therefore without disputing or resisting. In the OT, the meek are those wholly relying on God rather than their own strength to defend them against injustice. Thus, meekness toward evil people means knowing God is permitting the injuries they inflict, that He is using them to purify His elect, and that He will deliver His elect in His time. (#Isa 41:17, Luke 18:1-8) Gentleness or meekness is the opposite to self-assertiveness and self-interest. It stems from trust in God’s goodness and control over the situation. The gentle person is not occupied with self at all. This is a work of the Holy Spirit, not of the human will. (#Galatians 5:23)

4245 ~πρεσβύτερος~ presbuteros \@pres-boo’-ter-os\@ comparative of presbus (elderly); adj AV-elder 64, old man 1, eldest 1, elder woman 1; 67

1) elder, of age,
1a) the elder of two people
1b) advanced in life, an elder, a senior 1b1) forefathers
2) a term of rank or office
2a) among the Jews
2a1) members of the great council or Sanhedrin (because in early times the rulers of the people, judges, etc., were selected from elderly men)
2a2) of those who in separate cities managed public affairs and administered justice
2b) among the Christians, those who presided over the assemblies; (or churches) the NT uses the term bishop, overseers, 1985 pastors, 4166 elders, and presbyters 4245 interchangeably {#Ac 20:17,28 Eph 4:11 Tit 1:5,7 1Pe 5:1-4 etc.}
2c) the twenty four members of the heavenly Sanhedrin or court seated on thrones around the throne of God

4246 ~πρεσβύτης~ presbutes \@pres-boo’-tace\@ from the same as 4245; n m AV-old man 1, aged man 1, aged 1; 3

1) an old man, an aged man
2) ambassador

4253 ~πρό~ pro \@pro\@ a primary preposition; prep AV-before 44, above 2, above  …  ago 1, or ever 1; 48 1) before

4263 ~πρόβατον~ probaton \@prob’-at-on\@ also diminutive ~προβάτιον~ probation \@pro-ba’-tee-on\@ probably from a presumed. derivative of 4260; TDNT-6:689,936; {See TDNT 661} n n AV-sheep 40, sheepfold + 833 1; 41

1) any four footed, tame animal accustomed to graze, small cattle (opp. to large cattle, horses, etc.), most commonly a sheep or a goat
1a) a sheep, and so always in the NT

4270 ~προγράφω~ prographo \@prog-raf’-o\@ from 4253 and 1125; TDNT-1:770,128; {See TDNT 164} v AV-write 1, write aforetime 1, write afore 1, evidently set forth 1, before ordain 1; 5

1) to write before (of time)
1a) of old set forth or designated before hand (in the scriptures of the OT)
2) to depict or portray openly
2a) to write before the eyes of all who can read
2b) to depict, portray, paint, before the eyes

4276 ~προελπίζω~ proelpizo \@pro-el-pid’-zo\@ from 4253 and 1679; TDNT-2:534,229; {See TDNT 237} v AV-first trust 1; Ephesians 1:12

1) to hope before

4289 πρόθυμος prothumos [proth’-oo-mos] from 4253 (pro= before)and 2372 (thumos = passion, angry, heat,); adj; TDNT-6:694,937; [{See TDNT 663 }] AV-ready 2, willing 1; 3

1) ready, willing

4291 προΐστημι proistemi [pro-is’-tay-mee] from 4253 and 2476; v; TDNT-6:700,938; [{See TDNT 664 }] AV-rule 5, maintain 2, be over 1; 8

1) to set or place before
1a) to set over
1b) to be over, to superintend, preside over
1c) to be a protector or guardian
1c1) to give aid
1d) to care for, give attention to
1d1) profess honest occupations

4307 πρόνοια pronoia [pron’-oy-ah] from 4306 pronoeo provide; n f; TDNT-4:1011,636; [{See TDNT 525 }] AV-providence 1, provision 1; 2

1) forethought, providential care
2) to make provision for a thing

4314 ~πρός~ pros \@pros\@ a strengthened form of 4253; TDNT-6:720,942; {See TDNT 666} prep AV-unto 340, to 203, with 43, for 25, against 24, among 20, at 11, not tr 6, misc 53, vr to 1; 726

1) to the advantage of
2) at, near, by
3) to, towards, with, with regard to

4334 προσέρχομαι proserchomai [pros-er’-khom-ahee] from 4314 and 2064 (including its alternate); v; TDNT- 2:683,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-come 30, come to 25, come unto 19, go to 3, go unto 2, draw near 2, misc 5; 86

1) to come to, approach
2) draw near to
3) to assent to

4335 προσευχή proseuche [pros-yoo-khay’] from 4336 proseuchomai a verb; n f; TDNT-2:807,279; [{See TDNT 277 }] AV-prayer 36, pray earnestly + 4336 1; 37

1) prayer addressed to God
2) a place set apart or suited for the offering of prayer
2a) a synagogue
2b) a place in the open air where the Jews were wont to pray, outside the cities, where they had no synagogue
2b1) such places were situated upon the bank of a stream or the shore of a sea, where there was a supply of water for washing the hands before prayer
  • For Synonyms see entry 5828 & 5883

4336 ~προσεύχομαι~ proseuchomai \@pros-yoo’-khom-ahee\@ from 4314 pros "to the advantage of" or for an advantage and 2172 euchomai "To wish", request or apply for; v AV-pray 83, make prayer 3, pray for 1; 87

1) to offer prayers, to pray

4337 προσέχω prosecho [pros-ekh’-o] from 4314 advantage and 2192 have; v; AV-beware 7, give heed to 5, take heed to 3, give heed unto 1, take heed 1, take heed unto 1, take heed whereunto + 3739 1, misc 5; 24

1) to bring to, bring near
1a) to bring a ship to land, and simply to touch at, put in
2) to turn the mind to, attend to be attentive
2a) to a person or a thing: of caring for, providing for
3) to attend to one’s self, i.e. to give heed to one’s self
3a) give attention to, take heed
4) to apply one’s self to, attach one’s self to, hold or cleave to a person or a thing
4a) to be given or addicted to
4b) to devote thought and effort to

4339 προσήλυτος proselutos [pros-ay’-loo-tos] from the alternate of 4334 proserchomai to draw near; adj; TDNT-6:727,943; [{See TDNT 668 }] AV-proselyte 4; 4

1) a newcomer
1a) a stranger, alien
2) a proselyte
2a) one who has come over from a Gentile religion to Judaism
  • The Rabbis of the pharisees distinguished two classes of proselytes, proselytes of righteousness, who received circumcision and bound themselves to keep the whole of the Mosaic law and to comply with all the requirements of Judaism, and proselytes of the gate, who dwelt among the Jews, and although uncircumcised observed certain specific laws, esp. the seven precepts of Noah, i.e. against the seven chief sins, idolatry, blasphemy against God, homicide, unchastity, theft or plundering, rebellion against rulers and the use of "flesh with the blood thereof" which can be associated with covetous practices.

4342 ~προσκαρτερέω~ proskartereo \@pros-kar-ter-eh’-o\@ from the preposition pros and kartereo meaning steadfast; TDNT-3:618,417; {See TDNT 361} v AV-continue 4, continue instant 1, continue steadfastly 1, attend continually 1, give (one’s) self continually 1, wait on 1, wait on continually 1; 10

1) to adhere to one, be his adherent, to be devoted or constant to one
2) to be steadfastly attentive unto, to give unremitting care to a thing
3) to continue all the time in a place
4) to persevere and not to faint
5) to show one’s self courageous for
6) to be in constant readiness for one, wait on constantly

4343 ~προσκαρτέρησις~ proskarteresis \@pros-kar-ter’-ay-sis\@ from 4342; TDNT-3:619,417; {See TDNT 361} n f AV-perseverance 1; 1

1) perseverance

4352 ~προσκυνέω~ proskuneo \@pros-koo-neh’-o\@ from 4314 and a probable derivative of 2965 (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his master’s hand); TDNT-6:758,948; {See TDNT 670} v AV-worship 60; 60

1) to kiss the hand to (towards) one, in token of reverence
2) among the Orientals, esp. the Persians, to fall upon the knees and touch the ground with the forehead as an expression of profound reverence
3) in the NT by kneeling or prostration to do homage (to one) or make obeisance, whether in order to express respect or to make supplication
3a) used of homage shown to men and beings of superior rank
3a1) to the Jewish high priests
3a2) to God
3a3) to Christ
3a4) to heavenly beings
3a5) to demons
  • In the Old Testament, the common word for worship is shachah. Study Aboda.
  • In the New Testament, the word for worship is proskuneo.
  • The word worshipper does not appear in the Old Testament except as a translation of abad which clearly means to serve.

4353 προσκυνητής proskunetes [pros-koo-nay-tace’] from 4352 proskuneo from 4314 pros to the advantage of, and a probable derivative of 2965 kuon (meaning to kiss, like a dog [licking] his master’s hand);kuon is both a dog and a metaphor for a man of impure mind) n m; TDNT-6:766,948; [{See TDNT 670 }] AV-worshipper 1; 1

1) a worshipper

4367 ~προστάσσω~ prostasso \@pros-tas’-so\@ from 4314 and 5021; v AV-command 6, bid 1; 7

1) to assign or ascribe to, join to
2) to enjoin, order, prescribe, command
2a) to appoint, to define

Appears 7 times:

Matthew 1:24 Then Joseph being raised from sleep did as the angel of the Lord had bidden <4367> him, and took unto him his wife:
Matthew 8:4 And Jesus saith unto him, See thou tell no man; but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer the gift that Moses commanded <4367>, for a testimony unto them.
Matthew 21:6 And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded <4367> them, And brought the ass, and the colt,...
Kingdom context Matthew 21:5 "... thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass."
Mark 1:44 And saith unto him, See thou say nothing to any man: but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing those things which Moses commanded <4367>, for a testimony unto them.
Luke 5:14 And he charged him to tell no man: but go, and shew thyself to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing, according as Moses commanded <4367>, for a testimony unto them.
Acts 10:33 Immediately therefore I sent to thee; and thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded <4367> thee of God.
Acts 10:48 And he commanded <4367> them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days.

4371 ~προσφάγιον~ prosphagion \@pros-fag’-ee-on\@ from a presumed derivative of a compound of 4314 and 5315; ; n n AV-meat 1; 1

1) anything eaten with bread
1a) spoken of fish boiled or broiled

4374 προσφέρω prosphero [pros-fer’-o] from 4314 pros and 5342 phero to carry (including its alternate); v; TDNT- 9:65,1252; [{See TDNT 827 }] AV-offer 22, bring unto 10, bring to 4, bring 3, offer up 3, offer unto 1, offer to 1, misc 4; 48

1) to bring to, lead to
1a) one to a person who can heal him or is ready to show him some kindness, one to a person who is to judge him
1b) to bring a present or a thing, to reach or hand a thing to one
1c) to put to
2) to be borne towards one, to attack, assail
2a) to behave one’s self towards one, deal with one

4380 προσωποληπτέω prosopolepteo [pros-o-pol-ape-teh’-o] from 4381; v; TDNT-6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-have respect to persons 1; 1

1) to respect the person (i.e. the external condition of man)
2) to have respect of persons, discriminate
  • See Inclusive of 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 4383 prosopon "the face", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.
Hebrew: 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.

4381 προσωπολήπτης prosopoleptes [pros-o-pol-ape’-tace] from 4383 prosopon "The face" and 2983 lambano "to take"; n m; TDNT-6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-respecter of persons 1; 1

1) an acceptor of persons
2) one who discriminates
  • See also 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.
Hebrew 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>

4382 προσωποληψία prosopolepsia [pros-o-pol-ape-see’-ah] from 4381; n f; TDNT-6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-respect of persons 4; 4

1) respect of persons
2) partiality
2a) the fault of one who when called on to give judgment has respect of the outward circumstances of man and not to their intrinsic merits, and so prefers, as the more worthy, one who is rich, high born, or powerful, to another who does not have these qualities
  • See 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4383 prosopon "the face", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.
Hebrew 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.

4383 πρόσωπον prosopon [pros’-o-pon] from 4314 and ops (the visage, from 3700); n n; TDNT-6:768,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-face 55, person 7, presence 7, countenance 3, not tr 1, misc 5; 78

1) the face
1a) the front of the human head
1b) countenance, look
1b1) the face so far forth as it is the organ of sight, and by it various movements and changes) the index of the inward thoughts and feelings
1c) the appearance one presents by his wealth or property, his rank or low condition
1c1) outward circumstances, external condition
1c2) used in expressions which denote to regard the person in one’s judgment and treatment of men
2) the outward appearance of inanimate things
  • See 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.
Hebrew: 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.

4394 ~προφητεία~ propheteia \@prof-ay-ti’-ah\@ from 4396 ("prophecy"); TDNT-6:781,952; {See TDNT 673} n f AV-prophecy 16, prophesying 3; 19

1) prophecy
1a) a discourse emanating from divine inspiration and declaring the purposes of God, whether by reproving and admonishing the wicked, or comforting the afflicted, or revealing things hidden; esp. by foretelling future events
1b) Used in the NT of the utterance of OT prophets
1b1) of the prediction of events relating to Christ’s kingdom and its speedy triumph, together with the consolations and admonitions pertaining to it, the spirit of prophecy, the divine mind, to which the prophetic faculty is due
1b2) of the endowment and speech of the Christian teachers called prophets
1b3) the gifts and utterances of these prophets, esp. of the predictions of the works of which, set apart to teach the gospel, will accomplish for the kingdom of Christ

4395 ~προφητεύω~ propheteuo \@prof-ate-yoo’-o\@ from 4396 an interpreter ; TDNT-6:781,952; {See TDNT 673} v AV-prophesy 28; 28

1) to prophesy, to be a prophet, speak forth by divine inspirations, to predict
1a) to prophesy
1b) with the idea of foretelling future events pertaining esp. to the kingdom of God
1c) to utter forth, declare, a thing which can only be known by divine revelation
1d) to break forth under sudden impulse in lofty discourse or praise of the divine counsels
1d1) under like prompting, to teach, refute, reprove, admonish, comfort others
1e) to act as a prophet, discharge the prophetic office

4396 ~προφήτης~ prophetes \@prof-ay’-tace\@ from a compound of 4253 and 5346; n m AV-prophet 149; 149

1) in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things
2) one who, moved by the Spirit of God and hence his organ or spokesman, solemnly declares to men what he has received by inspiration, especially concerning future events, and in particular such as relate to the cause and kingdom of God and to human salvation
2a) the OT prophets, having foretold the kingdom, deeds and death, of Jesus the Messiah.
2b) of John the Baptist, the herald of Jesus the Messiah
2c) of the illustrious prophet, the Jews expected before the advent of the Messiah
2d) the Messiah
2e) of men filled with the Spirit of God, who by God’s authority and command in words of weight pleads the cause of God and urges salvation of men
2f) of prophets that appeared in the apostolic age among Christians
2f1) they are associated with the apostles
2f2) they discerned and did what is best for the Christian cause, foretelling certain future events. (#Acts 11:27)
2f3) in the religious assemblies of the Christians, they were moved by the Holy Spirit to speak, having power to instruct, comfort, encourage, rebuke, convict, and stimulate, their hearers
3) a poet (because poets were believed to sing under divine inspiration)
3a) of Epimenides (#Tit 1:12)

4422 πτοέω ptoeo [pto-eh’-o] probably akin to the alternate of 4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to 4072 (through that of causing to fly away); v; AV-terrify 2; 2

1) to terrify
2) be terrified
For Synonyms see entry 5841

4439 πύλη pule [poo’-lay] apparently a primary word; n f; TDNT-6:921,974; [{See TDNT 680 }] AV-gate 10; 10

1) a gate
1a) of the larger sort
1a1) in the wall of either a city
1a2) a palace
1a3) a town
1a4) the temple
1a5) a prison
2) the gates of hell (likened to a vast prison)
3) metaph. the access or entrance into any state

4442 πῦρ pur [poor] a root word; n n; TDNT-6:928,975; [{See TDNT 681 }] AV-fire 73, fiery 1; 74

1) fire

4456 πωρόω poroo [po-ro’-o] apparently from poros (a kind of stone); v; TDNT-5:1025,816; [{ See TDNT 610 }] AV-hardened 3 (heart), blinded 2 (Romans 11:7, 2 Corinthians 3:14 ); 5

1) to cover with a thick skin, to harden by covering with a callus
2) metaph.
2a) to make the heart dull
2b) to grow hard, callous, become dull, lose the power of understanding

Rho (Strong's 4460-4517)

4461 ῥαββί rhabbi [hrab-bee’] of Hebrew origin 07227 רַבִּי‎ meaning many or great with pronominal suffix; n m; TDNT- 6:961,982; [{See TDNT 685 }] AV-Master (Christ) 9, Rabbi (Christ) 5, rabbi 3; 17

1) my great one, my honourable sir
2) Rabbi, a title used by the Jews to address their teachers (and also honour them when not addressing them)

4464. ραβδος rhabdos hrab’-dos; from the base of 4474 rhapizo (from a primary ρεπω rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap: —  smite (with the palm of the hand)); a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty): —  rod, sceptre, staff.

4467 ῥᾳδιούργημα rhadiourgema [hrad-ee-oorg’-ay-mah] from a comparative of rhaidios (easy, i.e. reckless) and 2041; n n; TDNT-6:972,983; [{See TDNT 687 }] AV-lewdness 1; 1

1) a piece of knavery, rascality, villainy.See also 4468 mischief in Acts 13:10

4468 ῥᾳδιουργία rhadiourgia [hrad-ee-oorg-ee’-a] from the same as 4467; n f; TDNT-6:972,983; [{See TDNT 687 }] AV-mischief 1; 1

1) ease in doing, faculty
2) levity or easiness in thinking or acting
2a) love of a lazy effeminate life
3) unscrupulous, cunning, mischief

4469 ῥακά rhaka [rhak-ah’] of Aramaic origin, cf. 07386 רֵיק‎ empty; n; TDNT-6:973,983; [{ See TDNT 688 }] AV-Raca 1; 1 (See vanity)

1) empty, i.e. a senseless, empty headed man
2) a term of reproach used among the Jews in the time of Christ

4487 ῥῆμα rhema [hray’-mah] from 4483 Rheo speak; n n; TDNT-4:69,505; [{See TDNT 431 }] AV-word 56, saying 9, thing 3, no thing + 3756 1, not tr 1; 70

1) that which is or has been uttered by the living voice, thing spoken, word
1a) any sound produced by the voice and having definite meaning
1b) speech, discourse
1b1) what one has said
1c) a series of words joined together into a sentence (a declaration of one’s mind made in words)
1c1) an utterance
1c2) a saying of any sort as a message, a narrative
1c2a) concerning some occurrence
2) subject matter of speech, thing spoken of
2a) so far forth as it is a matter of narration
2b) so far as it is a matter of command
2c) a matter of dispute, case at law
  • distinctly different than the word logos.

‭4491. ριζα rhiza hrid’-zah; apparently a primary word; meaning both a "root" (literally or figuratively): —  AV-root 17; 17

1 a root
2 that which like a root springs from a root, a sprout, shoot
3 metaph. offspring, progeny

‭

4496 ῥίπτω rhipto [hrip’-to] a primary verb (perhaps rather akin to the base of 4474, through the idea of sudden motion); v; TDNT-6:991,987; [{See TDNT 691 }] AV-cast down 2, cast 2, scatter abroad 1, cast out 1, throw 1; 7

1) to cast, throw
2) throw down
3) to cast forward or before
4) to set down (with the suggestion of haste and want of care)
5) to throw to the ground, prostrate

4505 ῥύμη rhume [hroo’-may] prolongation from 4506 rhuomai in its original sense "to draw to one’s self, to rescue, to deliver", akin to 4482 "to flow" (4511 a flowing issue);; n f; AV-street 3, lane 1; 4

1) a swing, rush, force, trail, of a body in motion
2) a tract of way in a town shut in by buildings on both sides
3) a street, a lane

4506 ῥύομαι rhuomai [rhoo’-om-ahee] middle voice of an obsolete verb, akin to 4482 rheo to flow (through the idea of a current, cf. 4511 a flowing issue); v; TDNT-6:998,988; [{See TDNT 693 }] AV-deliver 17, Deliverer 1; 18

1) to draw to one’s self, to rescue, to deliver
2) the deliverer

Sigma (Strong's 4518-4998)

number - 4519

orig_word - σαβαώθ

word_orig - of Hebrew origin (06635) in feminine plural

translit - Sabaoth

tdnt - None

phonetic - sab-ah-owth'

part_of_speech - Noun

st_def - of Hebrew origin (6635 in feminine plural); armies; sabaoth (i.e. tsebaoth), a military epithet of God:--sabaoth.

IPD_def - "Lord of Sabaoth" Lord of the armies of Israel, as those who are under the leadership and protection of Jehovah maintain his cause in war

English - sabaoth letter - s data - {"def":{"short":"armies; sabaoth (i.e., tsebaoth), a military epithet of God","long":["\"Lord of Sabaoth\"",["Lord of the armies of Israel, as those who are under the leadership and protection of Jehovah maintain his cause in war"]]},"deriv":"of Hebrew origin (H6635 in feminine plural)","pronun":{"ipa":"sɑ.βɑˈoθ","ipa_mod":"sɑ.vɑˈowθ","sbl":"sabaōth","dic":"sa-va-OHTH","dic_mod":"sa-va-OHTH"},"see":["H6635"]}

usages - Sabaoth

4531 σ αλεύω saleuo [sal-yoo’-o] from 4535; v; TDNT-7:65,996; [{See TDNT 698 }] AV-shake 10, move 1, shake together 1, that are shaken 1, which cannot be shaken + 3361 1, stir up 1; 15

1) a motion produced by winds, storms, waves, etc
1a) to agitate or shake
1b) to cause to totter
1c) to shake thoroughly, of a measure filled by shaking its contents together
2) to shake down, overthrow
2a) to cast down from one’s (secure and happy) state
2b) to move, agitate the mind, to disturb one

4540 Σαμάρεια Samareia [sam-ar’-i-ah] of Hebrew origin 08111 שֹׁמְרוֹן‎; n pr loc; TDNT-7:88,999; [{See TDNT 700 }] AV-Samaria 11; 11

Samaria = "guardianship"
1) a territory in Palestine, which had Samaria as its capital

4561 σάρξ sarx [sarx] probably from the base of 4563 saroosweep; n f; TDNT-7:98,1000; [{See TDNT 702 }] AV-flesh 147, carnal 2, carnally minded + 5427 1, fleshly 1; 151

1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts
2) the body
2a) the body of a man
2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or relationship
2b1) born of natural generation
2c) the sensuous nature of man, "the animal nature"
2c1) without any suggestion of depravity
2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin
2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering
3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh) whether man or beast
4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God

4566 ~Σατᾶν~ Satan \@sat-an’\@ of Hebrew origin 07854 ^ןטשׁ^, cf 4567; TDNT-7:151,1007; {See TDNT 703} n pr m AV-Satan 1; 1

1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the name given to
1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ
1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin
1a2) circumventing men by his wiles
1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control
1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and inflict them with diseases
1a5) by God’s assistance he is overcome
1a6) on Christ’s return from heaven he will be bound with chains for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment
1b) a Satan-like man

4567 ~Σατανᾶς~ Satanas \@sat-an-as’\@ of Aramaic origin corresponding to 4566 (with the definite affix); TDNT-7:151,1007; {See TDNT 703} n pr m AV-Satan 36; 36

1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the name given to
1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ
1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin
1a2) circumventing men by his wiles
1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control
1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and inflict them with diseases
1a5) by God’s assistance he is overcome
1a6) on Christ’s return from heaven he will be bound with chains for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment
1b) a Satan-like man

4576 ~σέβομαι~ sebomai \@seb’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of an apparently primary verb; v AV-worship 6, devout 3, religious 1; 10

1) to revere, to worship

4579 ~σείω~ seio \@si’-o\@ apparently a primary verb; TDNT-7:196,1014; {See TDNT 706} v AV-shake 3, move 1, quake 1; 5

1) to shake, agitate, cause to tremble
1a) of men, to be thrown into a tremor, to quake for fear
1b) metaph. to agitate the mind

4591 σημαίνω semaino [say-mah’-ee-no] from sema (a mark, of uncertain derivation); v; TDNT-7:262,1015; [{ See TDNT 707 }] AV-signify 6; 6

1) to give a sign, to signify, indicate
2) to make known

4592 σημεῖον semeion [say-mi’-on] from a presumed derivative of the base of 4591 semaino the verb to give a sign or to make known; n n; TDNT- 7:200,1015; [{See TDNT 707 }] AV-sign 50, miracle 23, wonder 3, token 1; 77

1) a sign, mark, token
1a) that by which a person or a thing is distinguished from others and is known
1b) a sign, prodigy, portent, i.e. an unusual occurrence, transcending the common course of nature
1b1) of signs portending remarkable events soon to happen
1b2) of miracles and wonders by which God authenticates the men sent by him, or by which men prove that the cause they are pleading is God’s
  • 1411 δύναμις dunamis is also translated miracle 7 times but power 77 times.

4601 ~σιγάω~ sigao \@see-gah’-o\@ from 4602; ; v AV-hold (one’s) peace 4, keep silence 3, keep close 1, keep secret 1; 9

1) to keep silence, hold one’s peace
2) to be kept in silence, be concealed
  • This is not the same silence we see in Matthew 22:34, Mark 1:25,

Mark 4:39, and 1 Peter 2:15. 5392 the Greek word φιμόω phimoo

  • Nor is it the word ~ἡσυχία~ hesuchia 2271 meaning "the life of one who stays at home doing his own work, and does not officiously meddle with the affairs of others."
  • We do see hesuchia in 1 Timothy 2:11-12 Let the woman learn in silence with all subjection. But I suffer not a woman to teach, nor to usurp authority over the man, but to be in silence."

4613 Σίμων Simon [see’-mone] of Hebrew origin 08095 שִׁמְעוֹן‎ Simeon = "heard"; n pr m; AV-Simon (Peter) 49, Simon (Zelotes) 4, Simon (father of Judas) 4, Simon (Magus) 4, Simon (the tanner) 4, Simon (the Pharisee) 3, Simon (of Cyrene) 3, Simon (brother of Jesus) 2, Simon (the leper) 2; 75

  • Peter  = "a rock or stone"
1) Peter was one of the apostles
2) Simon called Zelotes or the Kanaites
3) Simon, father of Judas who betrayed Jesus.
4) Simon Magus, the Samaritan wizard
5) Simon the tanner, Ac. 10
6) Simon the Pharisee, #Lu 7:40-44
7) Simon of Cyrene who carried the cross of Christ
8) Simon the cousin of Jesus, the son of Cleophas
9) Simon the leper, so called to distinguish him from others of the same name

4620 σιτόμετρον sitometron sit-om’-et-ron from 4621 wheat or grain and 3358 measure; ; n n AV-portion of meat 1; 1

1) a measured ‘portion of’ grain or ‘food’

4624 ~σκανδαλίζω~ skandalizo \@skan-dal-id’-zo\@ ("scandalize") from 4625 skandalon figuratively, cause of sin, derivative of kampto a snare; TDNT-7:339,1036; {See TDNT 715} v AV-offend 28, make to offend 2; 30

1) to put a stumbling block or impediment in the way, upon which another may trip and fall, metaph. to offend
1a) to entice to sin
1b) to cause a person to begin to distrust and desert one whom he ought to trust and obey
1b1) to cause to fall away
1b2) to be offended in one, i.e. to see in another what I disapprove of and what hinders me from acknowledging his authority
1b3) to cause one to judge unfavourably or unjustly of another
1c) since one who stumbles or whose foot gets entangled feels annoyed
1c1) to cause one displeasure at a thing
1c2) to make indignant
1c3) to be displeased, indignant

4625 ~σκάνδαλον~ skandalon \@skan’-dal-on\@ ("scandal") probably from a derivative of 2578; TDNT-7:339,1036; {See TDNT 715} n n AV-offence 9, stumbling block 3, occasion of stumbling 1, occasion to fall 1, thing that offends 1; 15

1) the movable stick or trigger of a trap, a trap stick
1a) a trap, snare
1b) any impediment placed in the way and causing one to stumble or fall, (a stumbling block, occasion of stumbling) i.e. a rock which is a cause of stumbling
1c) fig. applied to Jesus Christ, whose person and career were so contrary to the expectations of the Jews concerning the Messiah, that they rejected him and by their obstinacy made shipwreck of their salvation
2) any person or thing by which one is (entrapped) drawn into error or sin

4644 σκληροτράχηλος sklerotrachelos [sklay-rot-rakh’-ay-los] from 4642 skleros meaning hard or harsh even violent and 5137 trachelos neck; adj; TDNT-5:1029,816; [{See TDNT 610 }] AV-stiffnecked 1; 1

1) stiffnecked
2) stubborn, headstrong, obstinate

Template:4649

4655 ~σκότος~ skotos \@skot’-os\@ from the base of 4639 [skia a shadow]; n n AV-darkness 32; 32

1) darkness
1a) of night darkness
1b) of darkened eyesight or blindness
2) metaph.
2a) of ignorance respecting divine things and human duties, and the accompanying ungodliness and immorality, together with their consequent misery in hell
2b) persons in whom darkness becomes visible and holds sway

4657 ~σκύβαλον~ skubalon \@skoo’-bal-on\@ neuter of a presumed derivative of 1519 and 2965 and 906; TDNT-7:445,1052; {See TDNT 725} n n AV-dung 1; 1

1) any refuse, as the excrement of animals, offscourings, rubbish, dregs
1a) of things worthless and detestable

4671 σοί soi [soy] dative case of 4771 σύ su thou (the second person singular); pronoun; AV-thee 200, thou 14, thy 4, thine own 1, not tr 2; 221

1) to you

4678 ~σοφία~ sophia \@sof-ee’-ah\@ from 4680 wise; TDNT-7:465,1056; {See TDNT 731} n f AV-wisdom 51; 51

1) wisdom, broad and full of intelligence; used of the knowledge of very diverse matters
1a) the wisdom which belongs to men
1a1) spec. the varied knowledge of things human and divine, acquired by acuteness and experience, and summed up in maxims and proverbs
1a2) the science and learning
1a3) the act of interpreting dreams and always giving the sagest advice
1a4) the intelligence evinced in discovering the meaning of some mysterious number or vision
1a5) skill in the management of affairs
1a6) devout and proper prudence in intercourse with men not disciples of Christ, skill and discretion in imparting Christian truth
1a7) the knowledge and practice of the requisites for godly and upright living
1b) supreme intelligence, such as belongs to God
1b1) to Christ
1b2) the wisdom of God as evinced in forming and executing counsels in the formation and government of the world and the scriptures

4679 σοφίζω sophizo [sof-id’-zo] from 4680 wise; v; TDNT-7:527,1056; [{See TDNT 731 }] AV-make wise 1, cunningly devised 1; 2

1) to make wise, teach
2) to become wise, to have understanding
2a) to invent, play the sophist (sophistry)
2b) to devise cleverly or cunningly

4680 ~σοφός~ sophos \@sof-os’\@ akin to saphes (clear); TDNT-7:465,1056; {See TDNT 731} adj AV-wise 22; 22

1) wise
1a) skilled, expert: of artificers
1b) wise, skilled in letters, cultivated, learned
1b1) of the Greek philosophers and orators
1b2) of Jewish theologians
1b3) of Christian teachers
1c) forming the best plans and using the best means for their execution. For Synonyms see entry 5872

4682 σπαράσσω sparasso [spar-as’-so] prolongation from spairo (to grasp, apparently strengthened from 4685 to draw out (sword) through the idea of spasmodic contraction); v; AV-tear 3, rend 1; 4

1) to convulse, tear

4686 σπεῖρα speira [spi’-rah] of immed. Latin origin, but ultimately a derivative of 138 haireomai to choose or elect in the sense of its cognate 1507 heilisso role together; n f; AV-band 7; 7

1) anything rolled into a circle or ball, anything wound, rolled up, folded together
2) a military cohort
2a) the tenth part of legion
2a1) about 600 men i.e. legionaries
2a2) if auxiliaries either 500 or 1000
2a3) a maniple, or the thirtieth part of a legion
2b) any band, company, or detachment, of soldiers

Template:4692

4695 ~σπιλόω~ spiloo \@spee-lo’-o\@ from 4696; ; v AV-spot 2; 2 1) to defile, spot

  • James 3:6 And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity: so is the tongue among our members, that it defileth <4695> the whole body, and setteth on fire the course of nature; and it is set on fire of hell.
  • Jude 1:23 And others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted <4695> by the flesh.

4696 ~σπίλος~ spilos \@spee’-los\@ of uncertain derivation; ; n m AV-defile 1, spot 1; 2

1) a spot
2) a fault, moral blemish
2a) of base and gluttonous men
  • Ephesians 5:27 That he might present it to himself a glorious church, not having spot <4696>, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish.
  • 2 Peter 2:13 And shall receive the reward of unrighteousness, as they that count it pleasure to riot in the day time. Spots <4696> they are and blemishes, sporting themselves with their own deceivings while they feast with you;

4697 σπλαγχνίζομαι splagchnizomai [splangkh-nid’-zom-ahee] middle voice from 4698 splagchnon; v; TDNT-7:548,1067; [{See TDNT 734 }] AV-have compassion 7, be moved with compassion 5; 12

1) to be moved as to one’s bowels, hence to be moved with compassion, have compassion (for the bowels were thought to be the seat of love and pity)

4704 ~σπουδάζω~ spoudazo \@spoo-dad’-zo\@ from 4710; TDNT-7:559,1069; {See TDNT 735} v AV-endeavour 3, do diligence 2, be diligent 2, give diligence 1, be forward 1, labour 1, study 1; 11

1) to hasten, make haste
2) to exert one’s self, endeavour, give diligence

4705 σπουδαῖος spoudaios [spoo-dah’-yos] from 4710 earnestness, diligence; adj; TDNT-7:559,1069; [{See TDNT 735 }] AV-diligent 1; 1

1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest
2) very diligent

4707 σπουδαιότερος spoudaioteros [spoo-dah-yot’-er-os] comparative of 4705 active, diligent; adj; AV-more forward 1, more diligent 1; 2

1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest
2) very diligent

4710 ~σπουδή~ spoude \@spoo-day’\@ from 4692; TDNT-7:559,1069; {See TDNT 735} n f AV-diligence 5, haste 2, business 1 (Romans 12:11 ), care 1, forwardness 1, earnest care 1 (2 Corinthians 8:16), carefulness 1; 12

1) haste, with haste
2) earnestness, diligence
2a) earnestness in accomplishing, promoting, or striving after anything
2b) to give all diligence, interest one’s self most earnestly

4714 στασις stasis stas’-is; from the base of 2476 ιστημὶ histemi abide, continue; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy: —  dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar. 9 times;

  • Thayer Definition: Part(s) of speech: Noun Feminine
1. a standing, station, state
2. an insurrection strife,
3. insurrection
  • Strong's Definition: a standing (properly the act), that is, (by analogy) position (existence); by implication a popular uprising ; figuratively controversy: - dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.


‭

4727 στενάζω stenazo [sten-ad’-zo] from 4728; v; TDNT-7:600,1076; [{See TDNT 740 }] AV-groan 3, sigh 1, with grief 1, grudge 1; 6

1) a sigh, to groan
  • For Synonyms see entry 5804

4728 ~στενός~ stenos \@sten-os’\@ probably from the base of 2476; TDNT-7:604,1077; {See TDNT 741} adj AV-strait 3; 3 1) narrow, strait

4747 ~στοιχεῖον~ stoicheion \@stoy-khi’-on\@ from a presumed derivative of the base of 4748; TDNT-7:670,1087; {See TDNT 748} n n AV-element 4, rudiment 2, principle 1; 7

1) any first thing, from which the others belonging to some seriesor composite whole take their rise, an element, first principal e.g. the elements, rudiments, primary and fundamental principles of any art, science, or discipline {#He 5:12}
1a) the elements of religious training, or the cermonial precepts common alike to the worship of the Jews and of the Gentiles {#Ga 4:3,9}
1b) the ceremonial requirements esp. of the Jewish tradition, minutely set forth by theophists and false teachers, and fortified by specious arguments {#Col 2:8,20}
1c) the principles and practices of the old covanent world order {#2Pe 3:10,12}

4748 ~στοιχέω~ stoicheo \@stoy-kheh’-o\@ from a derivative of steicho (to range in regular line); TDNT-7:666,1087; {See TDNT 748} v AV-walk 4, walk orderly 1; 5

1) to proceed in a row as the march of a soldier, go in order
1a) metaph. to go on prosperously, to turn out well
2) to walk
2a) to direct one’s life, to live

4762 ~στρέφω~ strepho \@stref’-o\@ strengthened from the base of 5157; TDNT-7:714,1093; {See TDNT 752} v AV-turn 11, turn (one’s) self 2, turn (one) 1, turn again 1, turn back again 1, turn (one) about 1, be converted 1, vr turn 1; 19

1) to turn, turn around
2) to turn one’s self (i.e. to turn the back to one
2a) of one who no longer cares for another)
2b) metaph. to turn one’s self from one’s course of conduct, i.e. to change one’s mind

4771 σύ su [soo] the person pronoun of the second person singular; pronoun; AV-thou 178; 178

1) you
  • see 4671 σοί soi to you.

4783 ~συγκατάθεσις~ sugkatathesis \@soong-kat-ath’-es-is\@ from 4784; ; v AV-agreement 1; 1

1) a putting together or joint deposit (of votes)
1a) hence approval, assent, agreement
  • The Stoics held that the soul consists of eight parts. In addition to the eight parts of the soul, the human hêgemonikon, a faculty of the mind, itself was characterized by four basic powers: presentation [phantasia], impulse [hormê], assent [sugkatathesis], and reason [logos].

4784 ~συγκατατίθεμαι~ sugkatatithemai \@soong-kat-at-ith’-em-ahee\@ mid from 4862 and 2698; ; v AV-consented + 2258 1; 1

1) to deposit together with another
2) to deposit one’s vote in the urn with another
3) to consent to, vote for, agree with

4789 συγκληρονόμος sugkleronomos [soong-klay-ron-om’-os] from 4862; n m; TDNT-7:787,1102; [{See TDNT 763 }] and 2818; TDNT-3:767,442; [{See TDNT 393 }] AV-fellow heir 1, joint heir 1, heir together 1, heir with 1; 4

1) a fellow heir, a joint heir
2) one who obtains something assigned to himself with others, a joint participant
  • Romans 8:17 And if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint-heirs <4789> with Christ; if so be that we suffer with [him], that we may be also glorified together.
  • Ephesians 3:6 That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs <4789>, and of the same body, and partakers of his promise in Christ by the gospel:
  • Hebrews 11:9 By faith he sojourned in the land of promise, as [in] a strange country, dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob, the heirs with him <4789> of the same promise:
  • 1 Peter 3:7 Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with [them] according to knowledge, giving honour unto the wife, as unto the weaker vessel, and as being heirs together <4789> of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered.

4791 ~συγκοινωνός~ sugkoinonos \@soong-koy-no-nos’\@ from 4862 and 2844; n m AV-partaker with + 1096 1, partaker with 1, partaker 1, companion 1; 4

1) participant with others in anything, joint partner

4802 συζητέω suzeteo [sood-zay-teh’-o] from 4862 sun with and 2212 zeteo seek; v; TDNT-7:747,1099; [{See TDNT 758 }] AV-question with 2, question 2, question one with another 1, enquire 1, dispute with 1, dispute 1, reason together 1, reason 1; 10

1) to seek or examine together
2) in the NT to discuss, dispute, question

4803 συζήτησις suzētēsis sood-zay'-tay-sis from 4802 συζητέω suzēteō to seek or examine together: TDNT entry: 19:28,1: Noun Feminine.

  • Thayer Definition:
mutual questioning, disputation, discussion
  • Strong's Definition: From G4802; mutual questioning, that is, discussion: - disputation (-ting), reasoning.

4818 συλλυπέω syllypoumenos being grieved From sun with and lupeo pain; to afflict jointly, i.e. (passive) sorrow at (on account of) someone -- be grieved

1. to affect with grief together: Aristotle, eth. Nic. 9, 11, 4, p. 1171b, 7.
2. Passive, present participle; to grieve with oneself(see σύν, II. 4 (so Fritzsche, DeWette, others; but others regard the Σιν as 'sympathetic'; cf. Meyer, Weiss, Morison, on Mark as below)), be inwardly grieved (Herodotus, Plato, Polybius, Diodorus): of the pain of indignation, ἐπί τίνι, Mark 3:5.

4824 συμβούλιον sumboulion [soom-boo’-lee-on] from a presumed derivative of 4825 sumboulos with + advice, or (by implication) purpose; n n; AV-counsel 5, council 2, consultation 1; 8

1) counsel, which is given, taken, entered upon
1a) consult, deliberate
2) a council
2a) an assembly of counsellors or persons in consultation (the governors and procurators of provinces had a board of assessors or advisers with whom they took council before rendering judgment)
  • See also 4892 συνέδριον sunedrion.

4825 σύμβουλος sumboulos [soom’-boo-los] from 4862 sun with and 1012 boule counsel; n m; AV-counsellor 1; 1

1) an adviser, counsellor

4830 συμμέτοχος summetochos [soom-met’-okh-os] from 4862 and 3353; adj; TDNT-2:830,286; [{See TDNT 281 }] AV-partaker 2; 2

1) partaking together with one, a joint partaker
1a) of something

4844 ~συμπίνω~ sumpino \@soom-pee’-no\@ from 4862 and 4095; ; v AV-drink with 1; 1

1) to drink with

4847 ~συμπολίτης~ sumpolites \@soom-pol-ee’-tace\@ from 4862 and 4177; ; n m AV-fellowcitizens 1; 1

1) possessing the same citizenship with others, a fellow citizen
1a) of Gentiles as received into communion of the saints
1b) of the people consecrated to God

4848 συμπορεύομαι sumporeuomai [soom-por-yoo’-om-ahee] from 4862 sun with and 4198 poreuomai meaning to transfer to another leader; v; AV-go with 3, resort 1; 4

1) to go or journey together
2) to come together, to assemble

4849 ~συμπόσιον~ sumposion \@soom-pos’-ee-on\@ from a derivative of the alternate of 4844; ; n n AV-company 1, not tr. 1; Repeated twice in Mark 6:39

1) a drinking party, entertainment
1a) of the party itself, the guests
1b) rows of guests
"The symposium (or symposion) was an important part of ancient Greek culture from the 7th century BCE and was a party held in a private home where Greek males gathered to drink, eat and sing together. Various topics were also discussed such as philosophy, politics, poetry and the issues of the day."
" The equivalent of a Greek symposium in Roman society is the Latin convivium."
A Roman convivium according to Marcus Tullius Cicero for the republican period and Seneca suggest that ten to twelve was the maximum number.
Plato in his "Laws" endorses the benefits of the symposium as a means to test and promote virtue in citizens.

4851 συμφέρω sumphero [soom-fer’-o] from 4862 Sun with and 5342 phero carry (including its alternate); v; TDNT- 9:69,1252; [{See TDNT 827 }] AV-be expedient 7, profit 4, be profitable 3, bring together 1, be better 1, be good 1; 17

1) to bear or bring together
2) to bear together or at the same time
2a) to carry with others
2b) to collect or contribute in order to help
2c) to help, be profitable, be expedient

4857 συμφώνησις sumphonesis [soom-fo’-nay-sis] from 4856 to agree; n f; TDNT-9:304,1287; [{See TDNT 838 }] AV-concord 1; 1

1) concord, agreement

4861 ~σύμψυχος~ sumpsuchos \@soom’-psoo-khos\@ from 4862 and 5590; ; adj AV-of one accord 1; 1 1) of one mind, of one accord

++++
This word is made up of two words "sun" (together with) and psuchos (soul, self, inner life, or the seat of the feelings, desires, affections). So the word refers to being united in spirit or harmonious (A&G). Paul desired the Philippians to be united in their affections-one in Christ in all desires! Used only here in the NT. (Wayne Steury)

4862 ~σύν~ sun \@soon\@ a primary preposition denoting union; prep AV-with 123, beside 1, accompany + 2064 1; 125

1) with
1a) implies a coherence, the two who are with each other are intimately connected and goes very much further then ~μετά~ {See GrkEng 3326} which means being in the same place with a person

4863 ~συνάγω~ sunago \@soon-ag’-o\@ from 4862 (with) and 71 (bring); ; v AV-gather 15, be gathered together 12, gather together 9, come together 6, be gathered 4, be assembled 3, take in 3, misc 10; 62

1) to gather together, to gather
1a) to draw together, collect
1a1) of fishes
1a2) of a net in which they are caught
2) to bring together, assemble, collect
2a) to join together, join in one (those previously separated)
2b) to gather together by convoking
2c) to be gathered i.e. come together, gather, meet
3) to lead with one’s self
3a) into one’s home, i.e. to receive hospitably, to entertain

4864 ~συναγωγή~ sunagoge \@soon-ag-o-gay’\@ from (the reduplicated form of) 4863; TDNT-7:798,1107; {See TDNT 764} n f AV-synagogue 55, congregation 1, assembly 1; 57

1) a bringing together, gathering (as of fruits), a contracting
2) in the NT, an assembling together of men, an assembly of men
3) a synagogue
3a) an assembly of Jews formally gathered together to offer prayers and listen to the reading and expositions of the scriptures; assemblies of that sort were held every sabbath and feast day, afterwards also on the second and fifth days of every week; name transferred to an assembly of Christians formally gathered together for religious purposes
3b) the buildings where those solemn Jewish assemblies are held. Synagogues seem to date their origin from the Babylonian exile. In the times of Jesus and the apostles every town, not only in Palestine, but also among the Gentiles if it contained a considerable number of Jewish inhabitants, had at least one synagogue, the larger towns several or even many. These were also used for trials and inflicting punishment.
  • For Synonyms see entry 5897

4871 ~συναλίζω~ sunalizo \@soon-al-id’-zo\@ from 4862 and halizo (to throng); ; v AV-assemble together 1; 1

1) to gather together, assemble
2) to be assembled, meet with

4873 ~συνανάκειμαι~ sunanakeimai \@soon-an-ak’-i-mahee\@ from 4862 and 345; TDNT-3:654,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-sit at meat with 4, sit with 2, sit together with 1, sit down with 1, sit at table with 1; 9

1) to recline together, feast together
1a) of guests

4892 συνέδριον sunedrion [soon-ed’-ree-on] from a presumed derivative of a compound of 4862 and the base of 1476; n n; TDNT-7:860,1115; [{See TDNT 768 }] AV-council 22; 22

1) any assembly (esp. of magistrates, judges, ambassadors), whether convened to deliberate or pass judgment
2) any session or assembly or people deliberating or adjudicating
2a) the Sanhedrin, the great council at Jerusalem, consisting of the seventy one members, viz. scribes, elders, prominent members of the high priestly families and the high priest, the president of the assembly. The most important causes were brought before this tribunal, inasmuch as the Roman rulers of Judaea had left to it the power of trying such cases, and also of pronouncing sentence of death, with the limitation that a capital sentence pronounced by the Sanhedrin was not valid unless it was confirmed by the Roman procurator.
2b) a smaller tribunal or council which every Jewish town had for the decision of less important cases.

4893 ~συνείδησις~ suneidesis \@soon-i’-day-sis\@ from a prolonged form of 4894 "to understand with others"; n f AV-conscience 32; 32

1) the consciousness of anything
2) the soul as distinguishing between what is morally good and bad, prompting to do the former and shun the latter, commending one, condemning the other
2a) the conscience

4904 συνεργός sunergos [soon-er-gos’] from a presumed compound of 4862 with and the base of 2041 work; adj; TDNT- 7:871,1116; [{See TDNT 769 }] AV-fellowlabourer 4, helper 3, fellowhelper 2, fellowworkers 1, workfellow 1, labourer together with 1, companion in labour 1; 13

1) a companion in work, fellow worker

4905 συνέρχομαι sunerchomai [soon-er’-khom-ahee] from 4862 sun preposition with and 2064 v erchomai to come; v; TDNT-2:684,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-come together 18, go with 4, come with 2, resort 2, come 2, come with + 2258 1, company with 1, accompany 1, assemble with 1; 32

1) to come together
1a) to assemble
1b) of conjugal cohabitation
2) to go (depart) or come with one, to accompany one

4920 συνίημι suniemi [soon-ee’-ay-mee] from 4862 with and hiemi (to send); v; TDNT-7:888,1119; [{See TDNT 771 }] AV-understand 24, consider 1, be wise 1; 26

1) to set or bring together
1a) in a hostile sense, of combatants
2) to put (as it were) the perception with the thing perceived
2a) to set or join together in the mind
2a1) i.e. to understand: the man of understanding
2a2) idiom for: a good and upright man (having the knowledge of those things which pertain to salvation)
For Synonyms see entry 5825

4921 συνιστάω sunistao [soon-is-tah’-o] or (strengthened) συνιστάνω sunistano [soon-is-tan’-o] or συνίστημι sunistemi [soon-is’-tay-mee] from 4862 sun with and 2476 histemi to cause or make to stand,(including its collat. forms); v; TDNT- 7:896,1120; [{See TDNT 772 }] AV-commend 10, approve 2, consist 1, make 1, stand 1, stand with 1; 16

1) to place together, to set in the same place, to bring or band together
1a) to stand with (or near)
2) to set one with another
2a) by way of presenting or introducing him
2b) to comprehend
3) to put together by way of composition or combination, to teach by combining and comparing
3a) to show, prove, establish, exhibit
4) to put together, unite parts into one whole
4a) to be composed of, consist

4929 συντάσσω suntasso [soon-tas-so] from 4862 and 5021; v; AV-appoint 2; 2 (Matthew 26:19 and Matthew 27:10)

1) to put in order with or together, to arrange
2) to (put together), constitute
2a) to prescribe, appoint

4930 συντέλεια sunteleia [soon-tel’-i-ah] from 4931 sunteleo; n f; TDNT-8:64,1161; [{See TDNT 785 }] AV-end 6; 6

1) completion, consummation, end

4934 ~συντίθεμαι~ suntithemai \@soon-tith’-em-ahee\@ middle voice from 4862 and 5087; ; v AV-agree 2, covenant 1, assent 1; 4

1) to put together with, to place together, to join together
1a) to place in one’s mind
1a1) to resolve, determine
1a2) to make an arrangement, to engage
1b) to assent to, to agree to

4937 συντρίβω suntribo [soon-tree’-bo] from 4862 and the base of 5147; v; TDNT-7:919,1124; [{See TDNT 774 }] AV-bruise 3, break 2, broken to shivers 1, brokenhearted + 2588 1, break in pieces 1; 8

1) break, to break in pieces, shiver
2) to tread down
2a) to put Satan under foot and (as a conqueror) trample on him
2b) to break down, crush
2b1) to tear one’s body and shatter one’s strength

4953 σύσσημον sussemon [soos’-say-mon] from a compound of 4862 and the base of 4591; n n; TDNT- 7:269,1015; [{See TDNT 707 }] AV-token 1; 1

1) a common sign or concerted signal
2) a sign given according to agreement

4961 ~συστρατιώτης~ sustratiotes \@soos-trat-ee-o’-tace\@ from 4862 with and 4757 soldier; TDNT-7:701,1091; {See TDNT 751} n m AV-fellowsoldier 2; 2

1) a fellow soldier
2) an associate in labours and conflicts for the cause of Christ
Philippians 2:25 Yet I supposed it necessary to send to you Epaphroditus, my brother, and companion in labour, and fellowsoldier <4961>, but your messenger, and he that ministered to my wants.
Philemon 1:2 And to our beloved Apphia, and Archippus our fellowsoldier <4961>, and to the church in thy house:

4964 συσχηματίζω suschematizo [soos-khay-mat-id’-zo] from 4862(with) and a derivative of 4976(manner of life); v; AV-conform to 1, fashion (one’s) self according to 1; 2

1) to conform one’s self (i.e. one’s mind and character) to another’s pattern, (fashion one’s self according to)
  • For Synonyms see entry 5873

4972. σφραγιζω sphragizo sfrag-id’-zo; from 4973 sphragis which implies a mark of genuineness. literally or figuratively: —; to stamp seal up, stop. ‭signifies ownership (full authority) of the owner. Count: seal (22x), set to (one's) seal (1x), stop (1x), seal up (1x), set a seal (1x), variations of 'seal' (1x). 27x

1 to set a seal upon, mark with a seal, to seal
1 for security: from Satan
2 since things sealed up are concealed (as the contents of a letter), to hide, keep in silence, keep secret
3 in order to mark a person or a thing
1 to set a mark upon by the impress of a seal or a stamp
2 angels are said to be sealed by God
4 in order to prove, confirm, or attest a thing
1 to confirm authenticate, place beyond doubt
1 of a written document
2 to prove one's testimony to a person that he is what he professes to be

4973. σφραγις sphragis sfrag-ece’; probably strengthened from 5420 phrasso apparently a strengthening form of the base of 5424 phren which can mean the mind or part of the heart; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively: —  seal. AV-seal 16; 16

1) a seal
1a) the seal placed upon books
1b) a signet ring
1c) the inscription or impression made by a seal
1c1) of the name of God and Christ stamped upon their foreheads
1d) that by which anything is confirmed, proved, authenticated, as by a seal (a token or proof)

4982 ~σώζω~ sozo \@sode’-zo\@ from a primary sos (contraction for obsolete saos, "safe"); TDNT-7:965,1132; {See TDNT 779} v AV-save 93, make whole 9, heal 3, be whole 2, misc 3; 110

1) to save, keep safe and sound, to rescue from danger or destruction
1a) one (from injury or peril)
1a1) to save a suffering one (from perishing), i.e. one suffering from disease, to make well, heal, restore to health
1b1) to preserve one who is in danger of destruction, to save or rescue
1b) to save in the technical biblical sense
1b1) negatively
1b1a) to deliver from the penalties of the Messianic judgment
1b1b) to save from the evils which obstruct the reception of the Messianic deliverance

4983 ~σῶμα~ soma \@so’-mah\@ from 4982; TDNT-7:1024,1140; {See TDNT 780} n n AV-body 144, bodily 1, slave 1; 146

1) the body both of men or animals
1a) a dead body or corpse
1b) the living body
1b1) of animals
2) the bodies of planets and of stars (heavenly bodies)
3) is used of a (large or small) number of men closely united into one society, or family as it were; a social, ethical, mystical body
3a) so in the NT of the church
4) that which casts a shadow as distinguished from the shadow itself

4991 ~σωτηρία~ soteria \@so-tay-ree’-ah\@ feminine of a derivative of 4990 as (properly, abstract) noun; TDNT-7:965,1132; {See TDNT 779} n f AV-salvation 40, the (one) be saved 1, deliver + 1325 1, health 1, saving 1, that (one) be saved + 1519 1; 45

1) deliverance, preservation, safety, salvation
1a) deliverance from the molestation of enemies
1b) in an ethical sense, that which concludes to the souls safety or salvation
1b1) of Messianic salvation
2) salvation as the present possession of all true Christians
3) future salvation, the sum of benefits and blessings which the Christians, redeemed from all earthly ills, will enjoy after the visible return of Christ from heaven in the consummated and eternal kingdom of God.
  • Fourfold salvation: saved from the penalty, power, presence and most importantly the pleasure of sin. (A.W. Pink)

4992 σωτήριον soterion [so-tay’-ree-on] neuter of the same as 4991 as (properly, concretely) noun; adj; TDNT- 7:1021,1132; [{See TDNT 779 }] AV-salvation 4, that brings salvation 1; 5

1) saving, bringing salvation
2) he who embodies this salvation, or through whom God is about to achieve it
3) the hope of (future) salvation

Tau (Strong's 4999-5190)

5008 Ταλιθά talitha [tal-ee-thah’] of Aramaic origin, cf. 02924 טָלֶה‎ TetLamedHeytelah lamb said to be from טְלָא‎ tëla’ a lamb or spotted lamb; n f; AV-Talitha 1; 1

1) damsel, maiden
  • Lamb in Hebrew is normally 03532 כֶּבֶשׂ‎ kebes, with the same letters used for 03533 כָּבַשׁ‎ kabash meaning subdue and 03534 כֶּבֶשׁ‎ kebesh translated in 2 Chronicles 9:18 as footstool.
  • ט Tet Introversion - The Concealed power of good or paradoxically evil [to twist a snake... wheel To surround (gestation)] (Numeric value: 9)

5009 ταμεῖον tameion [tam-i’-on] contraction of a presumed derivative of tamias (a dispenser or distributor; n n; AV-closet 2, secret chamber 1, storehouse 1; 4

1) a storage chamber, storeroom
2) a chamber esp. an inner chamber
3) a secret room

5010 τάξις taxis [tax’-is] from 5021; n f; AV-order 10; 10

1) an arranging, arrangement
2) order
2a) a fixed succession observing a fixed time
3) due or right order, orderly condition
4) the post, rank, or position which one holds in civic or other affairs
4a) since this position generally depends on one’s talents, experience, resources
4a1) character, fashion, quality, style

5013 ~ταπεινόω~ tapeinoo \@tap-i-no’-o\@ from 5011; v AV-humble 6, abase 5, humble (one’s) self 2, bring low 1; 14

1) to make low, bring low
1a) to level, reduce to a plain
1b) metaph. to bring into a humble condition, reduce to meaner circumstances
1b1) to assign a lower rank or place to
1b2) to abase
1b3) to be ranked below others who are honoured or rewarded
1b4) to humble or abase myself by humble living
1c) to lower, depress
1c1) of one’s soul bring down one’s pride
1c2) to have a modest opinion of one’s self
1c3) to behave in an unassuming manner
1c4) devoid of all haughtiness

5015 ταράσσω tarasso [tar-as’-so] of uncertain affinity; v; AV-trouble 17; 17

1) to agitate, trouble (a thing, by the movement of its parts to and fro)
1a) to cause one inward commotion, take away his calmness of mind, disturb his equanimity
1b) to disquiet, make restless
1c) to stir up
1d) to trouble
1d1) to strike one’s spirit with fear and dread
1e) to render anxious or distressed
1f) to perplex the mind of one by suggesting scruples or doubts

5021 ~τάσσω~ tasso \@tas’-so\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); v AV-appoint 3, ordain 2, set 1, determine 1, addict 1; 8

1) to put in order, to station
1a) to place in a certain order, to arrange, to assign a place, to appoint
1a1) to assign (appoint) a thing to one
1b) to appoint, ordain, order
1b1) to appoint on one’s own responsibility or authority
1b2) to appoint mutually, i.e. agree upon

5023 ταῦτα tauta [tow’-tah] or τα αυτα nominative or accusative case neuter plural of 3778 houtos this, these; pron; [{ See TDNT 784 }] AV-these things 158, these 26, thus 17, that 7, these words 7, this 6, afterwards + 3326 4, misc 22; 247

1) these

5026 ταύτῃ taute [tow’-tay] and ταύτην tauten [tow’-tane] and ταύτης tautes [tow’-tace] dative case, accusative case and genitive case respectively of the feminine singular of 3778; pron; AV-this 105, that 4, the same 4, misc 9; 122

1) this, that, the same, see 3778 houtos from the article 3588 and 846.

5040 ~τεκνίον~ teknion \@tek-nee’-on\@ diminutive of 5043; n n AV-little children 9; 9

1) a little child
2) in the NT used as a term of kindly address by teachers to their disciples

5043 ~τέκνον~ teknon \@tek’-non\@ from the base of 5098; n n AV-child 77, son 21, daughter 1; 99

1) offspring, children
1a) child
1a) a male child, a son
1b) metaph.
1b1) the name transferred to that intimate and reciprocal relationship formed between men by the bonds of love, friendship, trust, just as between parents and children
1b2) in affectionate address, such as patrons, helpers,teachers and the like employ: my child
1b3) in the NT, pupils or disciples are called children of their teachers, because the latter by their instruction nourish the minds of their pupils and mould their characters
1b4) children of God: in the OT of "the people of Israel" as especially dear to God, in the NT, in Paul’s writings, all who are led by the Spirit of God and thus closely related to God
1b5) children of the devil: those who in thought and action are prompted by the devil, and so reflect his character
1c) metaph.
1c1) of anything who depends upon it, is possessed by a desire or affection for it, is addicted to it
1c2) one who is liable to any fate
1c2a) thus children of a city: it citizens and inhabitants
1c3) the votaries of wisdom, those souls who have, as it were, been nurtured and moulded by wisdom
1c4) cursed children, exposed to a curse and doomed to God’s wrath or penalty
For Synonyms see entry 5868 & 5943

5046 ~τέλειος~ teleios \@tel’-i-os\@ from 5056 definite point or goal; TDNT-8:67,1161; {See TDNT 785} adj AV-perfect 17, man 1, of full age 1; 19

1) brought to its end, finished
2) wanting nothing necessary to completeness
3) perfect
4) that which is perfect
4a) consummate human integrity and virtue
4b) of men
4b1) full grown, adult, of full age, mature

5047 ~τελειότης~ teleiotes \@tel-i-ot’-ace\@ from 5046; associated with 5048; TDNT-8:78,1161; {See TDNT 785} n f AV-perfectness 1, perfection 1; 2

1) perfection
1a) the state of the more intelligent
1b) moral and spiritual perfection

5048 ~τελειόω~ teleioo \@tel-i-o’-o\@ from 5046; TDNT-8:79,1161; {See TDNT 785} v AV-make perfect 12, perfect 4, finish 4, fulfil 2, be perfect 1, consecrate 1; 24

1) to make perfect, complete
1a) to carry through completely, to accomplish, finish, bring to an end
2) to complete (perfect)
2a) add what is yet wanting in order to render a thing full
2b) to be found perfect
3) to bring to the end (goal) proposed
4) to accomplish
4a) bring to a close or fulfilment by event
4a1) of the prophecies of the scriptures
  • oikos teleios is the perfect marriage in Rome. “perfect community” (koinonia teleios) ,
  • teleio ,a can be a complete adoption and has been asociated with redeemed.
    • Philo writes (Mos. 1.19). "And the princess, seeing him so advanced beyond his age, conceived for him an even greater fondness than before, and took [adopted] him for her son, having at an earlier time artificially enlarged the figure of her womb to make him pass as her real and not a supposititious child” (LCL, trans. F. H. Colson)."

Even Josephus writes,“Such was the child whom Thermuthis adopted as her son” (LCL, trans. Henry St. John Thackeray).

5055 τελέω teleo [tel-eh’-o] from 5056 telos meaning end; v; TDNT-8:57,1161; [{See TDNT 785 }] AV-finish 8, fulfil 7, accomplish 4, pay 2, perform 1, expire 1, misc 3; 26

1) to bring to a close, to finish, to end
1a) passed, finished
2) to perform, execute, complete, fulfil, (so that the thing done corresponds to what has been said, the order, command etc.)
2a) with special reference to the subject matter, to carry out the contents of a command
2b) with reference also to the form, to do just as commanded, and generally involving the notion of time, to perform the last act which completes a process, to accomplish, fulfil
3) to pay
3a) of tribute
"It is finished or paid" #Joh 19:30
  • Christ satisfied God’s justice by dying for all to pay for the sins of the elect. These sins can never be punished again since that would violate God’s justice. Sins can only be punished once, either by a substitute or by yourself.

5056 τέλος telos [tel’-os] from a primary tello (to set out for a definite point or goal); n n; TDNT- 8:49,1161; [{See TDNT 785 }] AV-end 35, custom 3, uttermost 1, finally 1, ending 1, by (one’s) continual + 1519 1; 42

1) end
1a) termination, the limit at which a thing ceases to be (always of the end of some act or state, but not of the end of a period of time)
1b) the end
1b1) the last in any succession or series
1b2) eternal
1c) that by which a thing is finished, its close, issue
1d) the end to which all things relate, the aim, purpose
2) toll, custom (i.e. indirect tax on goods)
  • For Synonyms see entry 5941

5057 ~τελώνης~ telones \@tel-o’-nace\@ from 5056 and 5608; n m AV-publican 22; 22

1) a renter or farmer of taxes
1a) among the Romans, usually a man of equestrian rank
2) a tax gatherer, collector of taxes or tolls, one employed by a publican or farmer general in the collection of taxes. The tax collectors were as a class, detested not only by the Jews, but by other nations also, both on account of their employment and of the harshness, greed, and deception, with which they did their job.

5058 ~τελώνιον~ telonion \@tel-o’-nee-on\@ from a presumed derivative of 5057 telones [publican, a tax gatherer, collector of taxes or tolls, one employed by a publican]; ; n n AV-receipt of custom 3; 3

1) customs, toll
2) toll house, place of toll, tax office
3) the place in which the tax collector sat to collect the taxes
  • Appears also in:
Mark 2:14 And as he passed by, he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the receipt of custom <5058>, and said unto him, Follow me. And he arose and followed him.
Luke 5:27 And after these things he went forth, and saw a publican, named Levi, sitting at the receipt of custom <5058>: and he said unto him, Follow me.

5059 τέρας teras [ter’-as] of uncertain affinity; n n; TDNT-8:113,1170; [{See TDNT 788 }] AV-wonder 16; 16

1) a prodigy, portent
2) miracle: performed by any one

5078 ~τέχνη~ techne \@tekh’-nay\@ from the base of 5088; ; n f AV-art 1, occupation 1, craft 1; 3

1) of the plastic art
2) of a trade

5079 ~τεχνίτης~ technites \@tekh-nee’-tace\@ from 5078; n m AV-craftsman 3, builder 1; 4

1) an artificer, craftsman, builders

5083 τηρέω tereo [tay-reh’-o] from teros (a watch, perhaps akin to 2334); v; TDNT-8:140,1174; [{See TDNT 790 }] AV-keep 57, reserve 8, observe 4, watch 2, preserve 2, keeper 1, hold fast 1; 75

1) to attend to carefully, take care of
1a) to guard
1b) metaph. to keep, one in the state in which he is
1c) to observe
1d) to reserve: to undergo something
For Synonyms see entry 5874

5087 ~τίθημι~ tithemi \@tith’-ay-mee\@ a prolonged form of a primary ~θεω~ theo \@theh’-o\@ (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); v AV-lay 28, put 18, lay down 12, make 10, appoint 6, kneel down + 1119 + 3588 5, misc 17; 96

1) to set, put, place
1a) to place or lay
1b) to put down, lay down
1b1) to bend down
1b2) to lay off or aside, to wear or carry no longer
1b3) to lay by, lay aside money
1c) to set on (serve) something to eat or drink
1d) to set forth, something to be explained by discourse
2) to make
2a) to make (or set) for one’s self or for one’s use
3) to set, fix establish
3a) to set forth
3b) to establish, ordain

5091 ~τιμάω~ timao \@tim-ah’-o\@ from 5093 timios meaning something precious and valuable; TDNT-8:169,1181; {See TDNT 792} v AV-honour 19, value 2; 21

1) to estimate, fix the value
1a) for the value of something belonging to one’s self
2) to honour, to have in honour, to revere, venerate

5092 ~τιμή~ time \@tee-may’\@ from 5099; TDNT-8:169,1181; {See TDNT 792} n f AV-honour 33, price 8, sum 1, precious 1; 43

1) a valuing by which the price is fixed
1a) of the price itself
1b) of the price paid or received for a person or thing bought or sold
2) honour which belongs or is shown to one
2a) of the honour which one has by reason of rank and state of office which he holds
2b) deference, reverence

5093 ~τίμιος~ timios \@tim’-ee-os\@ including the comparative ~τιμιώτερος~ timioteros \@tim-ee-o’-ter-os\@ and the superlative ~τιμιώτατος~ timiotatos \@tim-ee-o’-tat-os\@ from 5092 pric or value; ; adj AV-precious 8, most precious 2, more precious 1, dear 1, honourable 1, had in reputation 1; 14

1) as of great price, precious
2) held in honour, esteemed, especially dear

5099 ~τίνω~ tino \@tee’-no\@ strengthened for a primary ~τίω~ tio \@tee’-o\@ (which is only used as an alternate in certain tenses); ; v AV-be punished + 1349 1; 1

1) to pay, to recompense
2) to pay penalty, suffer punishment

5100 τὶς tis [tis] an enclitic indefinite pronoun; pron; AV-certain 104, some 73, any man 55, any 37, one 34, man 34, anything 24, a 9, certain man 7, something 6, somewhat 6, ought 5, some man 4, certain thing 2, nothing + 3756 2, divers 2, he 2, thing 1, another 2, not tr 17, misc 22; 448

1) a certain, a certain one
2) some, some time, a while

5102 ~τίτλος~ titlos \@tit’-los\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-title 2; 2

1) a title which is the result of a judicial procedure.
2) an inscription, giving the accusation or crime for which a criminal suffered
  • John 19:19 And Pilate wrote a title <5102>, and put it on the cross. And the writing was, JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS. This title <5102> then read many of the Jews: for the place where Jesus was crucified was nigh to the city: and it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin.

5114 τομώτερος tomoteros [tom-o’-ter-os] comparative of a derivative of the primary temno (to cut, more comprehensive or decisive than 2875, as if by a single stroke, whereas that implies repeated blows, like hacking); adj; AV-sharper 1; 1

1) sharper

5117 τόπος topos [top’-os] apparently a primary word; n m; TDNT-8:187,1184; [{See TDNT 794 }] AV-place 80, room 5, quarter 2, licence 1, coast 1, where 1, plain + 3977 1, rock + 5138 1; 92

1) place, any portion or space marked off, as it were from surrounding space
1a) an inhabited place, as a city, village, district
1b) a place (passage) in a book
2) metaph.
2a) the condition or station held by one in any company or assembly
2b) opportunity, power, occasion for acting
For Synonyms see entry 5875

5132 ~τράπεζα~ trapeza \@trap’-ed-zah\@ probably contracted from 5064 and 3979; TDNT-8:209,1187; {See TDNT 795} n f AV-table 13, bank 1, meat 1; 15

1) a table
1a) a table on which food is placed, an eating place
1a1) the table in the temple at Jerusalem on which the consecrated loaves were placed
1b) equiv. to the food placed upon the table
1b1) to set a table
1b2) put food before one
1c) a banquet, feast
2) the table or stand of a money changer, where he sits, exchanging different kinds of money for a fee (agio), and paying back with interest loans or deposits

5141 τρέμω tremo [trem’-o] strengthened from a primary treo (to "dread," "terrify"); v; AV-tremble 4; 4

1) tremble
2) to fear, be afraid
  • For Synonyms see entry 5841

5147 τρίβος tribos [tree’-bos] from tribo (to "rub," akin to teiro, truo, and the base of 5131, 5134); n f; AV-path 3; 3

1) a worn way, a path

Template:5157

5158 τρόπος tropos [trop’-os] from the same as 5157; n m; AV-as + 3739 3, even as + 2596 + 3739 2, way 2, means 2, even as + 3739 1, in like manner as + 3639 1, manner 1, conversation 1; 13

1) a manner, way, fashion
1a) as, even as, like as
2) manner of life, character, deportment

5160 ~τροφή~ trophe \@trof-ay’\@ from 5142; ; n f AV-meat 11, food 2, some meat 2, not tr 1; 16

1) food, nourishment

5166 ~τρυγάω~ trugao \@troo-gah’-o\@ from a derivative of trugo (to dry) meaning ripe fruit (as if dry); ; v AV-gather 3; 3

1) to gather in ripe fruits
2) to gather the harvest or vintage
2a) of fruit gathered

5171 ~τρυφάω~ truphao \@troo-fah’-o\@ from 5172; ; v AV-live in pleasure 1; 1 James 5:5 Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth...

1) to live delicately, live luxuriously, be given to soft and luxurious life
see also 2 Peter 2:13 "pleasure to riot" and "sporting themselves" and Luke 7:25 "live delicately, are in kings’ courts."

5172 ~τρυφή~ truphe \@troo-fay’\@ from thrupto (to break up or [figuratively] enfeeble, especially the mind and body by indulgence); ; n f AV-delicately 1, to riot 1; 2

1) softness, effeminate, luxurious living
see 2 Peter 2:13 pleasure to "riot" and "sporting themselves" and Luke 7:25 "live delicately", are in kings’ courts.

5179 ~τύπος~ tupos \@too’-pos\@ from 5180; TDNT-8:246,1193; {See TDNT 800} n m AV-ensample 5, print 2, figure 2, example 2, pattern 2, fashion 1, manner 1, form 1; 16

1) the mark of a stroke or blow, print
2) a figure formed by a blow or impression
2a) of a figure or image
2b) of the image of the gods
3) form
3a) the teaching which embodies the sum and substance of religion and represents it to the mind, manner of writing, the contents and form of a letter
4) an example
4a) in the technical sense, the pattern in conformity to which a thing must be made
4b) in an ethical sense, a dissuasive example, a pattern of warning
4b1) of ruinous events which serve as admonitions or warnings to others
4c) an example to be imitated
4c1) of men worthy of imitation
4d) in a doctrinal sense
4d1) of a type i.e. a person or thing prefiguring a future (Messianic) person or thing
For Synonyms see entry 5919

5180 ~τύπτω~ tupto \@toop’-to\@ a primary verb (in a strengthened form); TDNT-8:260,1195; {See TDNT 801} v AV-smite 9, beat 3, strike 1, wound 1; 14

1) to strike, beat, smite
1a) with a staff, a whip, the fist, the hand
1b) of mourners, to smite their breast
2) to smite one on whom he inflicts punitive evil
3) to smite
3a) metaph. i.e. to wound, disquiet one’s conscience

Upsilon (Strong's 5191-5313)

5197 ~ὑβριστής~ hubristes \@hoo-bris-tace’\@ from 5195; TDNT-8:295,1200; {See TDNT 803} n m AV-despiteful 1, injurious 1; 2

1) an insolent man
2) one who, uplifted with pride, either heaps insulting language upon others or does them some shameful act of wrong
For Synonyms see entry 5885

5198 ~ὑγιαίνω~ hugiaino \@hoog-ee-ah’-ee-no\@ from 5199; TDNT-8:308,1202; {See TDNT 804} v AV-sound 6, be sound 1, be whole 1, whole 1, wholesome 1, be in health 1, safe and sound 1; 12

1) to be sound, to be well, to be in good health
2) metaph.
2a) of Christians whose opinions are free from any mixture of error
2b) of one who keeps the graces and is strong

5199 ~ὑγιής~ hugies \@hoog-ee-ace’\@ from the base of 837; TDNT-8:308,1202; {See TDNT 804} adj AV-whole 13, sound 1; 14

1) sound
1a) of a man who is sound in body
2) to make one whole i.e. restore him to health
3) metaph. teaching which does not deviate from the truth

5204 ὕδωρ hudor [hoo’-dore] genitive case ὕδατος hudatos [hoo’-dat-os,] etc. from the base of 5205; n n; TDNT-8:314,1203; [{See TDNT 805 }] AV-water 79; 79

1) water
1a) of water in rivers, in fountains, in pools
1b) of the water of the deluge
1c) of water in any of the earth’s repositories
1d) of water as the primary element, out of and through which the world that was before the deluge, arose and was compacted
1e) of the waves of the sea
1f) fig. used of many peoples

5205 ὑετός huetos [hoo-et-os’] from a primary huo (to rain); n m; AV-rain 6; 6

1) rain

5219 ὑπακούω hupakouo [hoop-ak-oo’-o] from 5259 and 191 listen; v; TDNT-1:223,34; [{See TDNT 43 }] AV-obey 18, be obedient to 2, hearken 1; 21

1) to listen, to harken
1a) of one who on the knock at the door comes to listen who it is, (the duty of a porter)
2) to harken to a command
2a) to obey, be obedient to, submit to

5223 ~ὕπαρξις~ huparxis \@hoop’-arx-is\@ from 5225 and 5224 huparchonta; ; n f AV-goods 1, substance 1; 2

1) possessions, goods, wealth, property

5224 ~ὑπάρχοντα~ huparchonta \@hoop-ar’-khon-tah\@ neuter plural of present participle active of 5225 as noun; ; v participle AV-goods 7, that (one) has 4, things which (one) possesses 2, substance 1; 14

1) possessions, goods, wealth, property
Matthew 19:21 Jesus said unto him, If thou wilt be perfect, go [and] sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come [and] follow me.
Luke 14:33 So likewise, whosoever he be of you that forsaketh not all that he hath, he cannot be my disciple.

5225 ~ὑπάρχω~ huparcho \@hoop-ar’-kho\@ from 5259 and 756; ; v AV-be 42, have 2, live 1, after 1, not tr 2; 48 aee also 5224

1) to begin below, to make a beginning
1a) to begin
2) to come forth, hence to be there, be ready, be at hand
3) to be

5226 ὑπείκω hupeiko [hoop-i’-ko] from 5259 and eiko (to yield, be "weak"); v; AV-submit (one’s) self 1; 1

1) to resist no longer, but to give way, yield (of combatants)
2) metaph. to yield to authority and admonition, to submit

5242 ~ὑπερέχω~ huperecho \@hoop-er-ekh’-o\@ from 5228 and 2192; TDNT-8:523,1230; {See TDNT 814} v AV-higher 1, better 1, excellency 1, pass 1, supreme 1; 5

1) to have or hold over one
2) to stand out, rise above, overtop
2a) to be above, be superior in rank, authority, power
2a1) the prominent men, rulers
2b) to excel, to be superior, better than, to surpass

5244 ~ὑπερήφανος~ huperephanos \@hoop-er-ay’-fan-os\@ from 5228 and 5316; TDNT-8:525,1231; {See TDNT 815} adj AV-proud 5; 5

1) showing one’s self above others, overtopping, conspicuous above others, pre-eminent
2) with an overweening estimate of one’s means or merits, despising others or even treating them with contempt, haughty
For Synonyms see entry 5885

5247 ~ὑπεροχή~ huperoche \@hoop-er-okh-ay’\@ from 5242; TDNT-8:523,1230; {See TDNT 814} n f AV-excellency 1, authority 1; 2

1) elevation, pre-eminence, superiority
2) metaph. excellence

5253 ~ὑπερῷ ον~ huperoon \@hoop-er-o’-on\@ from a derivative of 5228; ; n n AV-upper chamber 3, upper room 1; 4

1) the highest part of the house, the upper rooms or story where the women resided
2) a room in the upper part of a house, sometimes built upon the flat roof of the house, whither Orientals were wont to retire in order to sup, meditate, pray
Acts 1:13 "And when they were come in, they went up into an upper room <5253>, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholomew, and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas the brother of James." verse 15 mentions 120 names and chapter two talk of Pentecost.
Acts 9:37 And it came to pass in those days, that she was sick, and died: whom when they had washed, they laid her in an upper chamber <5253>.
Acts 9:39 Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber <5253>: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them.
Acts 20:8 And there were many lights in the upper chamber <5253>, where they were gathered together.

5257 ~ὑπηρέτης~ huperetes \@hoop-ay-ret’-ace\@ from 5259 and a derivative of eresso (to row); n m AV-officer 11, minister 5, servant 4; 20

1) servant
1a) an underrower, subordinate rower
1b) any one who serves with hands: a servant
1b1) in the NT of the officers and attendants of magistrates as  —  of the officer who executes penalties
1b2) of the attendants of a king, servants, retinue, the soldiers of a king, of the attendant of a synagogue
1b3) of any one ministering or rendering service
1c) any one who aids another in any work
1c1) an assistant
1c2) of the preacher of the gospel
For Synonyms see entry 5834 & 5928

5259 ~ὑπό~ hupo \@hoop-o’\@ a primary preposition; ; prep AV-of 116, by 42, under 48, with 14, in 1, not tr 6, misc 3; 230 1) by, under

5271 ~ὑποκρίνομαι~ hupokrinomai \@hoop-ok-rin’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 5259 and 2919; v AV-feign 1; 1

1) to take up another’s statements in reference to what one has decided for one’s self
1a) to reply, answer
2) to make answer (speak) on the stage
2a) to impersonate anyone, play a part
3) to simulate, feign, pretend

5272 ~ὑπόκρισις~ hupokrisis \@hoop-ok’-ree-sis\@ from 5271; n f AV-hypocrisy 5, dissimulation 1, condemnation 1; 7

1) an answering
2) an answer
3) the acting of a stage player
4) dissimulation, hypocrisy

5273 ~ὑποκριτής~ hupokrites \@hoop-ok-ree-tace’\@ from 5271 pretend falsely; n m AV-hypocrite 20; 20

1) one who answers, an interpreter
2) an actor, stage player
3) a dissembler, pretender, hypocrite

5278 ~ὑπομένω~ hupomeno \@hoop-om-en’-o\@ from 5259 and 3306; v AV-endure 11, take patiently 2, tarry behind 1, abide 1, patient 1, suffer 1; 17

1) to remain
1a) to tarry behind
2) to remain i.e. abide, not recede or flee
2a) to preserve: under misfortunes and trials to hold fast to one’s faith in Christ
2b) to endure, bear bravely and calmly: ill treatments

5281 ~ὑπομονή~ hupomone \@hoop-om-on-ay’\@ from 5278; TDNT-4:581,581; {See TDNT 481} n f AV-patience 29, enduring 1, patient continuance 1, patient waiting 1; 32

1) steadfastness, constancy, endurance
1a) in the NT the characteristic of a man who is not swerved from his deliberate purpose and his loyalty to faith and piety by even the greatest trials and sufferings
1b) patiently, and steadfastly
2) a patient, steadfast waiting for
3) a patient enduring, sustaining, perseverance
For Synonyms see entry 5861

5287 ὑπόστασις hupostasis [hoop-os’-tas-is] from a compound of 5259 and 2476; n f; TDNT-8:572,1237; [{ See TDNT 820 }] AV-confidence 2, confident 1, person 1, substance 1; 5

1) a setting or placing under
1a) thing put under, substructure, foundation
2) that which has foundation, is firm
2a) that which has actual existence
2a1) a substance, real being
2b) the substantial quality, nature, of a person or thing
2c) the steadfastness of mind, firmness, courage, resolution
2c1) confidence, firm trust, assurance

5293 ~ὑποτάσσω~ hupotasso \@hoop-ot-as’-so\@ from 5259 and 5021; Tasso/Hupotasso in the Greek is a form of the Hebrew root, “KafNunAyin" 03665.”TDNT-8:39,1156; {See TDNT 784} v AV-put under 6, be subject unto 6, be subject to 5, submit (one’s) self unto 5, submit (one’s) self to 3, be in subjection unto 2, put in subjection under 1, misc 12; 40

1) to arrange under, to subordinate
2) to subject, put in subjection
3) to subject one’s self, obey
4) to submit to one’s control
5) to yield to one’s admonition or advice
6) to obey, be subject
A Greek military term meaning "to arrange [troop divisions] in a military fashion under the command of a leader". In non-military use, it was "a voluntary attitude of giving in, cooperating, assuming responsibility, and carrying a burden".

5297 ~ὑποφέρω~ hupophero \@hoop-of-er’-o\@ from 5259 and 5342; ; v AV-endure 2, bear 1; 3

1) to bear by being under, bear up (a thing placed on one’s shoulders)
2) to bear patiently, to endure

5310 ~ὕψιστος~ hupsistos \@hoop’-sis-tos\@ superlative from the base of 5311; TDNT-8:614,1241; {See TDNT 823} adv AV-highest 8, most high 5; 13

1) highest, most high
1a) of place: the highest regions
1b) of rank: the most high God

5311 ~ὕψος~ hupsos \@hoop’-sos\@ from a derivative of 5228; n n AV-on high 2, height 2, high 1, be exalted 1; 6

1) height
1a) of measurement
1b) of place, heaven
1c) metaph. rank, high station

5312 ~ὑψόω~ hupsoo \@hoop-so’-o\@ from 5311; v AV-exalt 14, lift up 6; 20

1) to lift up on high, to exalt
2) metaph.
2a) to raise to the very summit of opulence and prosperity
2b) to exalt, to raise to dignity, honour and happiness

Phi (Strong's 5314-5462)

5315 ~φάγω~ phago \@fag’-o\@ a primary verb (used as an alternate of 2068 in certain tenses); ; v AV-eat 94, meat 3; 97

1) to eat
2) to eat (consume) a thing
2a) to take food, eat a meal
2b) metaph. to devour, consume

5316 φαίνω phaino [fah’-ee-no] prolongation for the base of 5457 phos light; v; TDNT-9:1,1244; [{See TDNT 824 }] AV-appear 17, shine 10, be seen 2, seem 1, think 1; 31

1) to bring forth into the light, cause to shine, shed light
2) shine
2a) to shine, be bright or resplendent
2b) to become evident, to be brought forth into the light, come to view, appear
2b1) of growing vegetation, to come to light
2b2) to appear, be seen
2b3) exposed to view
2c) to meet the eyes, strike the sight, become clear or manifest
2c1) to be seen, appear
2d) to appear to the mind, seem to one’s judgment or opinion
  • For Synonyms see entry 5837

5319 φανερόω phaneroo [fan-er-o’-o] from 5318 phaneros ; v; TDNT-9:3,1244; [{See TDNT 824 }] AV-make manifest 19, appear 12, manifest 9, show 3, be manifest 2, show (one’s) self 2, manifestly declare 1, manifest forth 1; 49

1) to make manifest or visible or known what has been hidden or unknown, to manifest, whether by words, or deeds, or in any other way
1a) make actual and visible, realised
1b) to make known by teaching
1c) to become manifest, be made known
1d) of a person
1d1) expose to view, make manifest, to show one’s self, appear
1e) to become known, to be plainly recognised, thoroughly understood
1e1) who and what one is
For Synonyms see entry 5812

5321 φανέρωσις phanerosis [fan-er’-o-sis] from 5319 phaneroo make known; n f; TDNT-9:6,1244; [{See TDNT 824 }] AV-manifestation 2; 2

1) manifestation

5328 ~Φαραώ~ Pharao \@far-ah-o’\@ of foreign origin 06547 ערפ^, n m AV-Pharaoh 5; 5 Pharaoh =" his nakedness" 1) was a common title of the native kings of Egypt

5331 ~φαρμακεία~ pharmakeia \@far-mak-i’-ah\@ from 5332 from pharmakon (a drug; n f AV-sorcery 2, witchcraft 1; 3

1) the use or the administering of drugs
2) poisoning
3) sorcery, magical arts, often found in connection with idolatry and fostered by it
4) metaph. the deceptions and seductions of idolatry

5332 ~φαρμακεύς~ pharmakeus \@far-mak-yoos’\@ from pharmakon (a drug, i.e. spell-giving potion); ; n m AV-sorcerer 1; 1

1) one who prepares or uses magical remedies
2) sorcerer

5336 ~φάτνη~ phatne \@fat’-nay\@ from pateomai (to eat); n f AV-manger 3, stall 1; 4

1) a crib, a manger

5337 φαῦλος phaulos [fow’-los] apparently a primary word; adj; AV-evil 4; 4

1) easy, slight, ordinary, mean, worthless, of no account
2) ethically, bad, base, wicked
  • For Synonyms see entry 5908

5342 ~φέρω~ phero \@fer’-o\@ a primary verb (for which other and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only, namely, ~οιω~ oio \@oy’-o;\@ and ~ενεγκω~ enegko \@en-eng’-ko;\@ v AV-bring 34, bear 8, bring forth 5, come 3, reach 2, endure 2, carry 1, misc 9; 64

1) to carry
1a) to carry some burden
1a1) to bear with one’s self
1b) to move by bearing; move or, to be conveyed or borne, with
the suggestion of force or speed
1b1) of persons borne in a ship over the sea
1b2) of a gust of wind, to rush
1b3) of the mind, to be moved inwardly, prompted
1c) to bear up i.e. uphold (keep from falling)
1c1) of Christ, the preserver of the universe
2) to bear, i.e. endure, to endure the rigour of a thing, to bear patiently one’s conduct, or spare one (abstain from punishing or destroying)
3) to bring, bring to, bring forward
3a) to move to, apply
3b) to bring in by announcing, to announce
3c) to bear i.e. bring forth, produce; to bring forward in a speech
3d) to lead, conduct

5345 ~φήμη~ pheme \@fay’-may\@ from 5346; ; n f AV-fame 2; 2 1) fame, report

5346 ~φημί~ phemi \@fay-mee’\@ properly, the same as the base of 5457 and 5316; ; v AV-say 57, affirm 1; 58

1) to make known one’s thoughts, to declare
2) to say

5355 ~φθόνος~ phthonos \@fthon’-os\@ probably akin to the base of 5351; ; n m AV-envy 8, envying 1; 9

1) envy
2) for envy, i.e. prompted by envy

5356 φθορά phthora [fthor-ah’] from 5351 corrupt; n f; TDNT-9:93,1259; [{See TDNT 829 }] AV-corruption 7, to perish + 1519 1, destroy 1; 9

1) corruption, destruction, perishing
1a) that which is subject to corruption, what is perishable
1b) in the Christian sense, eternal misery in hell
2) in the NT, in an ethical sense, corruption i.e. moral decay

5360 φιλαδελφία philadelphia [fil-ad-el-fee’-ah] from 5361 philadelphos love as brethren; n f; TDNT-1:144,22; [{See TDNT 21 }] AV-brotherly love 3, brotherly kindness 2, love of the brethren 1; 6

1) love of brothers or sisters, brotherly love
2) in the NT the love which Christians cherish for each other as brethren

5368 ~φιλέω~ phileo \@fil-eh’-o\@ from 5384; TDNT-9:114,1262; {See TDNT 831} v AV-love 22, kiss 3; 25

1) to love
1a) to approve of
1b) to like
1c) sanction
1d) to treat affectionately or kindly, to welcome, befriend
2) to show signs of love
2a) to kiss
3) to be fond of doing
3a) be wont, use to do
  • For Synonyms see entry 5914

5384 ~φίλος~ philos \@fee’-los\@ a primitive word; TDNT-9:146,1262; {See TDNT 831} adj AV-friend 29; 29

1) friend, to be friendly to one, wish him well
1a) a friend
1b) an associate
1c) he who associates familiarly with one, a companion
1d) one of the bridegroom’s friends who on his behalf asked the hand of the bride and rendered him various services in closing the marriage and celebrating the nuptials

5389 ~φιλοτιμέομαι~ philotimeomai \@fil-ot-im-eh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from a compound of 5384 and 5092; ; v AV-strive 1, labour 1, study 1; 3

1) to be fond of honour
1a) to be actuated by love of honour
1b) from a love of honour to strive to bring something to pass
2) to be ambitious
2a) to strive earnestly, make it one’s aim

5399 φοβέω phobeo [fob-eh’-o] from 5401 n fear, dread, terror; v; TDNT-9:189,1272; [{See TDNT 833 }] AV-fear 62, be afraid 23, be afraid of 5, reverence 1, misc 2; 93

1) to put to flight by terrifying (to scare away)
1a) to put to flight, to flee
1b) to fear, be afraid
1b1) to be struck with fear, to be seized with alarm
1b1a) of those startled by strange sights or occurrences
1b1b) of those struck with amazement
1b2) to fear, be afraid of one
1b3) to fear (i.e. hesitate) to do something (for fear of harm)
1c) to reverence, venerate, to treat with deference or reverential obedience
  • For Synonyms see entry 5841

5408 ~φόνος~ phonos \@fon’-os\@ from an obsolete primary pheno (to murder); ; n m AV-murder 8, slaughter 1, be slain + 599 1; 10

1) murder, slaughter

5411 ~φόρος~ phoros \@for’-os\@ from 5342; TDNT-9:78,1252; {See TDNT 827} n m AV-tribute 5; 5

1) tribute, esp. the annual tax levied upon houses, lands, and persons
For Synonyms see entry 5941
  • Other words translated tribute in the New Testament include 2778 and 1323.

5413 φορτίον phortion [for-tee’-on] diminutive of 5414 phortos loading; n n; TDNT-9:84,1252; [{See TDNT 827 }] AV-burden 5; 5

1) a burden, load
1a) of the freight or lading of a ship
2) metaph.
2a) of burdensome rites
2b) of the obligations Christ lays upon his followers, and styles a "burden" by way of the contrast to the precepts of the Pharisees, the observance of which was most oppressive
2c) faults of the conscience which oppress the soul
  • For Synonyms see entry 5819

5414 φόρτος phortos [for’-tos] from 5342 phero to carry; n m; AV-lading 1; 1

1) a load, burden
1a) of a ship

5423 ~φρεναπάτης~ phrenapates \@fren-ap-at’-ace\@ from 5424 and 539; ; n m AV-deceiver 1; 1

1) a mind deceiver, a seducer

5424 ~φρήν~ phren \@frane\@ probably from an obsolete phrao (to rein in or curb, cf 5420); TDNT-9:220,1277; {See TDNT 834} n f AV-understanding 2; 2

1) the midriff or diaphragm, the parts of the heart
2) the mind
2a) the faculty of perceiving and judging

5438 ~φυλακή~ phulake \@foo-lak-ay’\@ from 5442; TDNT-9:241,1280; {See TDNT 835} n f AV-prison 36, watch 6, imprisonment 2, hold 1, cage 1, ward 1; 47

1) guard, watch
1a) a watching, keeping watch
1a1) to keep watch
1b) persons keeping watch, a guard, sentinels
1c) of the place where captives are kept, a prison
1d) of the time (of night) during which guard was kept, a watch i.e. a period of time during which part of the guard was on duty, and at the end of which others relieved them. As the earlier Greeks divided the night commonly into three parts, so, previous to the exile, the Israelites also had three watches in a night; subsequently, however, after they became subject to the Romans, they adopted the Roman custom of dividing the night into four watches

5440 φυλακτήριον phulakterion [foo-lak-tay’-ree-on] neuter of a derivative of 5442; n n; AV-phylactery 1; 1

1) a fortified place provided with a garrison, a station for a guard or garrison
2) a preservative or safeguard, an amulet. The Jews used this word to describe small strips of parchment on which were written the following passages of the law of Moses, #Ex 13:1-10, 11-16; #De 6:4-9, 11:13-21, and which, enclosed in small cases, they were accustomed when engaged in prayer to wear fastened by a leather strap to the forehead and to the left arm over against the heart, in order that they might thus be solemnly reminded of the duty of keeping the commands of God in the head and in the heart, according to the directions given in #Ex 13:16, De 6:8, 11:18. These scrolls were thought to have the power, like amulets, to avert various evils and to drive away demons. The Pharisees were accustomed to widen, make broad, their phylacteries, that they might render them more conspicuous and show themselves to be more eager than the majority to be reminded of the law of God.

5442 ~φυλάσσω~ phulasso \@foo-las’-so\@ probably from 5443 through the idea of isolation; TDNT-9:236,1280; {See TDNT 835} v AV-keep 23, observe 2, beware 2, keep (one’s) self 1, save 1, be  …  ware 1; 30

1) to guard
1a) to watch, keep watch
1b) to guard or watch, have an eye upon: lest he escape
1c) to guard a person (or thing) that he may remain safe
1c1) lest he suffer violence, be despoiled, etc. to protect
1c2) to protect one from a person or thing
1c3) to keep from being snatched away, preserve safe and unimpaired
1c4) to guard from being lost or perishing
1c5) to guard one’s self from a thing
1d) to guard i.e. care for, take care not to violate
1d1) to observe
2) to observe for one’s self something to escape
2a) to avoid, shun flee from
2b) to guard for one’s self (i.e. for one’s safety’s sake) so as not to violate, i.e. to keep, observe (the precepts of the Mosaic law)
For Synonyms see entry 5874

5456 φωνή phone [fo-nay’] probably akin to 5316 phaino "to bring forth into the light", through the idea of disclosure, from 5457 φῶς phos light; n f; TDNT- 9:278,1287; [{See TDNT 838 }] AV-voice 131, sound 8, be noised abroad + 1096 1, noise 1; 141

1) a sound, a tone
1a) of inanimate things, as musical instruments
2) a voice
2a) of the sound of uttered words
3) speech
3a) of a language, tongue

Chi (Strong's 5463-5566)

5463 ~χαίρω~ chairo \@khah’-ee-ro\@ a primary verb; TDNT-9:359,1298; {See TDNT 840} v AV-rejoice 42, be glad 14, joy 5, hail 5, greeting 3, God speed 2, all hail 1, joyfully 1, farewell 1; 74

1) to rejoice, be glad
2) to rejoice exceedingly
3) to be well, thrive
4) in salutations, hail!
5) at the beginning of letters: to give one greeting, salute

5477 Χαναάν Chanaan [khan-ah-an’] of Hebrew origin 03667 כְּנַעַן‎; n pr loc; AV-Chanaan 2; 2 Canaan  = "lowland"

1) the land of Canaan
2) in a narrower sense: the part of Palestine lying west of the Jordan
) in a wider sense: all of Palestine

5479 ~χαρά~ chara \@khar-ah’\@ from 5463; TDNT-9:359,1298; {See TDNT 840} n f AV-joy 51, gladness 3, joyful 1, joyous 1, joyfulness 1, joyfully + 3326 1, greatly 1; 59

1) joy, gladness
1a) the joy received from you
1b) the cause or occasion of joy
1b1) of persons who are one’s joy

5481 χαρακτήρ charakter [khar-ak-tare’] from the same as 5482; n m; TDNT-9:418,1308; [{See TDNT 842 }] AV-express image 1; 1

1) the instrument used for engraving or carving
2) the mark stamped upon that instrument or wrought out on it
2a) a mark or figure burned in (#Le 13:28) or stamped on, an impression
2b) the exact expression (the image) of any person or thing, marked likeness, precise reproduction in every respect, i.e facsimile

5483 ~χαρίζομαι~ charizomai \@khar-id’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 5485; v AV-forgive 11, give 6, freely give 2, deliver 2, grant 1, frankly forgive 1; 23

1) to do something pleasant or agreeable (to one), to do a favour to, gratify
1a) to show one’s self gracious, kind, benevolent
1b) to grant forgiveness, to pardon
1c) to give graciously, give freely, bestow
1c1) to forgive
1c2) graciously to restore one to another
1c3) to preserve for one a person in peril

5485 ~χάρις~ charis \@khar’-ece\@ from 5463; n f AV-grace 130, favour 6, thanks 4, thank 4, thank + 2192 3, pleasure 2, misc 7; 156

1) grace
1a) that which affords joy, pleasure, delight, sweetness, charm, loveliness: grace of speech
2) good will, loving-kindness, favour
2a) of the merciful kindness by which God, exerting his holy influence upon souls, turns them to Christ, keeps, strengthens, increases them in Christian faith, knowledge, affection, and kindles them to the exercise of the Christian virtues
3) what is due to grace
3a) the spiritual condition of one governed by the power of divine grace
3b) the token or proof of grace, benefit
3b1) a gift of grace
3b2) benefit, bounty
4) thanks, (for benefits, services, favours), recompense, reward

5486 ~χάρισμα~ charisma \@khar’-is-mah\@ from 5483; TDNT-9:402,1298; {See TDNT 840} n n AV-gift 15, free gift 2; 17

1) a favour with which one receives without any merit of his own
2) the gift of divine grace
3) the gift of faith, knowledge, holiness, virtue
4) the economy of divine grace, by which the pardon of sin and eternal salvation is appointed to sinners in consideration of the merits of Christ laid hold of by faith
5) grace or gifts denoting extraordinary powers, distinguishing certain Christians and enabling them to serve the church of Christ, the reception of which is due to the power of divine grace operating on their souls by the Holy Spirit

5500 χειροτονέω cheirotoneo [khi-rot-on-eh’-o] from a comparative of 5495 and teino (to stretch); v; TDNT- 9:437,1309; [{See TDNT 843 }] AV-ordain 3, choose 1; 4

1) to vote by stretching out the hand
2) to create or appoint by vote: one to have charge of some office or duty
3) to elect, create, appoint

5509. χιτων chiton khee-tone’; of foreign origin 03801; a tunic or shirt: —  clothes, coat, garment. See 5511. ‭

5511 χλαμύς chlamus [khlam-ooce’] of uncertain derivation; n f; AV-robe 2; 2 (only Matt.)

1) a chalamys, an outer garment usually worn over the tunic
2) a kind of short cloak worn by soldiers, military officers, magistrates, kings, emperors
  • For Synonyms see entry 5934
  • uncertain derivation; a military cloak: —  robe. See 5509 chiton of foreign origin כֻּתֹּנֶת‎, 03801 kuttoneth כתנת tunic, under-garment‎ (KafTavNunTav)

5514 ~Χλόη~ Chloe \@khlo’-ay\@ from apparently a primary word, "green"; ; n pr f AV-Chloe 1; 1 Chloe =" a green herb"

1) a Christian woman of Corinth

5515 ~χλωρός~ chloros \@khlo-ros’\@ from the same as 5514; ; adj AV-green 3, pale 1; 4

1) green
2) yellowish pale

5526 χορτάζω chortazo [khor-tad’-zo] from 5528 chortos the place where grass grows; v; AV-fill 12, be full 1, satisfy 1, feed 1; 15

1) to feed with herbs, grass, hay, to fill, satisfy with food, to fatten
1a) of animals
2) to fill or satisfy men
3) to fulfil or satisfy the desire of any one

5528 χόρτος chortos [khor’-tos] apparently a primary word; n m; AV-grass 12, blade 2, hay 1; 15

1) the place where grass grows and animals graze
2) grass, herbage, hay, provender
2a) of green grass
2b) of growing crops

5536 χρῆμα chrema [khray’-mah] a primitive word; see verb 5537; n n; TDNT-9:480,1319; [{See TDNT 848 }] AV-money 4, riches 3, 7

1) a thing, a matter, affair, event, business
1a) spec. money, riches

5537 χρηματίζω chrematizo [khray-mat-id’-zo] from 5536 chrema a thing, a matter, affair; v; TDNT-9:480,1319; [{See TDNT 848 }] AV-be warned of God 3, call 2, be admonished of God 1, reveal 1, speak 1, be warned from God 1; 9

1) to transact business, esp. to manage public affairs
1a) to advise or consult with one about public affairs
1b) to make answer to those who ask for advice, present enquiries or requests, etc.
1b1) of judges, magistrates, rulers, kings
2) to give a response to those consulting an oracle, to give a divine command or admonition, to teach from heaven
2a) to be divinely commanded, admonished, instructed
2b) to be the mouthpiece of divine revelations, to promulgate the commands of God
3) to assume or take to one’s self a name from one’s public business
3a) to receive a name or title, be called

5544 ~χρηστότης~ chrestotes \@khray-stot’-ace\@ from 5543; TDNT-9:489,1320; {See TDNT 849} n f AV-goodness 4, kindness 4, good 1, gentleness 1; 10

1) moral goodness, integrity
2) benignity, kindness

5547 ~Χριστός~ Christos \@khris-tos’\@ from 5548; adj AV-Christ 569; 569 Christ =" anointed"

1) Christ was the Messiah, the Son of God
2) anointed

Template:5548

5561 χώρα chora [kho’-rah] from a derivative of the base of 5490 chasma from primary chao (to "gape" or "yawn") a gaping opening, a chasm,through the idea of empty expanse; n f; AV-country 15, region 5, land 3, field 2, ground 1, coast 1; 27

1) the space lying between two places or limits
2) a region or country i.e. a tract of land
2a) the (rural) region surrounding a city or village, the country
2b) the region with towns and villages which surround a metropolis
3) land which is ploughed or cultivated, ground
  • For Synonyms see entry 5875

5565 ~χωρίς~ choris \@kho-rece’\@ from 5561; ; adv AV-without 35, beside 3, by itself 1; 39

1) separate, apart
1a) without any
1b) besides

Psi (Strong's 5567-5597)

5571 ~ψευδής~ pseudes \@psyoo-dace’\@ from 5574; TDNT-9:594,1339; {See TDNT 852} adj AV-liar 2, false 1; 3

1) lying, deceitful, false

5574 ~ψεύδομαι~ pseudomai \@psyoo’-dom-ahee\@ middle voice of an apparently primary verb; TDNT-9:594,1339; {See TDNT 852} v AV-lie 11, falsely 1; 12

1) to lie, to speak deliberate falsehoods
2) to decieve one by a lie, to lie to

5578 ~ψευδοπροφήτης~ pseudoprophetes \@psyoo-dop-rof-ay’-tace\@ from 5571 pseudo meaning false or lie and 4396 prophetes in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things; TDNT-6:781,952; {See TDNT 673} n m AV-false prophet 11; 11

1) one who, acting the part of a divinely inspired prophet, utters falsehoods under the name of divine prophecies
2) a false prophet

5579 ψεῦδος pseudos [psyoo’-dos] from 5574; n n; TDNT-9:594,1339; [{See TDNT 852 }] AV-lie 7, lying 2; 9

1) a lie
2) conscious and intentional falsehood
3) in a broad sense, whatever is not what it seems to be
3a) of perverse, impious, deceitful precepts

5588 ~ψιθυριστής~ psithuristes \@psith-oo-ris-tace’\@ from the same as 5587; ; n m AV-whisperer 1; 1

1) a whisperer, secret slanderer, detractor

5590 ~ψυχή~ psuche \@psoo-khay’\@ from 5594; n f AV-soul 58, life 40, mind 3, heart 1, heartily + 1537 1, not tr 2; 105

1) breath
1a) the breath of life
1a1) the vital force which animates the body and shows itself in breathing
1a1a) of animals
1a1b) of men
1b) life
1c) that in which there is life
1c1) a living being, a living soul
2) the soul
2a) the seat of the feelings, desires, affections, aversions (our heart, soul etc.)
2b) the (human) soul in so far as it is constituted that by the right use of the aids offered it by God it can attain its highest end and secure eternal blessedness, the soul regarded as a moral being designed for everlasting life
2c) the soul as an essence which differs from the body and is not dissolved by death (distinguished from other parts of the body)

Omega (Strong's 5598-5624)

5602 ὧδε hode [ho’-deh] from an adverb form of 3592 ὅδε hode; adv; AV-here 44, hither 13, in this place 1, this place 1, there 1; 60

1) here, to this place, etc.

5604 ὠδίν odin [o-deen’] akin to 3601 odune consuming grief; n f; TDNT-9:667,1353; [{See TDNT 855 }] AV-sorrow 2, pain 1, travail 1; 4

1) the pain of childbirth, travail pain, birth pangs
2) intolerable anguish, in reference to the dire calamities precede the advent of the Messiah

5614. ωσαννα hosanna ho-san-nah’; of Hebrew origin [[[03467]] yasha YodShinAlef save and 04994 NunAlef now beseech] save, we pray; oh save!; hosanna (i.e. hoshia-na), an exclamation of adoration: —  hosanna

5617 Ὡσηέ Hosee [ho-say-eh’] of Hebrew origin 01954 הוֹשֵׁעַ‎; n pr m; AV-Osee 1; 1 Hosea  = "salvation"

1) the well known Hebrew prophet, Hosea , son of Beeri and contemporary with Isaiah

5622 ὠφέλεια opheleia [o-fel’-i-ah] from a derivative of the base of 5624 profitable; n f; AV-profit 1, advantage 1; 2

1) usefulness, advantage, profit

5623 ὠφελέω opheleo [o-fel-eh’-o] from the same as 5622; v; AV-profit 11, prevail 2, better 1, advantage 1; 15

1) to assist, to be useful or advantageous, to profit

Template:5825

Template:5839

Template:5932

Template:6437

  1. ↑ 1049 ~γαζοφυλάκιον~ gazophulakion \@gad-zof-oo-lak’-ee-on\@ from 1047 and 5438; ; n n AV-treasury 5; 5
    1) a repository of treasure, especially of public treasure, a treasury
    It is used to describe the apartments constructed in the courts of the temple, in which the not only the sacred offerings and things needful for the service were kept, but in which the priests, etc, dwelt: #Ne 13:7; of the sacred treasury in which not only treasure but also public records were stored, and the property of widows and orphans was deposited. Josephus speaks of treasuries in the women’s court of Herod’s temple. In the N.T. near the treasury seems to used of that receptacle mentioned by the rabbis to which were fitted thirteen chests or boxes, i.e. trumpets, so called from their shape, and into which were put the contributions made voluntarily or paid yearly by the Jews for the service of the temple and the support of the poor.
Retrieved from "http://preparingyou.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:New_Testament_Concordance&oldid=66142"